Columbia University Press Fall 2016 Catalog

CONTENTS Trade and General Interest . . . . . . . . 1 New in Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Sociology / Anthropology . . . . . . . 76 Literary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Film Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Wallflower Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Columbia Books on Architecture and the City . . . . . . 91 Peterson Institute for International Economics . . . . . . . . . 92 Agenda Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Barbara Budrich Publishers . . . . . . 96 Social Science Research Council . 99 Tulika Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hitchcock Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Auteur Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Austrian Film Museum Books . . . 109 Transcript Verlag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Harrington Park Press . . . . . . . . . . . 123 ibidem Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Hong Kong University Press . . . . 134 Chinese University Press . . . . . . . 144 Maria Curie–Skłodowska University Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 University of Tokyo Press . . . . . . . . 147 Jagiellonian University Press . . . . 148 Electronic Resources . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Award-Winning Titles . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Author / Title Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Client Press Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Subagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

F OL LOW U S O N

Facebook or Twitter (twitter.com/ColumbiaUP) SIGN UP FOR OUR NEW BOOK ANNOUNCMENTS

cup.columbia.edu SENIOR COPYWRITER & PRODUCTION MANAGER: DESIGN :

Marisa Pagano

Ahlering Designs

COVER DESIGN: COVER ART:

Julia Kushnirsky

Tom Toles

Dear Readers: This catalogue represents a phenomenal effort on the part of our authors and Columbia University Press to publish books that intervene in today’s most urgent global issues. With books on immigration, equal representation, climate change, free speech, terror, human rights, and the future of the world economy, our press continues to lead in disseminating crucial ideas based in sound scholarship that are necessary as our world grows smaller and more tense.

Our titles this season rethink foundational partnerships— science and art, husband and wife, true and false, business and society, East and West, and the economy and the environment— to broaden our worldview and foster a more intimate knowledge of influence and inspiration. In Reductionism in Art and Brain Science (p. 1), the Nobel Prize–winning author Eric R. Kandel appreciates from a neuroscientific perspective the impulses that disrupt creative paradigms. In Marriage as a Fine Art (p. 5), Julia Kristeva and Philippe Sollers reflect on the challenge of adapting to and loving another person. In The Madhouse Effect (p. 9), the award-winning climate scientist Michael E. Mann and the Pulitzer prize–winning political cartoonist Tom Toles use incisive humor to balance scientific fact and partisan fiction.

Capital and the Common Good (p. 12) is Georgia Levenson Keohane’s proposal to apply market savvy to social, economic, and environmental challenges, and Endangered Economies (p. 17) is Geoffrey Heal’s effort to broker a peace between economic growth and environmental preservation.

Our joint venture with the Russian Institute for Literary Translation (pp. 6–7), a powerful partnership between East and West, has yielded the first three books in our Russian Library series. These provocative novels and drama prove that cuttingedge satire and formal innovation are alive and well in the cradle of modern literature. We have also acquired distribution rights for four new, acclaimed presses: Tulika Books in India (p. 100), Agenda Publishing in the United Kingdom (p. 94), Barbara Budrich Publishers in Germany (p. 96), and the Peterson Institute for International Economics in Washington, D.C. (p. 92). These presses complement our existing strengths while adding to our offerings in economics and sociology.

As a business and an intellectual storehouse, Columbia University Press continues to grow in remarkable new ways, and the backing we receive from our readers, partners, and university faculty and staff is what makes this possible. Thank you for your continued support of our books and mission.

Jennifer Crewe President and Director

Reductionism in Art and Brain Science Bridging the Two Cultures ERIC R. KANDEL THE S UR P R IS ING PART N E R S H I P O F A RT A N D S CI E N C E .

Can science and art find common ground? In this new book, the neuroscientist Eric R. Kandel explores how reductionism—the distillation of larger scientific or aesthetic concepts into smaller, more tractable ideas—has been used by scientists and artists alike to pursue their several truths. Kandel draws on his Nobel Prize–winning work on the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and memory in the humble sea slug. He extends these findings to the complexities of human perception, which uses bottom-up sensory and top-down cognitive functions to appreciate works of art.

At the heart of this book is an elegant elucidation of the pivotal contribution of reductionism to modern art’s extraordinary evolution and to its role in a monumental shift in artistic perspective.

Reductionism was a driving force in the transition from figurative art to the first explorations of abstract art in the works of Turner, Monet, Kandinsky, Schoenberg, and Mondrian. Kandel explains how the New York school of Pollock, de Kooning, Rothko, Louis, Turrell, and Flavin arrived at their particular forms of abstract expressionism in the postwar era, and concludes with Katz, Warhol, Close, and Sandback, who built upon the advances of the New York school to reimagine figurative and minimal art. Featuring captivating drawings of the brain alongside full-color reproductions of modernart masterpieces, this book brings science and art into closer relation.

ERIC R. KANDEL

“Words like ‘genius’ or ‘renaissance man’ are rarely used in these egalitarian times, but such descriptions would not be inappropriate for Kandel, who is renowned for his work on memory.

Kandel has now written a remarkable book, full of poetic insights, without compromising scientific rigor.”

—V. S. Ramachandran, director of the Center for Brain and Cognition, University of California, San Diego

is University Professor and Kavli

Professor in the Departments of Neuroscience,

© E V E VA G G

Biochemistry, and Molecular Biophysics and Psychiatry at Columbia University. He is director of the Kavli Institute for Brain Science at Columbia and codirector of the Mortimer B. Zuckerman Mind Brain Behavior Institute.

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17962-1 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54208-1 S E P T E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 105 color illustrations NEUROSCIENCE

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Wylie Agency C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 3

Mouthfeel

How Texture Makes Taste OLE G. MOURITSEN AND KLAVS STYRBÆK Translated by Mariela Johansen A S CI E N TI FI C A N D C ULI N A RY EXA MI N ATI O N O F THE R E L ATI O N SHI P B ETWEEN FO O D TEX TURE A N D TASTE.

Why is chocolate melting on the tongue such a decadent sensation? Why do we love crunching on bacon? Why is fizz-less soda such a disappointment to drink, and why is flat beer so unappealing to the palate? Our sense of taste produces physical and emotional reactions that cannot be explained by chemical components alone. Eating triggers our imagination, draws on our powers of recall, and activates our critical judgment, creating a unique impression in our mouths and our minds. How exactly does this alchemy work, and what are the larger cultural and environmental implications?

“In the tradition of their book Umami, Mouritsen and

Ole G. Mouritsen and Klavs Styrbæk investigate the ways in which food texture influences taste.

Combining scientific analysis with creative intuition and a sophisticated knowledge of food preparation, they write a one-of-a-kind book for food lovers and food-science scholars. Gaining insight into the textural properties of raw vegetables, puffed rice, bouillon, or ice cream can help us make healthier and more sustainable food choices. Through mouthfeel, we can re-create the feelings of foods we love with other ingredients or learn to latch onto smarter food options. Mastering texture also leads to more adventurous gastronomic experiments in the kitchen.

Styrbæk have succeeded in explaining another gastronomic concept in an exciting and accessible way. This book will establish mouthfeel as a major factor for chefs to think more about and diners to appreciate.”

—Gordon M. Shepherd, author of Neurogastronomy: How the Brain Creates Flavor and Why It Matters

OLE G. MOURITSEN

is a distinguished

©JONAS DROTNER MOURITSEN

scientist and professor of biophysics at the University of Southern Denmark. He serves as director of the Danish Center for Taste (Taste for Life) and the Center for Biomembrane Physics (MEMPHYS) and is president of the Danish Gastronomical Academy.

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-18076-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54324-8

KLAVS STYRBÆK

F E B R U A R Y 416 pages / 7" x 10" / 148 color illustrations

gastronomical innovation project STYRBÆKS. With Ole G. Mouritsen,

is an award-winning chef who, with his wife, runs the

FOOD STUDIES

he is the author of Umami: Unlocking the Secrets of the Fifth Taste

A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E :

(Columbia, 2015).

P E R S P E C T I V E S O N C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

All Rights Except Scandinavian Language Rights: Columbia University Press; Scandinavian Language Rights: The Authors

4 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Neuroenology

How the Brain Creates the Taste of Wine GORDON M. SHEPHERD A PIONEER OF NEUR O G AST R O N O M Y W R I T E S AN E NGAGING T R EAT M E N T O F T H E BR A I N ’ S R O L E I N CR EAT ING T H E TAST E O F W I N E .

In Neuroenology, Gordon M. Shepherd expands on the startling discovery that the brain creates the taste of wine. Drawing on findings in neuroscience, biomechanics, human physiology, and traditional enology, Shepherd, following his insights from Neurogastronomy: How the Brain Creates Flavor and Why It Matters, shows that creating the taste of wine engages more of the brain than does any other human behavior. He clearly illustrates the scientific underpinnings of this process, along the way enhancing our enjoyment of wine.

Neuroenology begins with the movements of wine through the mouth and then consults recent research to explain the function of retronasal smell and its extraordinary power in creating wine taste. Shepherd comprehensively explains how the specific sensory pathways in the cerebral cortex create the memory of wine and how language is used to identify and imprint wine characteristics.

Intended for a broad audience of readers—from amateur wine drinkers to sommeliers, from casual foodies to seasoned chefs—Neuroenology shows how the emotion of pleasure is the final judge of the wine experience. It includes practical tips for a scientifically informed wine tasting and closes with a delightful account of Shepherd’s experience tasting classic Bordeaux vintages with French winemaker Jean-Claude Berrouet of the Chateau Petrus and Dominus Estate.

GORDON M. SHEPHERD

“Shepherd provides a valuable and interesting glimpse into the human side of science and its inherently cross-disciplinary nature. After having read Neuroenology, every sniff, bite, and gulp will create a moment of reflection on how complex and wonderfully mysterious the human brain is.”

—Christopher R. Loss, Culinary Institue of America

is professor of neuro-

science at the Yale School of Medicine and former editor in chief of the Journal of Neuroscience. His books include Neurogastronomy: How the Brain Creates Flavor and Why It Matters (Columbia, 2012); Handbook of Brain Microcircuits (2010); and Creating Modern Neuroscience: The Revolutionary 1950s (2009).

$24.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-17700-9 $23.99 / £18.00 e-book 978-0-231-54287-6 N O V E M B E R 192 pages / 6" x 9" / 34 b&w illustrations NEUROSCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 5

Heidegger

His Life and His Philosophy ALAIN BADIOU AND BARBARA CASSIN Translated by Susan Spitzer Introduction by Kenneth Reinhard T WO PHI LOSO P HERS REVI SI T THE LI FE A N D WO RK O F T HE REVERED A N D REVI LED MA RTI N HEI DEGGER.

“Heidegger overcomes the deadlock between pro- and anti-Heideggerians embedded in the debate about his Nazism while shedding light on the intimate, subtle connections between Heidegger’s fundamental ontology and his relations (both intellectual and amorous) with women.”

—Adrian Johnston, University of New Mexico

“You will enjoy spending time with

Martin Heidegger was an ordinary Nazi and a loyal member of the provincial petty bourgeoisie. He was also a seminal thinker of the Continental tradition and one of the twentieth century’s most important philosophers. How are we to make sense of this mix? Should we factor Heidegger’s domestic and political associations into our understanding of his thought, or should we treat his intellectual work independently of his abhorrent politics? How does any thinker reconcile the mundane with the ideal, or the pursuit of philosophical inquiry with the demands of civic engagement?

In Heidegger, Alain Badiou and Barbara Cassin immerse themselves in the philosopher’s correspondence to answer these questions as they relate to Heidegger and all thinkers vulnerable to their times.

They focus on Heidegger’s tormented relationship with his wife, Elfrida, Hannah Arendt, and numerous other women, bringing an unusual level of intimacy to his personal and intellectual worlds.

“Heidegger is a friendly battle between thinkers

Badiou and Cassin: sharing in their

who know each other well and respect each other

witty remarks, profiting from their

enormously, despite their often considerable

reserves of intellectual culture and human experience.”

intellectual differences. It is refreshing to see such strong thinkers engaging with each other honestly

—Graham Harman,

and directly, without the slightest bit of hostility.”

American University in Cairo

—Kenneth Reinhard, University of California, Los Angeles

$20.00* / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-15797-1 $60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-15796-4 $19.99 / £15.00 e-book 978-0-231-54224-1

ALAIN BADIOU

is emeritus professor of philosophy at the École

Normale Supérieure in Paris. is a French linguist and philosopher and director of

S E P T E M B E R 112 pages / 5.5" x 7"

BARBARA CASSIN

P H I LO S O P H Y

research at the National Center for Scientific Research in Paris.

INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN R E L I G I O N , P O L I T I C S , A N D C U LT U R E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Librairie Arthème Fayard

6 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Marriage as a Fine Art

JULIA KRISTEVA AND PHILIPPE SOLLERS Translated by Lorna Scott Fox THE SART R E AND D E BE AU VO I R O F O U R T I M E S PE A K TO TH E J OYS AND C H A L L E N G E S O F R E L AT I N G TO ANOT H ER IN M AR R IAG E .

“We found so much to say, to share, to learn. . . . For it wasn’t just the Marquis de Sade profile and the sporty thighs-and-calves that seduced me. It was even more, perhaps, or certainly just as much, the speed at which you used to read, and still do.”

—Julia Kristeva “We’re married, Julia and I, that’s a fact, but we each have our own personalities, our own name, activities, and freedom. Love is the full recognition of the other in their otherness. If this other is very close to you, as in this case, it seems to me that what’s at stake is harmony within difference. The difference between men and women is irreducible; there’s no possibility of fusion.”

—Philippe Sollers

Marriage as a Fine Art is an enchanting series of exchanges in which Julia Kristeva and Philippe Sollers, married for fifty years, speak candidly about their love. Though they live separately, Kristeva and Sollers are fully committed to each other. Their bond is intellectual and psychological, passionate and mundane. They share everything when together, and lose themselves in their interests when apart.

Their marriage is art, rich with history and meaning, idiosyncratic, and dynamic in its expression. Yet it is also as common as they come. Kristeva and Sollers have lived through the same challenges, peaks, and lulls as all married couples do. With humor and honesty, they elaborate on these moments, turning marriage’s familiar aspects into exceptional examples of relating, struggling, transcending, and being.

Marriage as a Fine Art is a rare chance to know these intellectuals—and marriage—more intimately.

JULIA KRISTEVA

is professor of linguistics at the Université de Paris VII.

Her most recent Columbia University Press book is Teresa, My Love: An Imagined Life of the Saint of Avila (2014).

PHILIPPE SOLLERS

is a biographer, editor, critic, and prolific novelist.

He is a cofounder of the journal Tel Quel and the founder of L’Infini.

“Kristeva and Sollers’s shared love of literature and interpretation, their appreciation of each other’s work, is evident throughout this volume.

These feelings play a real part in their fine art of marriage. As they explore its lineaments in this book, they also share their deep knowledge of psychoanalysis and literature.”

—Lisa Appignanesi, author of All About Love: Anatomy of an Unruly Emotion and Trials of Passion: Crimes in the Name of Love and Madness

$26.00* / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-18010-8 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54303-3 D E C E M B E R 112 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" /

8 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Librairie Arthème Fayard C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7

Fourteen Little Red Huts

And Other Plays

ANDREI PLATONOV

Beginning in December of 2016, Columbia University Press will publish an expansive selection of Russian literature in English translation, concentrating on works previously unavailable in English and those ripe for new translations. Works of premodern, modern, and contemporary literature will be featured, including recent writing. The series seeks to demonstrate the breadth, surprising variety, and global importance of the Russian literary tradition and will include not only novels but also short stories, plays, poetry, memoirs, creative nonfiction, and works of mixed or fluid genre.

Edited by Robert Chandler. Translated by Robert Chandler, Susan Larsen, and Jesse Irwin “In Russia it is Platonov who is increasingly described as the best writer of the postrevolutionary epoch.”

—Victor Erofeyev, Times Literary Supplement

In this essential collection of Andrei Platonov’s plays, the noted Platonov translator Robert Chandler edits and introduces The Hurdy-Gurdy (translated by Susan Larsen), The Fourteen Little Red Huts (translated by Chandler), and Grandmother’s Little Hut (translated by Jesse Irwin). Written in 1930 and 1933, respectively, The Hurdy-Gurdy and The Fourteen Little Red Huts constitute an impassioned and penetrating response to Stalin’s assault on the Soviet peasantry. The unfinished play Grandmother’s Little Hut represents Platonov’s later, gentler work.

ANDREI PLATONOV (1899–1951) was a Soviet writer of poetry,

short stories, novels, plays, and journalism.

ROBERT CHANDLER has translated widely from Russian. He is also the editor of Russian Short Stories from Pushkin to Buida (2006) and coeditor of The Penguin Book of Russian Poetry (2015).

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18129-7 $40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-18128-0 $18.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-54353-8 D E C E M B E R 160 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: FTM Literary Agency

8 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Strolls with Pushkin

Between Dog and Wolf

Translated by Slava I. Yastremski and Catherine Theimer Nepomnyashchy

Translated by Alexander Boguslawski

ANDREI SINYAVSKY

“This translation of Sinyavsky’s subversive text achieves the impossible, shocking, entertaining, and beguiling us into a freer, more lively appreciation of the liberating power of language.”—Cathy Porter, Independent

SASHA SOKOLOV

“Sokolov is one of those rare novelists whose primary concern is the praise and exploration of a language rather than the development of a position. In this, he is in the line of Gogol, Lermontov, Nabokov.”

—David Remnick, Washington Post

Andrei Sinyavsky’s irreverent portrait of Pushkin outraged émigrés and Soviet scholars alike, yet his “disrespect” was meant only to rescue Pushkin from the stifling cult of personality that had risen up around him. Anglophone readers who question the longstanding adoration for Pushkin felt by generations of Russians will enjoy tagging along on Sinyavsky’s strolls with the great poet, discussing his life, fiction, and famously untranslatable poems. This new edition of Strolls with Pushkin also includes a later essay Sinyavsky wrote on the artist, “Journey to the River Black.”

Between Dog and Wolf has long intimidated translators because of its complex puns, rhymes, and neologisms. Language rather than plot motivates the story—the novel is often compared to Finnegans Wake—and time, characters, and death all prove unstable.

The one constant is the Russian landscape, where the Volga is a more-crossable River Styx, especially when it freezes in winter.

Sokolov’s fiction is a huge influence on contemporary Russian writers. Now, thanks to Alexander Boguslawski’s bold and superb translation, English readers can access what many consider to be his best work.

ANDREI SINYAVSKY (1925–1997) was a writer of fiction and

SASHA SOKOLOV is the author of the novels A School for Fools (1976), Between Dog and Wolf (1980), and Astrophobia (1985) and the essay collection In the House of the Hanged (2011).

ALEXANDER BOGUSLAWSKI is professor of Russian at Rollins College and the translator of Sasha Sokolov’s A School for Fools (2015) and In the House of the Hanged (2011).

non-fiction. After emigrating to France in 1973, he taught for many years as professor of Slavic studies at the Sorbonne in Paris.

CATHARINE THEIMER NEPOMNYASHCHY (1951–2015) was professor of Russian at Barnard College.

SLAVA I. YASTREMSKI (1952–2015) was professor of Russian at Bucknell University.

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18081-8 $40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-18080-1 $18.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-54327-9

$14.95t / £10.95 paper 978-0-231-18147-1 $30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-18146-4 $13.99 / £10.00 ebook 978-0-231-54372-9

D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

D E C E M B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E

R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E

R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Other Rights: The Author

All Other Rights: Elkost International Literary Agency C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9

The Traveler’s Guide to Space

For One-Way Settlers and Round-Trip Tourists NEIL F. COMINS A N I NSI DE LO O K AT THE EX P ERI EN C E O F SPAC E T R AV E L A N D THE DESTI N ATI O N S WE MAY O N E DAY V I S I T AS SPAC E TO URI STS.

Traveling into space and visiting or even emigrating to nearby worlds will soon become part of the human experience. Scientists, engineers, and investors are working hard to make space tourism a reality. To make the most of the experience requires profound physical and mental adjustments by travelers as they adapt to microgravity and alterations in virtually every aspect of life. Everyone who goes into space and returns sees Earth and life on it from a profoundly different perspective.

The astronomer and former NASA/ASEE scientist Neil F. Comins has written the go-to book for anyone interested in space exploration, including potential travelers. He describes the joys and the dangers travelers will face: weightlessness, unparalleled views of Earth and the cosmos, the opportunity to walk on or jump off another world, as well as radiation, projectiles, unbreathable atmospheres, and potential equipment failures. He also provides insight into specific types of travel and destinations, including suborbital flights (nonstop flights to space and back), Earth-orbiting space stations, the Moon, asteroids, comets, and Mars. Comins outlines these matters in clear language for all readers. He synthesizes key issues and cutting-edge research in astronomy, physics, biology, psychology, and sociology to create a complete manual for those eager to take the ultimate voyage, as well as those interested only in the adventure.

“There is no other book for the popular reader that addresses the many serious challenges involved in deep-space travel. Understanding these issues is essential for anyone with an interest in space exploration.

The Traveler’s Guide to Space does an excellent job looking at the whole picture, from space tourists, to oneway colonization, from physical to psychological challenges.”

—Robert Geller, University of California, Santa Barbara

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17754-2 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54289-0 F E B R U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9" SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

10 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

© A DA M KU K E N DA L L

NEIL F. COMINS

is professor of physics and

astronomy at the University of Maine. His books include Discovering the Universe, tenth edition (2014); What If the Earth Had Two Moons? (2010); Heavenly Errors: Misconceptions About the Real Nature of the Universe (Columbia, 2003); and What If the Moon Didn’t Exist? (1993).

The Madhouse Effect

How Climate Change Denial Is Threatening Our Planet, Destroying Our Politics, and Driving Us Crazy MICHAEL E. MANN AND TOM TOLES A CL EV ER L AM P OON O F T H E FA L L AC I O U S C L A I M S A ND AB S UR D AR GUM ENTS O F CL I M AT E - S CI E N C E D E N I E R S.

The award winning climate scientist Michael E. Mann and the Pulitzer Prize–winning political cartoonist Tom Toles have fought at the frontlines of climate denialism for most of their careers. They have witnessed the manipulation of the media by business and political interests and the unconscionable play to partisanship on issues that affect the well-being of millions. The lessons they have learned have been invaluable, inspiring this brilliant, colorful escape hatch from the madhouse of the climate wars.

Through satire, The Madhouse Effect portrays the intellectual pretzels into which denialists must twist logic to explain away the clear evidence that man-made activity has changed our climate. Toles’s cartoons collapse counter-scientific strategies into their biased components, helping readers see how to best strike at these fallacies. Mann’s expert skills at science communication aim to restore sanity to a debate that continues to rage against widely acknowledged scientific consensus. The synergy of these two commonsense crusaders enlivens the gloom and doom of so many climate-themed books—and may even convert a few of the faithful to the right side of science.

MICHAEL E. MANN

“Mann and Toles are uniquely qualified to lampoon the disconnect between our national politics and the reasonable people who, at the local, state, and regional level—as well as their counterparts in other countries— are rolling up their sleeves and actually dealing with climate change.”

—Aaron Huertas, senior Washington director, Cater Communications

is Distinguished Professor

of Atmospheric Science and director of the Earth

©GREG RICO

Systems Science Center at Penn State University.

He is the author of The Hockey Stick and the Climate Wars: Dispatches from the Front Lines (Columbia, 2012).

TOM TOLES

is the Pulitzer Prize–winning

©GRETCHEN TOLES

cartoonist of the Washington Post. He has a particular interest in climate-change science and has worked consistently to advance understanding on this subject, including its political context, since the 1980s.

$24.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-17786-3 $23.99 / £18.00 e-book 978-0-231-54181-7 O C T O B E R 208 pages / 6" x 9" / 53 b&w illustrations C L I M AT E S C I E N C E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 11

If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat!

Strategies for Long-Term Growth LEONARD SHERMAN A CO RP O RATE- STRATEGY GUI DE FO R AC HI EVI N G LO N G-TERM P RO FI TA B LE GROWTH I N A N Y I N DUSTRY.

When Yellow Tail wines launched in 2001, they battled 6,500 other wineries for a share of the American market. By 2007, Yellow Tail sales in the United States exceeded the sales of all French wineries combined. How did this new business enter such a crowded market and succeed?

If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat! explains how businesses such as Yellow Tail survive and thrive in industries embroiled in “dogfights”—intense competition among established companies for a small piece of the market. Leonard Sherman, a longtime business consultant and faculty member at Columbia Business School, has developed a three-part strategy based on years of working with Audi, Toyota, and United Technologies. His advice: compete on different terms to attract new customers. FedEx, Apple, Southwest Airlines, and Starbucks have thrived as cats by differentiating their businesses, aligning their goals and practices, and continuously innovating. Rather than compete head-on with other PC manufacturers, Apple introduced a new category of tablet devices to unlock latent demand for mobile computing.

Yellow Tail turned beer- and liquor-lovers on to casual, drinkable wines through approachable packaging. In this book, managers of companies big and small encounter model strategies for forwardthinking organizations that have resulted in real long-term growth.

“A wonderfully comprehensive view of competition and competitive strategy. Sherman illustrates his concepts well with contemporary examples and citations of the scholarly literature, linking them to action-oriented techniques.”

—John Czepiel, New York University Stern School of Business

LEONARD SHERMAN

is an adjunct professor

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17482-4 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54282-1 J A N U A R Y 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 83 color illustrations B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E G Y COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights Except Audio Rights: Columbia University Press; Audio Rights: The Author

12 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

©BETH MADISON

of marketing and management at the Columbia Business School. He has worked as a senior partner at Accenture, as a managing partner of J. D. Power and Associates, and as a partner at Booz Allen Hamilton.

Narrative and Numbers

The Value of Stories in Business ASWATH DAMODARAN

HOW TO CONNEC T BU S I N E SS VA LU E TO STO RY.

How can a company that has never turned a profit have a multi-billion-dollar valuation? Why do some start-ups attract large investments while others do not? Aswath Damodaran argues that the power of story drives corporate value, adding substance to numbers and persuading even cautious investors to take risks. In business, there are the storytellers who spin compelling narratives and the number crunchers who construct meaningful models and accounts.

Both are essential to success, but only by combining the two, Damodaran argues, can a business deliver and sustain value.

Through a range of case studies, Narrative and Numbers describes how storytellers can better incorporate and narrate numbers and how numbercrunchers can calculate more imaginative models that withstand scrutiny. Damodaran considers Uber’s debut and how narrative is key to understanding different valuations. He investigates why Twitter and Facebook were valued in the billions of dollars at their public offerings and why one (Twitter) has stagnated while the other (Facebook) has grown. Damodaran also looks at Apple and Amazon to demonstrate how a company’s history can both enrich and constrain its narrative. And through Vale, a global Brazil-based mining company, he shows how country, commodity, and currency can shape a company’s story. Narrative and Numbers reveals the benefits, challenges, and pitfalls of weaving narratives around numbers and how one can best test a story’s plausibility.

ASWATH DAMODARAN

“Narrative and Numbers is well organized, well written, and engaging, with the interplay between qualitative analysis (narrative) and quantitative analysis (numbers) vividly demonstrated. It is a lively discussion supported by case studies and considerable detail on implementation.”

—Stephen Penman, author, Accounting for Value

is the Kerschner Family

Chair in Finance Education and professor of finance at New York University’s Stern School of Business. He is the author of Applied Corporate Finance, fourth edition (2014); Investment Valuation: Tools and Techniques for Determining the Value of Any Asset, third edition (2012); and The Little Book of Valuation: How to Value a Company, Pick and Stock, and Profit (2011).

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-18048-1 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54274-6 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" BUSINESS / FINANCE / INVESTMENT CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 13

Capital and the Common Good

How Innovative Finance Is Tackling the World’s Most Urgent Problems GEORGIA LEVENSON KEOHANE R E VOLUTI O N I Z I N G THE WAY WE A P P ROAC H I N T E R N ATI O N A L DEVELO P MEN T, P OVERTY, D I S E ASE, A N D DI SASTER RELI EF.

“Keohane is an engaging writer, a strong storyteller, and an incisive and expansive thinker, and she has in this book provided an unprecedented collection of innovative finance approaches for social impact.”

—Ben Mangan, executive director, Haas Center for Social Sector Leadership Group, University of California, Berkeley

“This book should be read by policy makers, philanthropic funders, and private investors alike—anyone looking for practical approaches to improve outcomes on the pressing issues of our day.”

—Robert E. Rubin, co-chairman, Council on Foreign Relations, and former U.S. Treasury Secretary

Despite social and economic advances around the world, poverty and disease persist, exacerbated by the mounting challenges of climate change, natural disasters, political conflict, mass migration, and economic inequality. While many institutions commit to addressing these challenges, traditional public and philanthropic dollars are not enough.

Innovative finance brings governmental, commercial, and philanthropic resources to bear on the common good, building a more sustainable and inclusive prosperity.

Capital and the Common Good shows how market failure in one context can be solved with market solutions from another: an expert in securitization bundles future development aid into bonds to pay for vaccines today; an entrepreneur turns a mobile phone into an array of financial services for the unbanked; and policy makers adapt pay-for-success models from the world of infrastructure to human services such as early childhood education, maternal health, and job training. Surveying the successes and missteps of these efforts, Georgia Levenson Keohane argues that innovative finance is as much about incentives and sound decision making as it is about money. When it works, innovative finance gives us the tools, motivation, and security to invest in our shared future.

GEORGIA LEVENSON KEOHANE

is a professor

in the Social Enterprise Program at Columbia Business School and a senior fellow and director of the Program on Profits and Purpose at the New America Foundation. She is also the author

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17802-0 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54166-4 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations FINANCE / INVESTMENT COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights: Columbia University Press

14 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

of Social Entrepreneurship for the Twenty-First Century (2013).

Class Clowns

How the Smartest Investors Lost Billions in Education JONATHAN A. KNEE A FAS C INAT ING P OST M O RT E M O F FO U R FA I L E D E F FORTS TO T R ANS FO R M E D U CAT I O N .

The past thirty years have seen dozens of otherwise successful investors try to improve education through the application of market principles. They have funneled billions of dollars into alternative schools, online education, and textbook publishing.

In Class Clowns, professor and investment banker Jonathan A. Knee dissects what drives investors’ efforts to improve education and why they consistently fail. He takes readers inside Rupert Murdoch’s billion-dollar effort to reshape elementary education through technology; the unhappy investors—including hedge-fund titan John Paulson—who lost billions in textbook publisher Houghton Mifflin; the abandonment of Knowledge Universe, Michael Milken’s twenty-year mission to revolutionize the global education industry; and the story of Chris Whittle, the founder of EdisonLearning and a pioneer of large-scale transformational educational ventures, who continues to attract investment despite decades of financial and operational disappointment.

Although belief in the curative powers of the market drove these initiatives, it was the investors’ failure to appreciate market structure that doomed them.

Knee finds a dozen broad lessons at the heart of these cautionary case studies, offering an important guide for public-policy makers and guard rails for future investors, as well as an intelligent exposé for activists and teachers.

JONATHAN A. KNEE

is professor of

“Class Clowns strikes me as much more than a business book, or a book on the education industry.

Filled with colorful characters and gripping narratives, it poses some deep questions that should engage a broad audience. By bringing the keen insights of a veteran investment banker, Knee demonstrates that no matter the goals, any business is subject to the basic laws of economies of scale, geographic advantage, and barriers to new entry. This is an important lesson that many in the education sector seem to have ignored.”

—James Stewart, Columbia Journalism School

professional practice and codirector of the media and technology program at Columbia Business School. He is the author of The Accidental Investment Banker (2006) and coauthor of The Curse of the Mogul (2009).

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17928-7 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54333-0 N O V E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 9 b&w illustrations B U S I N E S S / I N V E S T I N G / E D U C AT I O N CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 15

Frontier Investor

How to Prosper in the Next Emerging Markets MARKO DIMITRIJEVIĆ with Timothy Mistele O PE N I N G UP A WHO LE N EW WO RLD—A N D WO R LDVI EW—TO THE A DVEN TURO US I N VESTO R.

Frontier markets account for 15 percent of global GDP, yet global investors largely ignore them.

Fueled by access to technology and information, these markets are emerging even faster than their predecessors, making them an essential component of a globally diversified portfolio. In Frontier Investor, Marko Dimitrijević makes the case for their inclusion, arguing—through a diverse set of case studies—that it is possible if not wise to make informed investing decisions about these unfamiliar and undervalued markets.

“Dimitrijević’s extensive experience

Markets that were considered exotic two decades ago—China, India, South Africa, and Russia—are today’s mainstream. Dimitrijević begins with an analysis of how this came to be and looks at the markets that are poised to follow a similar path. He then details a strategy for how and where to invest directly or indirectly for those with limited access but who still wish to profit from emerging market growth. Dimitrijević covers the political and other risks of taking advantage of these opportunities and the megatrends that may provide new options and open up new countries, such as Cuba and Iran, to exponential growth.

in the field permeates each chapter.

The risks involved with investing in these countries are not only clearly explained but also explicitly showcased and narrated.”

—A. Seddik Meziani, Montclair State University

MARKO DIMITRIJEVIĆ

is a private investor

with more than thirty years experience investing in © L AU R E N R A DAC K

emerging and frontier markets, including twentyfive years as founder and chief investment officer of Everest Capital.

TIMOTHY MISTELE

is the chartered financial analyst and

senior managing director of Everest Capital. He has more than twenty-five years of experience in investor relations, marketing,

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17044-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54235-7

portfolio management, financial analysis, and investment banking

O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 60 b&w illustrations

at several leading global financial firms.

INVESTING COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights: Columbia University Press

16 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Book of Value

The Fine Art of Investing Wisely ANURAG SHARMA HOW VALUE INV ESTO R S CA N BU I L D H I G H PE RFOR M ANC E STOC K PO RT FO L I OS W I T H THE H EL P OF P OWER FU L I D E AS FR O M PH I LOS OP H Y AND P SYCH O LO GY.

The financial markets are incredibly noisy and full of opinions, innuendo, and misinformation. They overwhelm the senses, confuse, and disorient, inviting all kinds of deception. No lesson on investing is complete without accounting for the emotional and psychological biases that can lead investors astray and how to correct for those biases. Analytical techniques are useless if they are not integrated into a well-conceived decision framework that recognizes how we are wired to perceive the world around us.

That is why Book of Value looks to philosophy and psychology to redefine modern portfolio theory for investors at all skill levels. Building off of the philosophy of Thomas Kuhn and Karl Popper, Anurag Sharma defines an “art of looking” that blocks out the din of the market and pinpoints deep value.

Sharma outlines how to be mindful of psychological biases, frame investment decisions, and correctly apply key analytical techniques to build lucrative and durable stock portfolios. A groundbreaking guide full of lasting value, this book should be on the shelf of anyone who takes investing seriously.

ANURAG SHARMA

“Book of Value provides strong coverage of the philosophical grounding for value investing, a subject that does not lend itself to academic presentation.”

—David Nawrocki, Villanova School of Business

is associate professor

© M AYA N K S E W A K

of management at the Eugene M. Isenberg School of Management, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17542-5 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54169-5 S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 7 b&w illustrations B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E G Y / I N V E S T I N G CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 17

A Brief History of Entrepreneurship

The Pioneers, Profiteers, and Racketeers Who Shaped Our World JOE CARLEN

A CH ARAC TER- DRI VEN C HRO N I C LE O F HOW E N T E R P RI SE HAS TRA N SFO RMED C I VI LI Z ATI O N .

Through engaging vignettes, A Brief History of Entrepreneurship charts how the pursuit of profit by private individuals has been a prime mover in revolutionizing civilization. Entrepreneurs often butt up against processes, technologies, social conventions, and even laws, so they circumvent, innovate, and violate to obtain what they want. This creative destruction has brought about overland and overseas trade, colonization, and a host of revolutionary technologies that have transformed society.

“Carlen delves in primary and secondary sources, including texts on modern management, and presents them in readable and attractive prose.

A Brief History of Entrepreneurship is a light and enjoyable read.”

—Ali Kahn, Johns Hopkins University

Consulting rich archival sources, including some that have never before been translated, Carlen maps the course of human history through nine episodes in which entrepreneurship reshaped our world. In an engaging style highlighting the most colorful characters of each era, he discusses Mesopotamian merchants’ creation of the urban market economy; Phoenician merchant-sailors intercontinental trade; Chinese tea traders’ invention of paper money; the colonization of the Americas; and the current “flattening” of the world’s economic playing field. Yet the pursuit of profit hasn’t always been positive. From slavery to organized crime, Carlen explores how entrepreneurship can sometimes work at the expense of others. Lastly, he discusses the new entrepreneurs who, through the nascent space-tourism industry, are leading humanity to a multiplanetary future. Carlen brings much-needed detail to the role of entrepreneurship in shaping the course of history.

JOE CARLEN

is the cofounder of Know Thy

Market, LLC, and a certified valuation analyst. $29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-17304-9 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54281-4 O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 b&w illustrations E N T R E P R E N E U R S H I P / B U S I N E S S H I S TO R Y COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights: Columbia University Press

18 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

He is the author of The Einstein of Money: The Life and Timeless Financial Wisdom of Benjamin Graham (2012).

Endangered Economies

How the Neglect of Nature Threatens Our Prosperity GEOFFREY HEAL ON E OF T H E FOUND E R S O F E N V I R O N M E N TA L E CONOM IC S M AK ES A CAS E FO R H OW W E CA N AND M UST AC T TO SAV E O U R E N V I R O N M E N T AND OUR GLOBAL ECO N O M Y.

In the decades since Geoffrey Heal began his fielddefining work in environmental economics, one central question has animated his research: Can we save our environment and grow our economy? This issue has become only more urgent in recent years with the threat of climate change, the accelerating loss of ecosystems, and the rapid industrialization of the developing world. Reflecting on a lifetime of experience as a leading voice in the field and as a green entrepreneur, activist, and advisor to governments and global organizations, Heal passionately demonstrates that the only way to achieve long-term economic growth is to protect our environment.

Heal begins with the tragedy of the commons and unregulated pollution to demonstrate the underlying tensions that have compromised our planet. Such destruction has dire consequences not only for us and the environment but also for businesses, which often vastly underestimate their reliance on unpriced natural benefits like pollination, the water cycle, marine and forest ecosystems, and more. Heal then outlines solutions that have already proven effective in conserving nature and boosting economic growth.

In order to ensure a prosperous future for humanity, we must understand how environment and economy interact and how they can work in harmony—lest we permanently harm both.

GEOFFREY HEAL

“Told as a story of discovery and the evolution of his own thinking, Heal’s book makes difficult conceptual arguments transparent. Using examples to illustrate the key issues in environmental economics, Heal demonstrates why an understanding of the consequences of all production and consumption processes for environmental resources must be an essential part of any description of economic activities.”

—V. Kerry Smith, Arizona State University and University Fellow, Resources for the Future

is Donald C. Waite III Professor

©EUROPEAN UNION

of Social Enterprise at the Columbia Business School. His recent books include When Principles Pay: Corporate Social Responsibility and the Bottom Line (Columbia, 2008) and Nature and the Marketplace: Capturing the Value of Ecosystem Services (2000).

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-18084-9 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54328-6 D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 5 b&w illustrations E C O N O M I C S / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 19

The Best American Magazine Writing 2016

EDITED BY SID HOLT FOR THE AMERICAN

SOCIETY OF MAGAZINE EDITORS Introduction by Roger Hodge, The Intercept O U TSTA N DI N G WRI TI N G O N CO N TEN TI O US I SS U ES I N C LUDI N G I N CA RC ERATI O N , P O LI C I N G, S E XUA L ASSAULT, LA BO R, TEC HN O LO GY, A N D E N V I RO N MEN TA L CATASTRO P HE.

Selections from: Bloomberg Businessweek Buzzfeed Cosmopolitan ESPN Magazine Esquire The Intercept The Marshall Project and ProPublica Matter The New York Times Magazine Poetry Vice

This year’s Best American Magazine Writing selections include Paul Ford’s ambitious “What Is Code?”

(Bloomberg Businessweek), an innovative explanation of how programming works, and “The Really Big One,” by Kathryn Schulz (The New Yorker), which exposes just how unprepared the Pacific Northwest is for a major earthquake. Joining them are Meaghan Winter’s exposé of crisis pregnancy centers (Cosmopolitan) and a chilling story of police prejudice that allowed a serial rapist to run free (the Marshall Project in partnership with ProPublica).

Also included is Shane Smith’s interview with Barack Obama about mass incarceration (Vice).

Other selections include the imprisoned hacker Barrett Brown’s dispatches from behind bars, including a scathing review of Jonathan Franzen’s fiction (The Intercept). “The New American Slavery” (Buzzfeed) documents the pervasive exploitation of guest workers, and Luke Mogelson explores the purgatorial fate of an undocumented man sent back to Honduras (New York Times Magazine). Joshua Hammer harrowingly portrays Sierra Leone’s worst Ebola ward as even the staff succumb to the disease (Matter). And in “The Friend,” Matthew Teague’s wife is afflicted with cancer, his friend moves in, and the result is a devastating narrative of relationships and death (Esquire).

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MAGAZINE EDITORS

is the principal

organization for magazine journalists in the United States. $18.95t / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-18155-6 $17.99 / £13.00 e-book 978-0-231-54364-4 D E C E M B E R 480 pages / 5.25" x 8" JOURNALISM

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: McCormick and Williams

20 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

SID HOLT

is chief executive of the American Society of Magazine

Editors and a former editor at Rolling Stone and Adweek magazines.

ROGER HODGE

is the national editor of The Intercept.

Better Presentations

A Guide for Scholars, Researchers, and Wonks JONATHAN SCHWABISH A ST EP - BY- ST EP AP PR OACH FO R C R E AT I N G CL E A R , S OPH IST ICAT ED, AND CA PT I VAT I N G PR E S E N TAT I O N S .

Whether you are a university professor, researcher at a think tank, graduate student, or analyst at a private firm, chances are at some point you have presented your work in front of an audience. Most of us approach this task by converting a written document into slides, and the result is often a text-heavy presentation saddled with bullet points, stock images, and graphs too complex for an audience to decipher—much less understand. With only a little more time, a little more effort, and a little more planning, it is possible to communicate your work with force and clarity.

Designed for presenters of scholarly or dataintensive content, Better Presentations details essential strategies for developing clear, sophisticated, and visually captivating presentations. Following three core principles—visualize, unify, and focus— Better Presentations describes how to effectively visualize data and find and use images, choose sensible fonts and colors, edit text for powerful delivery, and restructure a written argument for maximum engagement and persuasion. With a range of clear examples for what to do (and what not to do), the practical package offered in Better Presentations shares the best techniques to display work and the best tactics for winning over audiences.

It pushes presenters past the frustration and intimidation of the process to more effective, memorable, and persuasive presentations. © M AT T H E W J O H N S O N

JONATHAN SCHWABISH

“If you are a scientist or scholar who doesn’t care about designing beautiful slides for your presentations, you are doing it wrong. Elegance, clarity, and good visual composition make your messages understandable. In this concise book, Schwabish outlines simple yet essential rules of design and data visualization that anybody can benefit from. Apply them, and I guarantee that you will never again see a bored face in your audience.”

—Alberto Cairo, author of The Truthful Art: Data, Charts, and Maps for Communication

is a senior research

associate at the Urban Institute’s Income and Benefits Policy Center. He is also a member of the institute’s communication team, specializing in data visualization and presentation design.

States from 1975 to 2000: Patterns of Growth

$24.95t / £18.95 paper 978-0-231-17521-0 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17520-3 $23.99 / £18.00 e-book 978-0-231-54279-1

and Utilization (2006).

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 7" x 9" /

He is the coauthor of Human Capital in the United

color illustrations throughout REFERENCE / DESIGN

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 1

Deciding What’s True

The Rise of Political Fact-Checking in American Journalism LUCAS GRAVES H OW A WAVE O F UP STA RT J O URN A LI STS A R E REMA KI N G P O LI TI CA L REP O RTI N G I N THE U N I T E D STATES.

American outlets such as PolitiFact, FactCheck.org, and the Washington Post’s Fact Checker have shaken up the political world by holding public figures accountable for what they say. Cited across social and national news media, these verdicts can rattle a political campaign and send the White House press corps scrambling. Yet fact-checking challenges reporters’ roles as objective observers and places them at the center of white-hot debates. As these journalists are the first to admit, in a hyperpartisan world, facts can easily slip into fiction, and decisions about which claims to investigate and how to judge them are frequently denounced as unfair play.

“Deciding What’s True is a bravura performance of intelligent media criticism. Beautifully written and subtly argued, the book provides the

Deciding What’s True draws on Lucas Graves’s unique access to the members of the newsrooms leading this movement. Graves vividly recounts the routines of journalists at three of these hyperconnected, technologically innovative organizations and what informs their approach to a story. Graves also plots a compelling, personality-driven history of the fact-checking movement and its recent evolution from the blogosphere, reflecting on its revolutionary remaking of journalistic ethics and practice. His book demonstrates the ways these rising organizations depend on professional networks and media partnerships yet have also made inroads with the academic and philanthropic worlds.

These networks have become a vital source of influence as fact-checking spreads around the world.

definitive account of the tensions, limits, and continuing virtues of journalistic objectivity.”

—Rodney Benson, New York University

“Graves shows that, in a networked age, ‘the facts’ have never been more central, or more problematic, for the culture of journalism. This timely and penetrating analysis is a must-read for anyone interested in the state of journalism today.”

—David Ryfe, University of Iowa School of Journalism

$30.00* / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17507-4 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17506-7 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54222-7 S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 5 b&w illustrations JOURNALISM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

22 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

©ROBERT STREIFFER

LUCAS GRAVES

is an assistant professor at the

School of Journalism and Mass Communication at the University of Wisconsin. He is the coauthor of The Story So Far: What We Know About the Business of Digital Journalism (Columbia, 2011), and his writing has appeared in the Columbia Journalism Review, Wired, and the New York Times.

Journalism After Snowden

The Future of the Free Press in the Surveillance State

EDITED BY EMILY BELL AND TAYLOR OWEN WITH SMITHA KHORANA AND JENN HENRICHSEN HOW H AV E T H E S NOW D E N R E V E L AT I O N S AND M ASS S URV EIL LA N CE CH A N G E D I N VE ST IGAT IV E J OUR N A L I S M ?

Edward Snowden’s release of classified NSA documents exposed the widespread government practice of mass surveillance in a democratic society.

The publication of these documents, as well as efforts to criminalize the act of being a whistleblower or source, signaled a new era in the coverage of national-security reporting.

Journalism After Snowden integrates discussions of media, law, surveillance, technology, and national security to assess journalism in the digital age.

The book features contributions from key players in the reporting of the NSA files, including the former editor in chief of the Guardian, Alan Rusbridger; former New York Times executive editor Jill Abramson; and the legal scholar and journalist Glenn Greenwald, plus an interview with Edward Snowden. Other contributors include the dean of Columbia Graduate School of Journalism Steve Coll, the internet and society scholar Clay Shirky, the legal scholar Cass Sunstein, and the journalist Julia Angwin. They discuss the protection of sources, digital security practices, the legal rights of journalists, access to classified data, interpreting journalistic privilege in the digital age, and internet and telecommunications policy on journalism.

EMILY BELL

“There is a new normal for journalism in the age of the surveillance state.

Journalism After Snowden taps the ideas of some of the world’s top journalists, editors, and scholars to provide a rich and intellectually diverse set of perspectives on the implications of surveillance for journalism practice and for the role of journalism in democratic society.”

—Jonathan Peters, University of Kansas

“Anyone concerned about the future of democracy should read this important book.”

—Victor Pickard, University of Pennsylvania

is professor of professional practice and director of the

Tow Center for Digital Journalism at the Columbia Journalism School.

TAYLOR OWEN

is an assistant professor of digital media and global

affairs at the University of British Columbia.

SMITHA KHORANA

is a journalist and fellow at the Tow Center for

Digital Journalism at the Columbia Journalism School.

JENN HENRICHSEN

is a Ph.D. student at the Annenberg School for

Communication at the University of Pennsylvania.

$25.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17613-2 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17612-5 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54067-4 F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" JOURNALISM CO L U M B I A J O U R N A L I S M R E V I E W B O O K S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 3

The Miracle Myth

Why Belief in the Resurrection and the Supernatural Is Unjustified LARRY SHAPIRO Q U E STI O N I N G O UR N EED TO B ELI EVE I N THE M I R ACULO US A N D THE MYTHI CA L.

There are many who believe Moses parted the Red Sea and Jesus came back from the dead. Others are certain that exorcisms occur, ghosts haunt attics, and the blessed can cure the terminally ill. Though extraordinarily improbable, people have embraced miracles and myths for millennia, seeing in them proof of the extraordinary potential of our world— and ourselves.

Helping us think more critically about our belief in the improbable, The Miracle Myth breaks down our mythmaking strategies to better understand how attempts to justify belief in the supernatural fall short. Through arguments and accessible analysis, Larry Shapiro sharpens our critical faculties so we become less susceptible to tales of myths and miracles and learn how, ultimately, our belief in them is counterproductive. Shapiro acknowledges that myths have value. They may even provide insight into our place in nature. Even so, if our understanding of reality is formed through the fallacy of myth, our ties to the world fray. Shapiro’s investigation reminds us of the importance of evidence and rational thinking as we explore the unknown.

“The Miracle Myth is an exceptionally clear book on a controversial and interesting topic.”

—Michael P. Lynch, University of Connecticut

“This is an extremely impressive book—beautifully written, engaging yet philosophically sophisticated, with a novel perspective on the question of how to assess the reliability of accounts of miracles.

Even those of us who remain convinced that the evidence for

to think about in The Miracle Myth.”

—David A. Skeel Jr., University of Pennsylvania Law School

© AT H E N A S K A L E R I S

miracles is compelling will find plenty

LARRY SHAPIRO

the author of The Mind Incarnate (2004); Zen and the Art of Running: The Path to Making Peace with Your Pace (2009); and Embodied Cognition (2011); and the editor of Arguing About the Mind (2007) and The Routledge Handbook of Embodied Cognition (2014).

$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-17840-2 $26.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54214-2 S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" R E L I G I O N / P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

24 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

is professor of philosophy

at the University of Wisconsin–Madison. He is

The Work of Art

Rethinking the Elementary Forms of Religious Life MICHAEL JACKSON ART M AK ING AS A WAY O F M E D I AT I N G BET W E E N I N NER AND OUT ER R E A L I T I E S .

How are we to think of works of art? Rather than treat art as an expression of individual genius, market forces, or aesthetic principles, Michael Jackson focuses on how art effects transformations in our lives. Art opens up transitional, ritual, or utopian spaces that enable us to reconcile inward imperatives and outward constraints, thereby making our lives more manageable and meaningful. Art allows us to strike a balance between being actors and being acted upon.

Drawing on his ethnographic fieldwork in Aboriginal Australia and West Africa, as well as insights from psychoanalysis, religious studies, literature, and the philosophy of art, Jackson uses an extraordinary range of references—from Bruegel to Beuys, Paleolithic art to performance art, Michelangelo to Munch—in exploring the symbolic labor whereby human beings make themselves, both individually and socially, out of the environmental, biographical, and physical materials that affect them: a process that connects art with gestation, storytelling, and dreaming and illuminates the elementary forms of religious life. © B R A DY WA G O N E R

MICHAEL JACKSON

is Distinguished Professor

“Jackson has the ability to converse with artists in meaningful and productive ways about their work.”

—Fred R. Myers, New York University

“A deeply moving, inspirational, and intellectually compelling examination of the myriad ways in which art, religion, and ritual overlap.

Combining phenomenological and existential insights with honest and intimate ethnographic reflection, Jackson teases out the productive

of World Religions at Harvard Divinity School.

and transformative implications

internationally renowned for his pioneering use

of art practice.”

of phenomenological and pragmatist methods in ethnography and for establishing the field of

—Adrian Parr, University of Cincinnati

existential anthropology, he is a leading figure in contemporary philosophical anthropology and widely praised for his innovations in ethnographic writing. His most recent books include Walking to Pencarrow: Selected Poems (2016) and The Wherewithal of Life: Ethics, Migration, and the

$40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-17818-1 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54199-2

Question of Wellbeing (2013).

O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" /

12 b&w and 16 color illustrations R E L I G I O N / P H I LO S O P H Y INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN R E L I G I O N , P O L I T I C S , A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 5

Data Love

The Seduction and Betrayal of Digital Technologies ROBERTO SIMANOWSKI W H AT A RE THE CO N SEQ UEN C ES O F O UR D E S I RE FO R UN LI MI TED ACC ESS TO DATA?

“Simanowski proffers a much more profound history and theoretical basis to the debate, neither too radical nor too conservative.

Intelligence services, government administrations, businesses, and a growing majority of the population are hooked on the idea that big data can reveal patterns and correlations in everyday life. Initiated by software engineers and carried out through algorithms, big data has sparked a silent revolution.

But algorithmic analysis and data mining are not simply byproducts of media development or the logical consequences of computation. They are the radicalization of the Enlightenment’s quest for knowledge and progress. Data Love argues that the “cold civil war” of big data is taking place not among citizens or between the citizen and government but within each one of us.

Roberto Simanowski elaborates on the changes data love has brought to the human condition while exploring the entanglements of those who—out of stinginess, convenience, ignorance, narcissism, or passion—contribute to the amassing of ever-more data about their lives, leading to the statistical evaluation and individual profiling of their selves. Writing from a philosophical standpoint, Simanowski illustrates the social implications of technological development and retrieves the concepts, events, and cultural artifacts of past centuries to help decode the programming of our present.

Without question, Data Love is the most comprehensive and philosophically rich contribution on this subject that I have read.”

—Creston Davis, Global Center for Advanced Studies

“An invitation to discuss big data love not just in its technical and cultural dimensions but also in its potentially insidious political effects.”

ROBERTO SIMANOWSKI

—Andreas Huyssen, Columbia University

©CAMILO LOBO

$30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17726-9 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54242-5 S E P T E M B E R 176 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" P H I LO S O P H Y / T E C H N O LO G Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Mattes & Setiz Berlin

26 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

is professor of digital

media studies and digital humanities in the English and Creative Media Departments at the University of Hong Kong. His books include Digital Art and Meaning: Reading Kinetic Poetry, Text Machines, Mapping Art, and Interactive Installations (2011) and Reading Moving Letters: Digital Literature in Research and Teaching (2010).

Psychoanalysis and the Human Sciences LOUIS ALTHUSSER

Translation by Steven Rendall and Introduction by Pascale Gillot CAN P SYC H OANALYSI S E X PA N D O U R CO M PR E H E N S I ON OF S OC IAL AND P OL I T I CA L L I FE ?

What can psychoanalysis, a psychological approach developed over a century ago, offer us in an age of rapidly evolving, hard-to-categorize ideas of sexuality and the self ? Should we abandon Freud’s theories completely or adapt them to new findings and the new relationships taking shape in modern liberal societies? In a remarkably prescient series of lectures delivered in the early 1960s, the French philosopher Louis Althusser anticipated the challenges that psychoanalytic theory would face as politics moved away from structuralist frameworks and toward the elastic possibilities of anthropological and sociological thought.

Psychoanalysis and the Human Sciences translates Althusser’s remarkable seminars into English for the first time, making available to a wider audience the origins and potential future of radical political theory. Althusser takes the important step of distinguishing psychoanalysis from psychology and especially psychiatry, which long resisted Freud’s analytical concepts of the unconscious and overdetermination. By freeing psychoanalysis from this bind, Althusser can then apply these analytical concepts to the social and the political, integrated with Marxist theory. The result is an enlivened methodology for comprehending social organization and change that had a profound influence on the Frankfurt School and scholars who continue to work at the forefront of radical thought today: Judith Butler, Etienne Balibar, and Alain Badiou.

LOUIS ALTHUSSER

(1918–1990) was a French Marxist philosopher and

professor of philosophy at the École Normale Supérieure. His books include Writings on Psychoanalysis: Freud and Lacan (Columbia, 1996) and Reading Capital (1965).

“Psychoanalysis and the Human Sciences is a significant contribution to the literature. The question of whether psychoanalysis is a science and of its relationship to psychology is very much alive; Althusser’s solution was and remains an original one.”

—William S. Lewis, Skidmore College

“Psychoanalysis and the Human Sciences is short, clear, and readable.

Its accessibility and lucidity will appeal to both novices and experts in Continental-style philosophy” —Adrian Johnson, University of New Mexico

$25.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17765-8 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17764-1 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54210-4 S E P T E M B E R 128 pages / 5.5" x 7" P H I LO S O P H Y / P S YC H OA N A LY S I S EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES: A SERIES IN SOCIAL T H O U G H T A N D C U LT U R A L C R I T I C I S M

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Librairie Générale Française C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 27

Exiled in America

Life on the Margins in a Residential Motel CHRISTOPHER P. DUM T H E STO RY O F THE BOA RDWA LK MOTEL WI LL MOVE A N YO N E WHO CA RES A BO UT A MERI CA’ S MOST V U L N E RA B LE C I TI Z EN S.

Residential motels have long been a place of last resort for many vulnerable Americans—released prisoners, people with disabilities or mental illness, struggling addicts, the recently homeless, and the working poor. Cast aside by their families and mainstream society, they survive in squalid, unsafe, and demeaning circumstances that few of us can imagine.

For a year, the sociologist Christopher P. Dum lived in the Boardwalk Motel to better understand its residents and the varied paths that brought them there. He documented how life in the motel affected their goals and dreams. As told through the voices and experiences of motel residents, Exiled in America paints a portrait of a vibrant community whose members forged identities in response to overwhelming stigma and created meaningful lives despite crushing economic instability. Dum witnessed moments of violence and conflict, as well as those of care and community. Throughout, he presents a powerful counterforce to the myths and stereotypes that often plague marginalized populations.

“It is not often, after forty years in the business, that I actually get excited by a new scholar’s tone—that I find it so fascinating, so rich, so theoretically and analytically thick, that I actually go agog over it. Such is the case with Dum’s work.”

—Peter Adler, University of Denver

In addition to chronicling daily life at the Boardwalk, Dum also follows local neighborhood efforts to shut the establishment down, leading to a wider analysis of legislative attempts to sanitize shared social space.

He ultimately suggests meaningful policy changes to address the societal failures that lead to the need for motels such as the Boardwalk.

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17642-2 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54239-5 S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 18 b&w illustrations S O C I O LO G Y STUDIES IN TRANSGRESSION

All Rights: Columbia University Press

28 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

©JEFF GLIDDEN OF KSU

CHRISTOPHER P. DUM

is an assistant professor

in the Department of Sociology at Kent State University. He is a contributor to Justice Quarterly and the Children and Youth Services Review.

On the Parole Board

Reflections on Crime, Punishment, Redemption, and Justice FREDERIC G. REAMER AN I NS ID E LOOK AT PA R O L E BOA R D D E CI S I O N M A K I N G AND ITS CONS EQUEN CE S .

Few people experience life inside of prison. Even fewer are charged with the formidable responsibility of deciding whether inmates should be released. In his twenty-four years on the Rhode Island Parole Board, Frederic G. Reamer has judged the fates of thousands of inmates, deciding which are ready to reenter society and which are not. It is a choice that balances injury to victims and their families against an offender’s capacity for transformation.

With rich retellings of criminal cases—some banal, some brutal—On the Parole Board is a singular book that explains from an insider’s perspective how a variety of factors play into the board’s decisions: the ongoing effect on victims and their loved ones, the life histories of offenders, the circumstances of the crimes, and the extraordinary displays of forgiveness and remorse. Pulling back the curtain on a process largely shrouded in mystery, Reamer lays bare the thorny philosophical issues of crime and justice and their staggering consequences for inmates, victims, and the public at large. Reamer and his colleagues often hope, despite encountering behavior at its worst, that criminals who have made horrible mistakes have the capacity for redemption. Yet that hope must be tempered with a realistic appraisal of risk, given the potentially grave consequences of releasing an inmate who may commit a future crime.

This book will appeal to anyone interested in the complexities of the criminal justice system, the need to correct its injustices, and the challenges of those who must decide when justice has been served.

FREDERIC G. REAMER

“This is an excellent book and opens up the black box of parole hearings to the public. But more than simply describing the procedures followed in conducting a hearing (which he does incredibly well), Reamer puts a personal face on the process.”

—Joan Petersilia, Stanford Law School

is professor in the School

of Social Work at Rhode Island College. His Columbia University Press books include Risk Management in Social Work (2014), Boundary Issues and Dual Relationships in the Human Services (2012), and Heinous Crime (2004).

$30.00* / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17733-7 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17732-0 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54332-3 N O V E M B E R 288 pages /6" x 9" C R I M I N O LO G Y / S O C I A L W O R K

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 9

The Conversational Firm Rethinking Bureaucracy in the Age of Social Media CATHERINE J. TURCO H OW SO C I A L MEDI A I S C HA N GI N G T H E CO RP O RATE WO RLD

A fast-growing social media marketing company, TechCo encourages all of its employees to speak up.

By promoting open dialogue across the corporate hierarchy, the firm has fostered a uniquely engaged workforce and an enviable capacity for change.

Yet the path hasn’t always been easy. TechCo has confronted a number of challenges, and its experience reveals the essential elements of bureaucracy that remain even when a firm sets out to discard them. Through it all, TechCo serves as a powerful new model for how firms can navigate today’s rapidly changing technological and cultural climate.

“In The Conversational Firm, Turco argues that organizations

Catherine J. Turco was embedded within TechCo for ten months. The Conversational Firm is her ethnographic analysis of what worked at the company and what didn’t. She shares multiple lessons for anyone curious about the effect of social media on the corporate environment and adds depth to debates over the new generation of employees reared on social media: millennials who are carrying their technological habits and expectations into the workplace.

can transcend bureaucracy but are still held in check by certain workplace demands for reproduction and stability. These checks seem to prevent the organization from becoming complete anarchy.

But perhaps just as important, The Conversational Firm is a rich and delightful organizational ethnography

Marshaling insights from cultural and economic sociology, organizational theory, economics, technology studies, and anthropology, The Conversational Firm offers a nuanced analysis of corporate communication, control, and culture in the social media age.

of how work is being transformed in the era of social media.”

—Brayden King, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University

CATHERINE J. TURCO

is the Theodore T. Miller

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17898-3 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54195-4 S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" M A N AG E M E N T THE MIDDLE RANGE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

30 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

©PHILIP BORDEN

Career Development Professor and associate professor of organization studies at the MIT Sloan School of Management. An ethnographer and economic sociologist, her work has appeared in the American Sociological Review and the American Journal of Sociology.

Crude Volatility

The History and the Future of Boom-Bust Oil Prices ROBERT MCNALLY A HISTORY OF T H E O I L I N D U ST RY T H AT D E M YST I FI E S TODAY ’ S P R IC E SWIN G S .

The recent crash in oil prices took the world by surprise—and yet, when seen in the context of the industry’s tumultuous history, the event doesn’t look nearly so shocking. With an account geared toward those involved and those simply interested in oil’s place in our economy, Robert McNally considers the commodity’s central puzzle: its natural tendency toward boom-and-bust price cycles that have affected, or have been affected by, every major global event of the last 150 years.

Tracing a history marked with conflict, intrigue, and extreme uncertainty, Robert McNally shows how—even from the very first years of the market—wild volatility in oil prices led to intensive efforts to stabilize price fluctuations and manage supply. First Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, then U.S. state regulators along with major international oil companies, and finally OPEC each enjoyed varying degrees of success in the pursuit of oil price stability.

But the spectacular boom of 2008 and bust of 2015 have revealed a structural shift back to extreme oil price swings. Crafting an engrossing journey from the gushing New England oil fields to the fraught and fractious Middle East, Crude Volatility provides a crucial perspective that discards distractions and tired myths, shows lessons learned from previous mistakes, and provides the historical foundation we need to face, understand, and surmount the challenges ahead.

ROBERT MCNALLY

“This completely fresh viewpoint from McNally is a must read for anyone involved in the oil market.

The historical perspective provided in Crude Volatility is critical to understanding the future of prices and the impact they will have on the geopolitical order in years to come.

Buckle up for a wild ride!”

—Paul Tudor Jones, founder of Tudor Investment Corporation and the Robin Hood Foundation

is the founder and president

of the Rapidan Group, a leading energy consulting firm, and a nonresident fellow at the Columbia University Center on Global Energy Policy. From 2001 to 2003, he served as the top international

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17814-3 $34.99 / £26.00 ebook 978-0-231-54368-2

and domestic energy adviser on the White

J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9"

House staff.

ECONOMICS CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y ’ S C E N T E R O N G LO B A L E N E R GY P O L I C Y S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 31

The Antiegalitarian Mutation The Failure of Institutional Politics in Liberal Democracies

NADIA URBINATI AND ARTURO ZAMPAGLIONE Translated by Martin Thom A PR OVO CATI VE P LA N TO P ROTEC T O P EN C I TI Z EN SHI P A N D EQ UA L PA RTI C I PATI O N I N P O LI TI C S.

The twin crises of immigration and mass migration have brought new stakes to the balance of power between progressive and humanitarian groups and their populist opponents. In the United States and in many European countries, the outcome of these battles is uncertain, with a high chance that the public will democratically elect more politicians who support an agenda of nativism and privatization.

“The Antiegalitarian Mutation presents stimulating considerations on the value of democracy, both as an ideal and as a practice, and on the effects that recent global antiegalitarian phenomena have had on it.”

—Emanuela Ceva, University of Pavia

“The Antiegalitarian Mutation is an accessible and wide-ranging analysis of the phenomenology and effects of the current crisis for Western democracies.”

—Valeria Ottonelli, University of Genova

The Antiegalitarian Mutation makes a forceful case that those seeking to limit citizenship and participation, political or otherwise, have co-opted democracy.

Political and legal institutions are failing to temper the interests of people with economic power against the needs of the many, leading to an unsustainable rise in income inequality and a new oligarchy rapidly assuming broad social control. For Nadia Urbinati and Arturo Zampaglione, this insupportable state of affairs is not an inevitable outcome of a robust capitalism but rather the result of an ideological war waged by the neoliberal governments of Reagan, Thatcher, and others against social democracy. These giants of free-market fundamentalism secured power through legitimate political means, and only by taking back our political institutions can we remedy the social ills that threaten to unmake our world.

That, according to The Antiegalitarian Mutation, is democracy’s challenge and its ongoing promise.

NADIA URBINATI

is Kyriakos Tsakopoulos Professor of Political Theory

at Columbia University. Her books include Democracy Disfigured (2014) and A Cosmopolitanism of Nations (2009).

ARTURO ZAMPAGLIONE

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-16984-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54193-0 S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 6" x 9" P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Gius. Laterza & Figli

32 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

for La Repubblica.

is the New York correspondent

Governance in the New Global Disorder

Politics for a Post-Sovereign Society DANIEL INNERARITY Foreword by Saskia Sassen Translated by Sandra Kingery HAS GLOBAL IZAT ION M A D E THE WOR L D UNGOV E R N A BL E ?

In Governance in the New Global Disorder, the political philosopher Daniel Innerarity takes a close look at globalization’s unsettling consequences.

The “opening” of different societies to new ideas, products, and forms of prosperity has introduced a persistent uncertainty, or disorder, into everyday life. We no longer know who is in control and who is responsible. Economies can collapse without sufficient warning, and efforts to rebuild them can drag on for years. Piracy is everywhere. Is there any way to balance the interests of state, marketplace, and society in this new construct of power?

Since national economies have become deterritorialized and political interdependencies aggravate our common vulnerability, Innerarity argues that there is no solution except to move toward global governance and a denationalization of justice. Globalization tries to unify the world through technologies, the economy, and cultural products and styles, but it cannot articulate or regulate political and legal equivalents. Everyone faces the same risks to their security, food supply, health, financial stability, and environment, and these risks demand a new global politics of humanity. In her foreword, Saskia Sassen isolates the key takeaways from Innerarity’s argument and connects them even further to today’s global disruptions.

DANIEL INNERARITY

“This book provides a deep reflection about the world in which we live, and the dialectics between all and nobody. It belongs to the category of those important books that dominate the debates, and with this work, Innerarity is obviously one of the key intellectuals.”

—Michel Wieviorka, École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales

“A classic in the literature engaging with the analysis and consequences of globalization.”

—Montserrat Guibernau, University of Cambridge

is Ikerbasque Research

Professor at the University of the Basque Country ©IÑAKI PORTO

and director of the Instituto de Gobernanza Democrática. His books include The Future and Its Enemies: In Defense of Political Hope (2012) and

$30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17060-4 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54225-8

The Democracy of Knowledge (2013).

S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 33

Left-Wing Melancholia Marxism, History, and Memory ENZO TRAVERSO U N COVERI N G THE MELA N C HO LI C TRA DI TI O N O F THE G LO BA L LEFT.

“Well-written, timely, and original.”

—Eli Zaretsky, New School for Social Research

“A pathbreaking work that combines history and political theory with a concise, richly analytical, exciting narrative. Traverso redefines our understanding of the current regimes of temporality and challenges historians and critical theorists alike to think beyond the standard binaries between history and memory, revolution and defeat, and melancholy and politics. In other words, this book is a gem.”

The fall of the Berlin Wall marked the end of the Cold War but also the rise of a melancholic vision of history as a series of losses. For the political left, the cause lost was communism, and this trauma determined how leftists wrote the next chapter in their political struggle and how they have thought about their past since. Throughout the twentieth century, argues Left-Wing Melancholy, from classical Marxism to psychoanalysis to the advent of critical theory, a culture of defeat and its emotional overlay of melancholy have characterized the leftist understanding of the political in history and in theoretical critique.

Drawing on a vast and diverse archive in theory, testimony, and image and on such thinkers as Karl Marx, Walter Benjamin, Theodor W. Adorno, and others, the intellectual historian Enzo Traverso explores the varying nature of left melancholy as it has manifested in a feeling of guilt for not sufficiently challenging authority, in a fear of surrendering in disarray and resignation, in mourning the human costs of the past, and in a sense of failure for not realizing utopian aspirations. Yet hidden within this melancholic tradition are the resources for a renewed challenge to prevailing regimes of historicity, a passion that has the power to reignite the dialectic of revolutionary thought.

ENZO TRAVERSO

is Susan and Barton Winokur

Professor of the Humanities at Cornell University.

—Federico Finchelstein,

His books include The End of Jewish Modernity

New School for Social Research

(2016); Fire and Blood: The European Civil War, 1914–1945 (2015); The Origins of Nazi Violence (2003); and Understanding the Nazi Genocide:

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17942-3 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54301-9 D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 50 b&w illustrations P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

All Rights Except French-language and Italian-language Rights: Columbia University Press; French and Italian Rights: The Author

34 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Marxism After Auschwitz (1999).

Capitalism and Desire

The Psychic Cost of Free Markets TODD MCGOWAN U N D ER STAND ING CA PI TA L I S M AS A PSYC H I C ST R AT EGY.

Why is capitalism so resilient? Despite creating vast inequalities and propping up reactionary world regimes, capitalism has many passionate defenders.

But Todd McGowan argues that capitalism does not thrive because of what it withholds from some and gives to others with power. Capitalism dominates because it mimics the structure of our desire while hiding the trauma that the system inflicts upon it.

People from all backgrounds enjoy what capitalism provides yet at the same time are told more and better is yet to come. Capitalism traps us by creating and sustaining an incomplete satisfaction that focuses our attention on the new, the better, and the more.

Capitalism’s parasitic relationship to our desires gives it the illusion of corresponding to our natural impulses, which is how capitalism’s defenders characterize it. By understanding this psychic strategy, McGowan hopes to divest us of our addiction to capitalist enrichment and helps us rediscover how we enjoy. By locating enjoyment in the present and not the future, McGowan frees us from our attachment to a better future and the belief that capitalism is an essential outgrowth of human nature. From this perspective, our economic, social, and political worlds open up to real political change. Eloquent and enlivened by examples from film, television, consumer culture, and everyday life, Capitalism and Desire brings a new, psychoanalytically grounded approach to political and social theory.

TODD MCGOWAN

is associate professor of

“McGowan’s argument is positively brilliant—almost every page brings a startling insight and every chapter compels an exciting reorientation of thought. Because of its paradigmshifting originality, Capitalism and Desire places McGowan among the most prominent critical thinkers of his generation and competes admirably with the best work of the generation before him.”

—Mari Ruti, University of Toronto

“A wonderful book demonstrating immense intellectual vitality—it is simply impossible to ignore it.”

—Fabio Vighi, University of Cardiff

©HILARY NERONI

film studies at the University of Vermont. He is the author of Rupture: On the Emergence of the Political (2012) and The Impossible David Lynch (Columbia, 2007). $35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17872-3 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54221-0 S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 35

Getting Risk Right

Understanding the Science of Elusive Health Risks GEOFFREY C. KABAT A N I NC I SI VE LO O K AT SO ME O F TO DAY’ S MOST CO N T ESTED HEA LTH RI SKS— BOTH REA L A N D I LLUSO RY.

Do cell phones cause brain cancer? Does BPA threaten our health? How safe are certain dietary supplements, especially those containing exotic herbs or small amounts of toxic substances? What role does HPV play in the development of cervical cancer, and is the HPV vaccine safe? In four detailed case studies, Geoffrey C. Kabat shows how science works or sometimes doesn’t and what defines these two very different outcomes.

Getting Risk Right helps general readers distinguish between claims that are supported by solid science and those that are the result of poorly designed or misinterpreted studies. By exploring different examples, Kabat shows us why certain risks are worth worrying about while others are not.

Attempts to explain antiscience attitudes often focus on irrational fears and the powerful role of business interests. These factors matter, but Kabat also emphasizes the variable quality of research in contested areas of health risks and the professional, political, and methodological factors that can distort the research process. Drawing on recent work in the “meta-analysis” of biomedical research and on insights from leading thinkers, including John Ioannides, Daniel Kahneman, and Cass Sunstein, this groundbreaking book examines internal and external factors that influence what results get attention and how questionable results can be used to support a narrative concerning an alleged public health threat.

“Kabat’s writing, as usual, is phenomenally clear and expressive.

His logical cadences are both airtight and a pleasure to read. His insights into the workings and misworkings of science, the sociology of science, and the interplay of personalities and organizations are penetrating and precise, and above all, original.”

—Steven D. Stellman, Columbia University

GEOFFREY C. KABAT

is a cancer epidemiologist

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-16646-1 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54285-2 N O V E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations P U B L I C H E A LT H

All Rights: Columbia University Press

36 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

© R O B E R TA K A B AT

at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University and Montefiore Medical Center.

He is also the author of Hyping Health Risks: Environmental Hazards in Daily Life and the Science of Epidemiology (Columbia, 2009).

Making Sense of Weather and Climate

The Science Behind the Forecasts MARK DENNY

THE P ER F EC T BOOK FO R AV I D W E AT H E R WATCH E R S , AM AT EUR STOR M C HAS E R S , A N D A N YO N E C U R I O U S ABOUT T H E R EL AT IO N S H I P BET W E E N W E AT H E R AND C L IM AT E.

How do meteorologists design forecasts for the next day’s, the next week’s, or the next month’s weather?

Are some forecasts more likely to be accurate than others, and why? Making Sense of Weather and Climate takes readers through key topics in atmospheric physics and presents a cogent view of how weather relates to climate, particularly climatechange science. It is the perfect book for amateur meteorologists and weather enthusiasts, and for anyone whose livelihood depends on navigating the weather’s twists and turns.

Making Sense of Weather and Climate begins by explaining the essential mechanics and characteristics of this fascinating science. The noted physics author Mark Denny also defines the crucial differences between weather and climate, and then develops from this basic knowledge a sophisticated yet clear portrait of their relation. Throughout, Denny elaborates on the role of weather forecasting in guiding politics and other aspects of human civilization. He also follows forecasting’s effect on the economy. Denny’s exploration of the science and history of a phenomenon we have long tried to master makes this book a unique companion for anyone who wants a complete picture of the environment’s individual, societal, and planetary impact.

MARK DENNY

“Making Sense of Weather and Climate is perfect for anyone who wants ‘textbook’ science delivered in a format that is easily digestible and exciting to read. The book fills a niche between not only popular and college-level science but also the often separated topics of weather and climate change. Frequently presented as separate issues, Denny makes clear that they are in fact very linked.”

—Scott Mandia, Suffolk County Community College

is the author of Lights On! The

Science of Power Generation (2013); The Science of ©JANE DENNY

Navigation: From Dead Reckoning to GPS (2012); Their Arrows Will Darken the Sun: The Evolution and Science of Ballistics (2011); Super Structures: The Science of Bridges, Buildings, Dams, and Other Feats of Engineering (2010); and Blip, Ping, and Buzz: Making Sense of Radar and Sonar (2007).

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17492-3 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54286-9 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 90 b&w illustrations C L I M AT E S C I E N C E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 37

A History of Brooklyn Bridge Park How a Community Reclaimed and Transformed New York City’s Waterfront NANCY WEBSTER AND DAVID SHIRLEY T H E I N SP I RI N G STO RY O F THE C I TI Z EN S A DVO CACY M OV E MEN T THAT B UI LT B RO O KLYN ’ S C ELEB RATED, S E L F- SUSTA I N I N G WATERFRO N T PA RK .

A History of Brooklyn Bridge Park recounts the grassroots, multi-voiced, and contentious effort to transform Brooklyn’s defunct piers in the mid-1980s into a beautiful, conscientiously designed park. The movement to resist commercial development on the pier sprang up spontaneously but reveals how concerned citizens came together to shape the future of their community. After winning a number of battles, park advocates collaborated to create a thoroughly unique city park that took advantage of the water and the city’s skyline, incorporating a stunning design with vibrant cultural programming.

“In A History of Brooklyn Bridge Park, Nancy Webster and David Shirley provide a highly informative

This history emphasizes the contributions, collaborations, and spirited disagreements that made the planning and construction of Brooklyn Bridge Park a model of natural urban development and publicprivate partnership. The book includes interviews with Brooklyn residents, politicians, activists, urban planners, and other key participants in the fight for the park. The story of Brooklyn Bridge Park also speaks to larger issues confronting all cities, including the development of postindustrial spaces and how to balance public and private interests without sacrificing creative vision or sustainable goals.

and fascinating history of the governmental, organizational, community, and interpersonal politics without which New York City’s newest, grand public space would not have come to be.”

—Robert Beauregard, Columbia University

NANCY WEBSTER

is the executive director of the

©JULIENNE SCHAER

Brooklyn Bridge Park Conservancy.

DAVID SHIRLEY

is a journalist whose work has

$34.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17122-9 $33.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54294-4

appeared in Oxford American, Brooklyn Rail,

O C T O B E R 256 pages / 7" x 10" /

Chicago Review, Spin, Rolling Stone, and

51 b&w and 24 color illustrations

USA Today.

N E W YO R K H I S TO R Y

All Rights Except Dramatic, Audio, and Multimedia Rights: Columbia University Press; Dramatic, Audio, and Multimedia Rights: Brooklyn Bridge Park Conservancy

38 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

In Pursuit of Privilege

A History of New York City’s Upper Class and the Making of a Metropolis CLIFTON HOOD HOW UP P ER - C L ASS N E W YO R K E R S S O U G H T TO C R EAT E AND P R E S E RV E A N E XCLU S I V E WOR L D AM ID AN EV E R CH A N G I N G C I T Y.

In a history that extends from the 1750s to the present, Clifton Hood recounts upper-class New Yorkers’ struggle to create a distinct world guarded against outsiders. Despite their efforts, New York City’s upper class has been drawn into the larger story of the city both through class conflict and through their role in building New York’s cultural and economic foundations.

In Pursuit of Privilege describes the famous and infamous characters and events at the center of this extraordinary history, from the elite families and wealthy tycoons of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to the Wall Street executives of today.

From the start, upper-class New Yorkers have been open and aggressive in their behavior, keen on attaining prestige, power, and wealth. Hood sharpens this characterization by merging a history of the New York economy in the eighteenth century with the story of Wall Street’s emergence as an international financial center in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, as well as the dominance of New York’s financial and service sectors in the 1980s. Bringing together several decades of upheaval and change, Hood shows that New York’s upper class did not rise exclusively from the Gilded Age but rather from a relentless pursuit of privilege, affecting not just the urban elite but the city’s entire cultural, economic, and political fabric.

CLIFTON HOOD

“In Pursuit of Privilege is an impressive, detailed study of the upper class in New York over a period of more than two centuries. Written engagingly, the book distinguishes itself with its long-term view of New York’s elite class, covering many of the major events in New York’s history, from the Revolutionary War to the Civil War draft riots to the rise of corporate America. It makes an important contribution to the literature on the history of New York and elite society in the United States.”

—Susie Pak, St. John’s University

is professor of history at Hobart

© K E V I N C O LT O N

and William Smith Colleges. He is the author of 722 Miles: The Building of the Subways and How They Transformed New York (1993), and his work has appeared in the Journal of Urban History, Journal of Social History, Reviews in American History, and the New York Times.

$40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-17216-5 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54295-1 N O V E M B E R 512 pages / 6" x 9" / 24 b&w illustrations N E W YO R K H I S TO R Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 39

The First Modern Japanese The Life of Ishikawa Takuboku DONALD KEENE A BI OGRA P HY O F JA PA N ESE TA N KA MASTER I SHI KAWA TA KU BO KU, WHO P I O N EERED A N UN MI STA KA B LY M O D ERN P O ETI C STYLE.

“The First Modern Japanese is a poignant though familiar tale of the genius and premature death of a promising artist. As Keene notes, Ishikawa Takuboku was a pivotal figure and someone to consider when thinking about larger topics, such as the meaning of modernity.

Keene’s insightful and compelling study of Takuboku lets us finally see the dark side of Japan’s tearful, beloved poet.”

—Charles Shirō Inouye, Tufts University

Thousands of books and monographs have been devoted to the poet and critic Ishikawa Takuboku (1886–1912). Although he died at the age of twentysix and wrote many of his best-known poems in the space of a few years, his name is familiar to every literate Japanese. His early death added to the sad romance of the unhappy poet, but there has been no satisfactory biography of his life or career, even in Japanese, and only a small part of his writings have been translated. His mature poetry was based on the work of no predecessor, and he left no disciples.

He stands unique.

Takuboku’s most popular poems, especially those with a humorous overlay, are often read and memorized, but his diaries and letters, though less familiar, contain rich and vivid glimpses of the poet’s thoughts and experiences. They reflect the outlook of an unconstrained man who at times behaved in a startling or even shocking manner. Despite his misdemeanors, Takuboku is regarded as a national poet, all but a saint to his admirers, especially in the regions where he lived. His refusal to conform to the Japan of the time drove him in striking directions and ranked him as the first poet of the new Japan.

DONALD KEENE

is Shincho Professor of

Japanese Literature and University Professor Emeritus at Columbia University. His Columbia University Press books include The Winter Sun Shines In: A Life of Masaoka Shiki (2013); So Lovely a Country Will Never Perish: Wartime Diaries of Japanese Writers (2010); Chronicles of My Life: An $35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17972-0 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54223-4 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

American in the Heart of Japan (2009); Frog in the Well: Portraits of Japan by Watanabe Kazan, 1793–1841 (2006); and Emperor of Japan: Meiji and

B I O G R A P H Y / J A PA N E S E H I S TO R Y

His World, 1852–1912 (2002), as well as a definitive

A S I A P E R S P E C T I V E S : H I S TO RY, S O C I E T Y,

multivolume history of Japanese literature.

A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights Except Audio and Japanese-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Audio Rights and Japaneselanguage Rights: Georges Borchardt, Inc.

40 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Chow Chop Suey

Food and the Chinese American Journey ANNE MENDELSON HOW FOOD B ECAM E A D E FE N S E AG A I N ST MA R GINAL IZAT ION A N D A N O PPO RT U N I T Y FO R CU LT UR AL S OL IDAR I T Y A M O N G C H I N E S E I M M I G R A N TS.

Chinese food first became popular in America under the shadow of violence against Chinese aliens, a despised racial minority ineligible for United States citizenship. The founding of late-nineteenth-century “chop suey” restaurants that pitched an altered version of Cantonese cuisine to white patrons despite a virulently anti-Chinese climate is one of several pivotal events in Anne Mendelson’s thoughtful history of American Chinese food. Chow Chop Suey uses cooking to trace different stages of the Chinese community’s footing in the larger white society.

Mendelson begins with the arrival of men from the poorest district of Canton Province during the Gold Rush. She describes the formation of American Chinatowns and examines the curious racial dynamic underlying the purposeful invention of hybridized Chinese American food, historically prepared by Cantonese-descended cooks for whites incapable of grasping Chinese culinary principles.

Mendelson then follows the eventual abolition of anti-Chinese immigration laws and the many demographic changes that transformed the face of Chinese cooking in America during and after the Cold War. Mendelson concludes with the post1965 arrival of Chinese immigrants from Taiwan, Southeast Asia, and many regions of mainland China. As she shows, they have immeasurably enriched Chinese cooking in America but tend to form comparatively self-sufficient enclaves in which they, unlike their predecessors, are not dependent on cooking for a white clientele.

ANNE MENDELSON

“Chow Chop Suey is a well-written and insightful guide to the Chinese food scene in America.

In a field full of myths, Mendelson’s book is accurate and detailed.

A delightful read!”

—Eugene N. Anderson, University of California, Riverside

is a culinary historian and freelance writer

specializing in food-related subjects. She has worked as editorial consultant and collaborator on several cookbooks and has contributed entries to the Oxford Encyclopedia of Food and Drink in America (2005).

She is the author of Milk (2008) and Stand Facing the Stove (1996).

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-15860-2 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54129-9 N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" F O O D S T U D I E S / A M E R I C A N H I S TO R Y A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E : P E R S P E C T I V E S O N C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 41

The People’s Money

How China Is Building a Global Currency PAOLA SUBACCHI T R ACKI N G THE DEVELO P MEN T O F THE REN MI N B I A N D I TS POTEN TI A L FO R GLO BA L REAC H.

“Subacchi brings a wealth of knowledge about China’s economy and politics to this fascinating and informative exploration of China’s currency, looking at how the economic giant will develop its ‘renmimbi strategy’ and take its proper place on the world’s financial stage at a time of instability, economic slowdown, and domestic social tension.”

—Diane Coyle, Enlightenment Economics and University of Manchester

Many of the world’s major economies boast dominant international currencies. Not so for China. Its renminbi has lagged far behind the pound, the euro, and the dollar in global circulation—and for good reason. China has long privileged economic policies that have fueled development at the expense of the renminbi’s growth, and it has become clear that the underpowered currency is threatening China’s future. The nation’s leaders now face the daunting task of strengthening the currency without losing control of the nation’s economy or risking total collapse. How are they approaching this challenge?

In The People’s Money, Paola Subacchi introduces readers to China’s monetary system, mapping its evolution over the past century and, particularly, its transformation since Deng Xiaoping took power in 1978. She revisits the policies that fostered the country’s economic rise while at the same time purposefully creating a currency of little use beyond China’s borders. She shows the key to understanding China’s economic predicament lies in past and future strategies for the renminbi. The financial turbulence following the global crisis of 2008, coupled with China’s ambitions as a global creditor and chief economic power, has forced the nation to reckon with the limited international circulation of the renminbi. Increasing the renminbi’s reach will play a major role in securing China’s future.

PAOLA SUBACCHI

is the director of international

economics research at Chatham House (the Royal College of International Affairs) in London. She is a regular media commentator and writes for Project Syndicate and Foreign Policy. $35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17346-9 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54326-2 N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" ECONOMICS / FINANCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

42 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

A Theory of Imperialism

UTSA PATNAIK AND PRABHAT PATNAIK

With a response from David Harvey and a foreword by Akeel Bilgrami A THEORY OF H ISTO R I CA L A N D CO N T E M PO R A RY I MPER IAL IS M BAS ED O N T H E PR I C E S O F AG R I CU LT U R A L PRO D UC TS AND T H E I R M OV E M E N T FR O M T H E U N D ER D EV ELOP ED TO T H E D E V E LO PE D WO R L D.

In A Theory of Imperialism, the economists Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik present a new theory of the origins and mechanics of capitalism that sounds an alarm about its ongoing viability. Their theory centers on trade between the core economies of the global North and the tropical and subtropical countries of the global South and considers how the demand for commodities (such as agricultural products and oil) from the South has perpetuated and solidified an imperialistic relationship. The Patnaiks explore the dynamics of this process and discuss innovations that could allow the economies of the South to achieve greater prosperity without damaging the economies of the North. The result is an original theory of imperialism that brings to light the crippling limitations of neoliberal capitalism.

A Theory of Imperialism also includes a response by David Harvey, who interprets the agrarian system differently and sees other factors affecting trade between the North and the South. A rejoinder from the Patnaiks follows. Their debate is one of the most provocative exchanges yet over the future of the global economy as resources grow thin, populations explode, and universal prosperity becomes ever more elusive.

UTSA PATNAIK

“A highly original, powerfully presented, and extremely thoughtprovoking new theory of imperialism that will force anyone concerned with the question of imperialism to rethink their own presuppositions.”

—Robert Pollin, University of Massachusetts-Amherst

is professor emerita and PRABHAT PATNAIK is

professor emeritus at the Centre for Economic Studies and Planning School of Social Sciences at Jawaharlal Nehru University. Utsa’s books include The Agrarian Question in the Neoliberal Era (2011) and The Republic of Hunger and Other Essays (2007). Prabhat is the author most recently of The Value of Money (Columbia, 2009) and Re-envisioning Socialism (2011).

$30.00* / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17979-9 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17978-2 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54226-5 O C T O B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9" POLITICS / ECONOMICS

All Rights Except South Asian Rights: Columbia University Press; South Asian Rights: The Authors C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 43

Tainted Witness

Why We Doubt What Women Say About Their Lives LEIGH GILMORE H OW DO UBT ATTAC HES TO WO MEN ’ S TESTI MO N Y.

In 1991, Anita Hill brought testimony and scandal into America’s living rooms during televised Senate confirmation hearings in which she detailed the sexual harassment she had suffered at the hands of Clarence Thomas. The male Senate Judiciary Committee refused to take Hill seriously, and the veracity of Hill’s claims were sullied in the mainstream media. Hill was defamed as “a little bit nutty and a little bit slutty,” and Thomas was confirmed.

The Anita Hill case shows how a tainted witness is not who someone is, but what someone can become.

Tainted Witness elucidates how persistent and pernicious patterns of doubt attach to women who bring forward accounts of sexual and racial violence. Reactions to Anita Hill’s testimony as well as Rigoberta Menchú’s account of genocide in Guatemala, contemporary memoirs that chronicle experiences of gendered and racialized violence, and news stories like Nafissatou Diallo’s claim that Dominique Strauss-Kahn raped her, demonstrate the reflexive processes of judgment that discredit women’s complex accounts of harm. The accelerated tempo of scandal is crucial to tainting women witnesses. The rush to judgment encourages framing testimonial conflicts in terms of who is telling the truth and who is lying, with the presumption that this is an adequate and meaningful testimonial test.

Such a framing, however, prevents witnesses from providing adequate context for their testimony and especially elides histories of slavery and colonialism.

“Tainted Witness is an important, relevant, often brilliant book.

It further establishes Gilmore as one of the best critics writing today on the intersection of feminism and life narrative.”

—Hillary Chute, author of Graphic Women: Life Narrative and Contemporary Comics

“Tainted Witness displays, once more, Gilmore’s remarkable ability to hone in on the most interesting, provocative, or instructive moments in any historical situation or text and then say memorable and highly useful things about them.”

—Craig Howes, University of Hawai‘i at Mānoa

LEIGH GILMORE

is Distinguished Visiting

$30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17714-6 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54344-6 J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES / GENDER STUDIES G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

44 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

©WILLIAM POUNDS

Professor in Women’s and Gender Studies at Wellesley College. She is the author of The Limits of Autobiography: Trauma and Testimony (2001) and Autobiographics: A Feminist Theory of Women’s Self-Representation (1994) and coeditor of Autobiography and Postmodernism (1994).

Teenage Suicide Notes

An Ethnography of Self-Harm TERRY WILLIAMS

“Picturing myself dying in a way I choose myself seems so comforting, healing and heroic. I’d look at my wrists, watch the blood seeping, and be a spectator in my last act of self-determination. By having lost all my self-respect it seems like the last pride I own, determining the time I die.”

—Kyra V., seventeen

Reading the confessions of a teenager contemplating suicide helps us understand why self-harm has become so prevalent, especially in the United States.

What makes death so attractive, so liberating, and so inevitable for so many? In Teenage Suicide Notes, the sociologist Terry Williams pores over the writings of a diverse group of troubled youths to better grasp the motivations behind teenage suicide and to humanize those at risk of taking their own lives.

Williams evaluates young people in rural and urban contexts and across race, class, gender, and sexual orientation. His approach, which combines sensitive portrayals with objective sociological analysis, adds a clarifying dimension to the fickle and often frustrating behavior of adolescents. Williams reads between the lines of his subjects’ seemingly straightforward reflections on alienation, agency, euphoria, and loss, and investigates how this cocktail of emotions can create an overwhelming and impossible desperation. Williams situates these notes at the center of teenage life, linking them to violence, depression, anxiety, religion, peer pressure, sexual identity, family dynamics, and incidents of abuse.

He captures the currents that turn self-destruction into an act of self-determination and proposes more effective solutions to resolving the suicide crisis.

TERRY WILLIAMS

“Always the compassionate listener and masterful ethnographer, Williams courageously takes on teenage suicide, one of the nation’s most vexing and tragic subjects. He understands the problem as a father, mentor, teacher, and friend of victims and their families. May the voices of the despairing teenagers whom Terry has presented here be heard throughout the nation.”

—William Kornblum, Doctoral Program in Sociology, Graduate Center, City University of New York

is a professor of sociology

at the New School for Social Research. He is the coauthor of The Con Men: Hustling in New York City (Columbia, 2015) and author of The Uptown Kids: Hope and Struggle in the Projects (1994) and Crackhouse: Notes from the End of the Line (1993).

$30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17790-0 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54250-0 F E B R U A R Y 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P S YC H O LO G Y / S O C I O LO G Y T H E CO S M O P O L I TA N L I F E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 45

As Wide as the World Is Wise Reinventing Philosophical Anthropology MICHAEL JACKSON U N D E RSTA N DI N G THE HUMA N CO N DI TI O N THRO UGH ET H N OGRA P HY A N D C RI TI CA L P HI LOSO P HY.

Philosophy and anthropology have long debated questions of difference: rationality versus irrationality, abstraction versus concreteness, modern versus premodern. What if these disciplines instead focused on the commonalities of human experience?

Would this effort bring philosophers and anthropologists closer together? Would it lead to greater insights across historical and cultural divides?

In As Wide as the World Is Wise, Michael Jackson encourages philosophers and anthropologists to mine the space between localized and globalized perspectives, to resolve empirically the distinctions between the one and the many and between specific forms of life and life itself. His project balances remote, epistemological practice with immanent reflection, promoting a more situated, embodied, and sensuous approach to the world and its in-between spaces. Drawing on a lifetime of ethnographic fieldwork in West Africa and Aboriginal Australia, Jackson resets the language and logic of academic thought from the standpoint of other lifeworlds. He extends Kant’s cosmopolitan ideal to include all human societies, achieving a radical break with elite ideas of the subjective and a more expansive conception of truth.

“Jackson’s marvelous book delivers ethnographic evidence for philosophical issues originating from the necessities of ordinary life; reminding us that philosophy always has been rooted in various media that express the diversities of life forms, their norms and values, and their existential truths and wisdom.”

—Thomas Schwarz Wentzer, Aarhus University

“A book that gives any soul that is tortured by questions that arise from

how to live with these questions.”

—Veena Das, Johns Hopkins University

© B R A DY WA G O N E R

the way the world is instruction on

MICHAEL JACKSON

is Distinguished Professor

of World Religions at Harvard Divinity School. He is the author of the prize-winning Paths Toward a Clearing (1989) and At Home in the World (2000).

His most recent books include Between One and One Another (2012); Lifeworlds: Essays in Existential Anthropology (2012); The Other Shore: Essays on Writers and Writing (2012); and Harmattan: A Philosophical Fiction (Columbia, 2015).

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17828-0 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54198-5 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y / A N T H R O P O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

46 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Love in the Dark

Philosophy by Another Name DIANE ENNS A PER S ONAL AND P H I LOS O PH I CA L ACCO U N T O F T H E AM B IGUIT Y OF ER OT I C LOV E .

Intimate love requires exceptional vulnerability that opens us to suffering, sacrifice, and loss. Is it always worth the risk? Consulting philosophers, writers, and poets who draw insights from material life, Love in the Dark shines a light on the limits of erotic love, exploring its paradoxes through personal and philosophical reflections. Explicitly situating experience at the center of her inquiry, Diane Enns conducts philosophy “by another name,” elaborating the ambiguities and risks of love with visceral clarity.

Love in the Dark claims that intimacy must accept risk as long as love does not destroy the self. Erotic love inspires an inexplicable affirmation of another but can erode the autonomy and vulnerability necessary for love. There is a limit to love, and appreciating this limit requires a rethinking of love’s liberal paradigms, which Enns traces back to the hostility toward the body and eros in Christianity and the Western philosophical tradition. Against a legacy of an abstract and sanitized love, Enns recasts erotic attachment as an event linked to conditional circumstances. The value of love lies in its intensity and depth, and its end does not negate love’s truth or significance. Writing in a lyrical, genre-defying style Enns delineates the paradoxes of love in its relation to lust, abuse, suffering, and grief to reach an account of love faithful to human experience.

DIANE ENNS

is associate professor of philosophy

at McMaster University. She is the author of The

“Enns manages to strike a delicate balance between the intensely personal and the rigorously intellectual. She presents a profound meditation on love and its loss, passion and despair, risking everything and surviving despite everything. These are timeless, all-too-human topics.”

—Mari Ruti, University of Toronto

“Love in the Dark is engaging, developing fresh and bold perspectives that challenge the conventional interpretations of love.”

—Linell Secomb, University of Greenwich

© DA N I E L FA S T

Violence of Victimhood (2012) and Speaking of Freedom: Philosophy, Politics, and the Struggle for Liberation (2007) and the coeditor of Thinking About Love: Essays in Contemporary Continental Philosophy (2015).

$30.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17896-9 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54209-8 S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 47

The Gnostic New Age

How a Countercultural Spirituality Revolutionized Religion from Antiquity to Today APRIL D. DECONICK R E V E ALI N G THE O RI GI N S O F TO DAY’ S SP I RI TUA LI TY I N T HE GN OSTI C TRA DI TI O N .

Gnosticism, which emerged in the second century, proposed that human beings were manifestations of the divine, unsettling the hierarchical foundations of the ancient world. Subversive and revolutionary, Gnostics taught that prayer and mediation could bring human beings into an ecstatic spiritual union with a transcendent deity. This mystical strain affected not just Christianity but many other religions, and it characterizes our understanding of the purpose and meaning of religion today.

In The Gnostic New Age, April D. DeConick recovers this vibrant, underground history to prove that Gnosticism was not suppressed or defeated by the Catholic Church long ago, nor was the movement a fabrication to justify the violent repression of alternative forms of Christianity. Gnosticism alleviated existential suffering for millions, soothing feelings of alienation through the promise of renewal as God. DeConick begins in ancient Egypt and follows with the rise of Gnosticism in the Middle Ages, the advent of theosophy and other occult movements in the Victorian era and early twentieth century, and contemporary New Age spiritual philosophies. Her work emphasizes the universal, countercultural appeal of a movement that embodies much more than a simple challenge to religious authority.

“The Gnostic New Age represents a paradigm shift in our understanding of religion and breaks new ground in scholarship on Gnosticism.”

—Birger A. Pearson, University of California, Santa Barbara

“The Gnostic New Age redefines ancient Gnostics as a particular type of spiritual seeker akin to present-day New Agers—people dissatisfied with contemporary religions, spiritually hungry, and often politically disaffected.”

—Nicola Denzey Lewis, Brown University

APRIL D. DECONICK

is Isla Carroll and Percy E.

© WA D E G R E I N E R

Turner Professor of Biblical Studies and Chair of

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17076-5 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54204-3 S E P T E M B E R 384 pages / 6" x 9" / 40 b&w illustrations RELIGION

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Georges Borchardt, Inc.

48 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

the Department of Religion at Rice University.

She is the author of Holy Misogyny: Why the Sex and Gender Conflicts in the Early Church Still Matter (2013) and The Thirteenth Apostle: What the Gospel of Judas Really Says (2009).

Al-Qaeda’s Revenge

The 2004 Madrid Train Bombings FERNANDO REINARES Translated by Christopher Wall With a Foreword by Bruce Riedel

Al-Qaeda’s Revenge tells the story behind the events of March 11, 2004, when an al-Qaeda-inspired terrorist cell bombed commuter trains in Madrid. The narrative runs from the development of an al-Qaeda conspiracy in Spain through the 2007 trial and conviction of the 3/11 bombers, concluding with the thwarting in 2008 of an al-Qaeda bomb plot in Barcelona. Fernando Reinares had privileged access to judicial and intelligence documents and draws on personal interviews with officials in Spain and elsewhere. Al-Qaeda’s Revenge is Spain’s counterpart to The 9/11 Commission Report, a best-seller that condemned al-Qaeda for a crime that changed the way Spain and Europe have responded to modern terrorism.

FERNANDO REINARES

is a senior analyst on international

terrorism at the Elcano Royal Institute and professor of po-

A History of the Iraq Crisis

France, the United States, and Iraq, 1991-2003 FRÉDÉRIC BOZO Translated by Susan Emanuel

“The only serious study in any language of Franco-American relations during the Iraq crisis. It challenges the received wisdom and situates the policies of the George W. Bush administration in their true historical context.”

—Jolyon Howorth, author of Security and Defence

Based on exclusive French archival sources and numerous interviews with former officials in both France and the United States, A History of the Iraq Crisis retraces the international exchange that culminated in the 2003 Iraq conflict. It shows how and why the Iraq crisis led to a confrontation between two longtime allies unprecedented since the time of Charles de Gaulle, and it exposes the deep and ongoing divisions within Europe, the Atlantic alliance, and the international community as a whole.

litical science at Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, both in Madrid.

He is also an adjunct professor at Georgetown University.

FRÉDÉRIC BOZO

is professor in the Department

of European Studies at the Sorbonne Nouvelle (University of Paris III).

$50.00* / £37.00 cloth 978-0-231-70454-0 $49.99 / £37.00 e-book 978-0-231-80140-9

$55.00* / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-70444-1 $54.99 / £41.00 e-book 978-0-231-80139-3

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 408 pages / 6" x 9"

SECURITY AND TERRORISM STUDIES

I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S / P O L I T I C S

CO P U B L I S H E D W I T H WO O D R OW W I L S O N C E N T E R P R E S S

CO P U B L I S H E D W I T H WO O D R OW W I L S O N C E N T E R P R E S S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 49

Extreme Domesticity

A View from the Margins SUSAN FRAIMAN

A N E W THEO RY O F DO MESTI C I TY DEP I C TED THRO UGH A LT E R N ATI VE HO MEMA K I N G.

Domesticity gets a bad rap. We equate it with stasis, bourgeois accumulation, banality, and conservative family values. Yet in Extreme Domesticity, Susan Fraiman reminds us that keeping house is just as likely to involve dislocation, economic insecurity, creative improvisation, and queered notions of family. Her book links terms seen as antithetical: domestic knowledge coinciding with female masculinity, feminism, and divorce; domestic routines in Victorian poverty, twentieth-century immigration, and new millennial homelessness. Far from being exclusively middle-class, domestic concerns are shown to be all the more urgent and ongoing when shelter is precarious.

“Extreme Domesticity is a startlingly original work that not only offers a contemporary updating of

Fraiman’s reformulation frees domesticity from associations with conformity and sentimentality.

Ranging across periods and genres, and diversifying the archive of domestic depictions, Fraiman’s readings include novels by Elizabeth Gaskell, Sandra Cisneros, Jamaica Kincaid, Leslie Feinberg, and Lois-Ann Yamanaka; Edith Wharton’s decorating guide; popular women’s magazines; and ethnographic studies of homeless subcultures.

Underlining the labor and know-how needed to produce the space we call “home,” Extreme Domesticity vindicates domestic practices and their centrality to everyday life. At the same time, it remains well aware of domesticity’s dark side.

Neither a romance of artisanal housewifery nor an apology for conservative notions of home, Extreme Domesticity stresses the heterogeneity of households and probes the multiplicity of domestic meanings.

feminist studies on domestic and sentimental fiction but also establishes provocative new frameworks for understanding modern gender formations.

A brilliant and important book!”

—Thomas Foster, University of Washington

SUSAN FRAIMAN

is professor of English at the

University of Virginia. Her Columbia University

J A N U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 b&w illustrations LITERARY STUDIES / GENDER STUDIES G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

50 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Press publications include Cool Men and the ©JEFF SMITH

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-16634-8

Second Sex (2003) and Unbecoming Women: British Women Writers and the Novel of Development (1993).

Sex Trafficking

Inside the Business of Modern Slavery SIDDHARTH KARA With a new preface by the author THE B EST- S EL L ING ACCO U N T O F T H E E CO N O M I CS AND COST OF T H E S E X T R A D E , N OW T H E BAS I S O F A MA J OR M OT ION P I CT U R E , TRA FF I C K E D.

Since the publication of Sex Trafficking in 2007, Siddharth Kara has continued to travel across countries and continents, documenting the local factors and economic forces that support sexual slavery worldwide. His riveting encounters with victims and traffickers informed his screenplay for Trafficked (2016), now a major motion picture. The film features familiar figures from Sex Trafficking and the shocking conditions of their exploitation.

It also includes cases Kara has uncovered since his book debuted.

This paperback edition of Sex Trafficking includes a new preface by Kara in which he discusses his findings and updates the statistics relating to his business and economic analysis of contemporary slavery. Over fifteen years, Kara has recorded nearly 900 cases of sex trafficking in 41 countries and has advised on numerous legal, tactical, and policy efforts for abolishing modern-day slavery across the globe. Sex Trafficking continues to lead as a resource for those hoping to expose this hidden evil and eradicate its practice once and for all.

“A disturbing and illuminating study of one of the

“An eloquent, campaigning book that addresses an evil that belittles our humanity.”

—Financial Times

“Sex trafficking is more of a problem than most people realize. Read this well-written book and find out.”

—Kirk Douglas

“The best book ever written on human trafficking for sexual exploitation.

Representing a new period of solid yet humane scholarship, this

underbellies of economic globalization: the global

breakthrough analysis represents

sex trafficking industry.”

a quantum leap in the study of this

—Irish Times

subject. Simply beyond anything SIDDHARTH KARA

is the first Fellow on Human

Trafficking with the Kennedy School of Govern-

I have seen anywhere.”

—Kevin Bales, president of Free the Slaves

ment at Harvard University. He advises several governments as well as private and nongovernmental organizations on antislavery policy and law and is the author of Bonded Labor: Tackling the System of Slavery in South Asia (Columbia, 2012).

$18.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-18033-7 $17.99 / £13.00 e-book 978-0-231-54263-0 S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 26 b&w illustrations P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 51

The Levittowners

Learning to Labor

Ways of Life and Politics in a New Suburban Community

How Working-Class Kids Get Working-Class Jobs

HERBERT J. GANS

PAUL WILLIS

New introduction by Harvey Molotch

Updated introduction by Stanley Aronowitz

“The Levittowners does more than illuminate for us American suburbia; it also contributes to our understanding of that elusive matter, the quality of American life.”

—Nathan Glazer, Harvard University

In 1955 Levitt and Sons, Inc., purchased almost all of Willingboro Township, New Jersey, and built 1,200 homes. This suburban experiment was the basis for one of the most famous case studies in urban sociology, The Levittowners. This classic work examines the beginnings of group life, the founding of churches, the emergence of party politics, family and individual adaptation, and other dimensions of the suburban experience. A new introduction reflects on the Levittown community after twenty years.

HERBERT J. GANS

is professor of sociology at Columbia

University. He is also the author of The Urban Villagers, People and Plans, More Equality, Popular Culture and High Culture, and Deciding What’s News.

A landmark work in sociology, cultural studies, and ethnography since its publication in 1977, Learning to Labor is a provocative and troubling account of how education links culture and class in the reproduction of social hierarchy. Paul Willis observed a working-class friendship group in an English industrial town in the West Midlands in their final years at school. These “lads” rebelled against the rules and values of the school, creating their own culture of opposition. Yet Willis shows how resistance can also constitute and reinforce the social order. His work shows how education can perpetuate hierarchies, which is important at a time when education is trumpeted as a panacea for inequality.

PAUL WILLIS

is a professor in the faculty of education at

Beijing Normal University. His books include The Ethnographic Imagination (2000), Moving Culture (1990), and Profane Culture (1978).

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17887-7 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54264-7

$30.00 paper 978-0-231-17895-2

F E B R U A R Y 536 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

F E B R U A R Y 272 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

L E G AC Y E D I T I O N S

L E G AC Y E D I T I O N S

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

English-language Rights in North America: Columbia University Press;

All Other Rights: Pantheon Books

All Other Rights: Ashgate Publishing Ltd.

52 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

The Columbia University College of Dental Medicine, 1916–2016 A Dental School on University Lines ALLAN FORMICOLA A HISTORY C EL EB R AT I N G O N E H U N D R E D Y E A R S O F G RO UND B R EAK ING WO R K I N D E N TA L M E D I CI N E .

In 1916, Columbia University acquired the New York Post-graduate School of Dentistry and the New York School of Dental Hygiene and established its own College of Dental Medicine. The move was a powerful signal of a field on the rise. It recognized dental medicine as a key component of individual and social well-being and initiated a monumental era in medical innovation and progressive publichealth outcomes.

This hundred-year history shares the story of a medical field in the making. It recounts the institutional battles and research controversies that set the terms for the development and practice of dentistry.

The assimilation of the dental school into the university system was not smooth. Rivalries played out in public and in private; traditionalists fought the inclusion of a young and evolving medical approach. Once the school found its footing, the College of Dental Medicine developed rapidly and by the end of the twentieth century had launched programs to immeasurably help impoverished and underserved communities worldwide. The school’s work now includes transitioning the field into the digital age and effecting even greater change in the lives of those without access to high-quality dental care. Featuring fascinating biographical details of the school’s major teachers, administrators, and graduates, this book cements the reputation of Columbia University’s College of Dental Medicine as a global leader in advancing the public good.

ALLAN FORMICOLA

“An exploration of the important history of the Columbia University College of Dental Medicine and its effect on the nation and the world.

A remarkable book about a critical achievement in the story of human health.”

—Leon Assael, dean, School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota

is dean emeritus of the

Columbia University College of Dental Medicine.

He is the coauthor, with Lourdes HernandezCordero, of Mobilizing the Community for Better Health: What the Rest of America Can Learn from Northern Manhattan (Columbia, 2010).

$40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-18088-7 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54334-7 O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 60 b&w illustrations MEDICINE

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 53

N E W I N PA P E R

Who’s Afraid of Academic Freedom?

AKEEL BILGRAMI AND

The Reagan Era

A History of the 1980s DOUG ROSSINOW

JONATHAN R. COLE, “An engaging, smart, wide-ranging,

EDITORS

thorough, and well-written “Vitally important to democratic

account of the presidency of

Manchu Princess, Japanese Spy

The Story of Kawashima Yoshiko, the Cross-Dressing Spy Who Commanded Her Own Army PHYLLIS BIRNBAUM

and political dialogue.”

Ronald Reagan and the world he

—Times Higher Education

helped to bring about.”

N A MED O N E O F THE 15 B EST

—Eric Arnesen, George Washington

BO O KS O F THE YEA R BY THE

Scholars, including Joan Scott, Noam Chomsky, Stanley Fish, and Judith Butler, discuss the obstacles to freedom of inquiry they have encountered in their personal and professional experience. Their discussion covers specific restrictions linked to speech codes, political pressure groups, and government policy, as well as intellectual orthodoxy.

AKEEL BILGRAMI

is the Sidney

Morgenbesser Professor of Philosophy and a professor on the Committee on Global Thought at Columbia University.

JONATHAN R. COLE

is the John

University

N EW YORK TI M ES WO MEN

In this concise yet thorough history, Doug Rossinow takes the full measure of Ronald Reagan’s presidency and the ideology of Reaganism. Believers in libertarian economics and a muscular foreign policy, Reaganite conservatives in the 1980s achieved transformed American government, politics, and society, ushering in the political and social system Americans inhabit today.

DOUG ROSSINOW,

professor of

I N THE WO RLD B LO G

Kawashima Yoshiko (1907–1948) was the daughter of a Manchu prince, raised to restore the Manchus to their former glory. This biography presents the richest portrait to date of the controversial princess-spy. “[Yoshiko] emerges as a woman supremely in command of her own fiction, even to the last.”

—New York Times Book Review PHYLLIS BIRNBAUM

is a novelist,

biographer, journalist, and translator. $24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-15219-8

Mitchell Mason Professor of the

history at Metropolitan State

J A N U A R Y 272 pages / 6" x 9" /

University at Columbia University.

University in St. Paul, Minnesota.

22 b&w illustrations ASIAN STUDIES / BIOGRAPHY

$27.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-16881-6

$27.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-16989-9

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15218-1

S E P T E M B E R 448 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 392 pages / 6" x 9"

A S I A P E R S P E C T I V E S : H I S TO RY,

P H I LO S O P H Y

A M E R I C A N H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C S

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16880-9

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16988-2

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

54 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

S O C I E T Y, A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights Except Dramatic Rights: Columbia University Press; Dramatic Rights: Levine Greenberg Literary Agency

N E W I N PA P E R

The Evolution of the Global Terrorist Threat

From 9/11 to Osama bin Laden’s Death BRUCE HOFFMAN AND FERNANDO REINARES, EDITORS

Note-by-Note Cooking

The Future of Food HERVÉ THIS

Translated by M. B. DeBevoise “Keen cooks . . . will devour the latest work

“This volume belongs in every reader’s terrorism library.”

—New Scientist

—Choice

Examining terrorist acts and campaigns undertaken in the decade following September 11, 2001, internationally recognized scholars study the involvement of global terrorist leaders and organizations in these incidents and the planning, organization, execution, recruitment, and training that went into them.

“An instant classic that no serious scholar of terrorism and political violence can afford to ignore.”

—Democracy and Security BRUCE HOFFMAN

is professor at Georgetown

University’s Walsh School of Foreign Service and the director of its Center for Security.

FERNANDO REINARES

by molecular gastronomist Hervé This.”

is professor of political science and

security studies at Universidad Rey Juan Carlos.

Note-by-Note Cooking liberates cooks from the constraints of traditional ingredients and methods through the use of pure molecular compounds. Substances make it possible to create novel tastes and flavors in the same way that elementary sound waves can be combined to create new sounds. Note-bynote cooking heralds a phase of culinary evolution on which the long-term survival of a growing human population depends.

“An entertaining and practical guide that every chef would benefit from reading.”

—Daniel Boulud HERVÉ THIS

is a physical chemist on the staff of the

Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique in Paris and scientific director of the Fondation Science & Culture Alimentaire at the Académie des Sciences.

$16.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-16487-0 $32.00* / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16899-1 S E P T E M B E R 696 pages / 6" x 9" SECURITY STUDIES / TERRORISM

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16898-4

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 8" / 20 color illustrations FOOD SCIENCE

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16486-3 A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E : P E R S P E C T I V E S O N

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T E R R O R I S M A N D

C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 55

N E W I N PA P E R

Regimes of Historicity

Beyond Bolaño

In Stereotype

Presentism and Experiences of Time

The Global Latin American Novel

South Asia in the Global Literary Imaginary

FRANÇOIS HARTOG

HÉCTOR HOYOS

MRINALINI CHAKRAVORTY

Translated by Saskia Brown “Hartog is perhaps the most important historian of historiography today. . . . Regimes of Historicity should be required reading for anyone interested in the past, present, and future writing of history.”

—American Historical Review

François Hartog explores moments of change in relating to history. He analyzes texts and perspectives to reveal how the motor of history (-writing) has stalled and how our contemporary presentist relation to time is full of contradictions.

FRANÇOIS HARTOG

is professor of

history at the École des Hautes Études

“An ambitious and necessary

“A lucid and provocative

reframing of the

analysis of the significance

world-literature debates.”

of stereotype in contemporary

—David Kurnick, Rutgers University

South Asian literature.”

Through a comparative analysis of the novels of Roberto Bolaño and other leading authors, Héctor Hoyos affirms the lead role of Latin American writers in reshaping world literature.

Focusing on post-1989 Latin American novels and their representation of globalization, Hoyos considers the narrative techniques and aesthetic choices Latin American authors make to reflect our world.

HÉCTOR HOYOS

is assistant professor

—South Asian Review

In Stereotype confronts the importance of cultural stereotypes in shaping the ethics and reach of global literature. Mrinalini Chakravorty focuses on the seductive force and explanatory power of stereotypes in multiple South Asian contexts and in the work of Salman Rushdie, Aravind Adiga, Michael Ondaatje, Monica Ali, Mohsin Hamid, and Chetan Bhagat.

MRINALINI CHAKRAVORTY

is

en Sciences Sociales.

of Latin American literature and culture

assistant professor of English at the

$26.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16377-4

at Stanford University.

University of Virginia.

$28.00* / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-16843-4

$28.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-16597-6

N O V E M B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9" /

J A N U A R Y 336 pages / 6" x 9" /

27 b&w illustrations

6 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16842-7

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16596-9

Columbia University Press;

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

All Other Rights: Editions du Seuil

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16376-7 EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES: A SERIES I N S O C I A L T H O U G H T A N D C U LT U R A L CRITICISM

World English-language Rights:

56 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

N E W I N PA P E R

Eternal Ephemera

Adaptation and the Origin of Species from the Nineteenth Century Through Punctuated Equilibria and Beyond NILES ELDREDGE “A book that should be read by everyone, and perhaps especially those who have questions

Flight Ways

Life and Loss at the Edge of Extinction THOM VAN DOOREN “Readers are treated to beautiful prose about what it means to the birds themselves and to us to lose these amazing beings.”

—Psychology Today

about evolution.”

—Times Higher Education

The origin, extinction, and evolution of species—interconnected in the web of life as “eternal ephemera”—are the concern of evolutionary biology. In this riveting work, renowned paleontologist Niles Eldredge follows leading thinkers, from Lamarck and Darwin to Steven Jay Gould, who revitalized evolutionary theory with their concept of punctuated equilibria. Filled with insights into evolutionary biology and told with a rich affection for the scientific arena, this book celebrates the relationship between scientific thinking and its subjects.

“A must-read for armchair biologists!”

—Booklist (starred review) NILES ELDREDGE

is a paleontologist formerly on the

curatorial staff of the American Museum of Natural History.

Thom van Dooren puts philosophy into conversation with the natural sciences and his ethnographic encounters to vivify the significance of extinction. Flight Ways incorporates the particularities of real animals and their worlds: North Pacific albatrosses, Indian vultures, an endangered colony of penguins in Australia, Hawaiian crows, and the iconic whooping cranes of North America. Written in moving prose, the book takes stock of what is lost when a life-form disappears from the world.

“Masterful. . . [a] thought-provoking book and essential reading for those who seek to avert the sixth mass extinction.”

—Biological Conservation THOM VAN DOOREN

is an environmental philosopher

and anthropologist at the University of New South Wales, Australia. $24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-16619-5

$28.00* / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-15317-1

S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 6" x 8" / 14 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 416 pages / 6" x 8" / 18 b&w illustrations

P H I LO S O P H Y

S C I E N C E / PA L E O N TO LO G Y

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16618-8

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15316-4

C R I T I C A L P E R S P E C T I V E S O N A N I M A L S : T H E O RY, C U LT U R E ,

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

S C I E N C E , A N D L AW

All Other Rights: The Spieler Agency

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 57

N E W I N PA P E R

Paving the Great Way

Vasubandhu’s Unifying Buddhist Philosophy JONATHAN C. GOLD

“Essential reading for anyone

Being Human in a Buddhist World

An Intellectual History of Medicine in Early Modern Tibet

Atheists in America MELANIE E. BREWSTER, EDITOR “A vital new contribution to the growing literature

JANET GYATSO

on nonbelievers.”

thought.”

A C H O I C E O U TSTA N DI N G

—Michael Shermer, editor of Skeptic

—José Ignacio Cabezón, University of

ACA D E M I C T I T LE

interested in classical Buddhist

California, Santa Barbara

The Indian Buddhist philosopher Vasubandhu is known for his critical contribution to Buddhist thought. Paving the Great Way reveals another dimension of his legacy: his integration of several seemingly incompatible intellectual and scriptural traditions. In Vasubandhu’s hands, the Buddha’s rejection of the self as a false construction provides a framework through which to clarify problematic philosophical issues.

JONATHAN C. GOLD

is associate

professor in the Department of Religion at Princeton University.

Being Human reveals an otherwise unnoticed intersection of early modern sensibilities and religious values in traditional Tibetan medicine. It further studies the adaptation of Buddhist concepts and values to medical concerns and suggests important dimensions of Buddhism’s role in the development of Asian and global civilization.

“A fascinating intellectual history by a mature scholar at the top of

MELANIE E. BREWSTER

her game.”

is

professor of psychology and

—Choice JANET GYATSO

This collection features more than two dozen narratives by American atheists ranging in age, race, sexual orientation, and religious upbringing.

These individuals address deconversion, community building, parenting, and romantic relationships, upending common social, political, and psychological assumptions about atheists and providing a nuanced look at living without a god in a predominantly Christian nation.

education at Teachers College, is Hershey Professor of

Columbia University.

Buddhist Studies at Harvard University. $30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-16497-9

$28.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-16827-4

N O V E M B E R 544 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" /

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-16359-0

S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9"

51 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9"

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

R E L I G I O N / P S YC H O LO G Y

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16826-7

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16496-2

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16358-3

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

58 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

N E W I N PA P E R

Violence and Civility

Christo-Fiction

There Are Two Sexes

On the Limits of Political Philosophy

The Ruins of Athens and Jerusalem

ÉTIENNE BALIBAR

FRANÇOIS LARUELLE

Translated by G. M. Goshgarian

Translated by Robin Mackay

Edited by Sylvina Boissonnas

“Erudite and brilliantly

“It is no exaggeration to say that

Translated by David Macey and

unpredictable.”

the contribution of François

—Bruce Robbins, Columbia University

Laruelle’s entire opus and of Christo-Fiction in particular will

Étienne Balibar boldly confronts the insidious causes of worldwide violence, racism, nationalism, and ethnic cleansing, as well as mass poverty and dispossession.

Through a novel synthesis of theory and empirical studies of contemporary violence, he pushes past the limits of political philosophy to introduce a new understanding of politics as antiviolence. ÉTIENNE BALIBAR

is emeritus

professor of philosophy at Paris X

Institute of Social Sciences and Humanities–Skopje

François Laruelle targets the rigid, self-sustaining arguments of metaphysics and the radical potential of Christ. Against both orthodox religion and naive atheism, his work is a heretical experiment that ties religion to human experience and the lived world. is emeritus

FRANÇOIS LARUELLE

Nanterre. $26.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16725-3

P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15398-0

Catherine Porter.

“This is a strong and powerful

interested in the areas of sex, gender, and women.”

—Owen Heathcote,

professor of philosophy at Paris X

S E P T E M B E R 232 pages / 6" x 9"

Foreword by Jean-Joseph Goux

and rereading by anyone

—Katerina Kolozova,

Nanterre and emeritus professor of

$22.00* / £16.00 paper 978-0-231-15399-7

ANTOINETTE FOUQUE

collection that repays reading

be historic.”

comparative literature at the University of California, Irvine.

Essays in Feminology

University of Bradford

Rather than reject Freud, Antoinette Fouque sought to enrich his thought by defining the difference between the sexes and affirming the existence of a female libido. These essays, lectures, and dialogues share her creativity and activism.

ANTOINETTE FOUQUE

(1936–2014)

was a psychoanalyst and director of research at the Université de Paris VIII.

O C T O B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16724-6 INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN

$28.00* / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-16987-5 S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

T H E W E L L E K L I B R A RY L E C T U R E S

R E L I G I O N , P O L I T I C S , A N D C U LT U R E

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16986-8

World English-language Rights:

All Rights Except French-language Rights:

World English-language Rights:

Columbia University Press;

Columbia University Press;

Columbia University Press;

All Other Rights: Editions Galilée

French-language Rights: The Author

All Other Rights: Editions Gallimard C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 59

N E W I N PA P E R

Starve and Immolate

The Politics of Human Weapons BANU BARGU

WINNER OF T H E BE ST

Alienation RAHEL JAEGGI Translated by Frederick Neuhouser and Alan E. Smith “This insightful and learned book

Finding Ourselves at the Movies

Philosophy for a New Generation PAUL W. KAHN

FIR ST BOOK P R IZ E , T H E

will appeal to anyone interested

FOUNDAT IONS OF PO L I T I CA L

in social philosophy.”

and insightful.”

T H EORY S EC T ION O F T H E

—Library Journal

—Midwest Book Review

Rahel Jaeggi reconceives alienation as the absence of a meaningful relationship to oneself and others, which manifests in feelings of helplessness and the despondent acceptance of ossified social roles and expectations. A revived approach to alienation helps critical social theory engage with such phenomena as meaninglessness, isolation, and indifference and rethink social pathologies.

Paul W. Kahn finds in popular films a new setting for a philosophical inquiry into timeless themes. He explores the nature of action and interpretation and narratives of politics, family, and faith. Engaging with genres as diverse as romantic comedy, slasher film, and pornography, Kahn explores the social imaginary through which we create and maintain a meaningful world.

“Informed, thought-provoking,

AM ER ICAN P OL IT I CA L S C I E N CE ASS OC IAT ION A CH O ICE OUTSTA N D I N G ACAD EM IC T IT L E

Starve and Immolate tells the story of leftist political prisoners in Turkey who waged a deadly struggle against the introduction of high-security prisons by forging their lives into weapons. Banu Bargu treats the death fast as a consequence of, retort to, and refusal of increasingly biopolitical forms of sovereign power.

BANU BARGU

is associate professor

of politics at the New School.

RAHEL JAEGGI

is professor of

PAUL W. KAHN

is Robert W. Winner

Professor of Law and the Humanities

social and political philosophy at the

and director of the Orville H. Schell Jr.

Humboldt University in Berlin.

Center for Human Rights at Yale Law School.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-16341-5

$26.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15199-3

S E P T E M B E R 512 pages / 6" x 9" /

S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

4 b&w illustrations POLITICS

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16340-8

POLITICS

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-15198-6 N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

$26.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16439-9 D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia

CLOTH EDITION 2013 978-0-231-16438-2

All Rights: Columbia University Press

University Press; All Other Rights: Campus Verlag

All Rights: Columbia University Press

60 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

N E W I N PA P E R

Decoding Al-Qaeda’s Strategy

The Deep Battle Against America

MICHAEL W. S. RYAN “An outstanding and unique

The Trouble with Post-Blackness

The Fall of Language in the Age of English

HOUSTON A. BAKER AND

MINAE MIZUMURA

K. MERINDA SIMMONS, EDITORS

Translated by Mari Yoshihara and Juliet Winters Carpenter

“An excellent collection of essays

“A stirring call to consciousness

contribution that examines

from impressive minds responding

al-Qaeda’s strategy against

openly to what black identity was,

For English speakers, the book

the U.S.”

is, and perhaps will be.”

presents an important opportunity

Consulting the work of wellknown and obscure al-Qaeda theoreticians, Michael W. S. Ryan finds jihadist terrorism strategy has more in common with the principles of Maoist guerrilla warfare than mainstream Islam. He builds a framework for analyzing al-Qaeda’s plans against America and a counternarrative to the West’s supposed “war on Islam.”

MICHAEL W. S. RYAN

to walk in someone else’s shoes.”

—Library Journal

—Choice

is a senior

fellow at the Jamestown Foundation.

These original essays confront the premise, advanced by black intellectuals, that the Obama administration marked the start of a “postracial” era in the United States.

They strike at the certainty of those who insist life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness are now independent of skin color and race in America.

HOUSTON A. BAKER

is Distinguished

University Professor at Vanderbilt University.

K. MERINDA SIMMONS

is assistant

professor of religious studies at the University of Alabama. $27.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-16385-9 3 b&w illustrations

CLOTH EDITION 2013 978-0-231-16384-2 CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T E R R O R I S M A N D

—Publishers Weekly

Minae Mizumura lays bare the struggle to retain the brilliance of one’s own language in this period of English-language dominance.

She acknowledges the value of a universal language yet embraces the different ways of understanding offered by multiple tongues, incorporating her own experiences as a writer and a lover of language and embedding a parallel history of Japanese.

MINAE MIZUMURA

has won major

literary awards for all four of her novels. $25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16303-3

N O V E M B E R 208 pages / 6" x 9" /

SECURITY STUDIES / TERRORISM

about the role of language. . . .

$26.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16935-6 F E B R U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16934-9

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

J A N U A R Y 240 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16302-6

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Japan Foreign-Rights Centre C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 61

N E W I N PA P E R

Long Road Home

Testimony of a North Korean Camp Survivor

Okinawa and the U.S. Military

Choreographies of Shared Sacred Sites

KIM YONG WITH

Identity Making in the Age of Globalization

Religion, Politics, and Conflict Resolution

KIM SUK-YOUNG

MASAMICHI S. INOUE

ELAZAR BARKAN AND

“[Kim’s] dispassionate account of how one man endured the unendurable offers a clue as to how such extreme inhumanity can occur.”

—Japan Times

Long Road Home shares the remarkable story of a former military official who spent six years in a North Korean gulag. His story not only testifies to the atrocities being committed behind North Korea’s wall of silence but also illuminates the daily struggle to maintain dignity and integrity in the face of unbelievable odds.

KIM YONG

was sent to a North

Korean labor camp in 1993. After six years, he escaped through China to South Korea and then, in 2003, came to the United States.

With a new introduction by the author

KAREN BARKEY, EDITORS “Highly readable and will fuel

“A candid, introspective book . . . an excellent read.”

discussions of the post-Ottoman era for many years to come.”

—Charles Stewart, University

—Army History

College London

In 1995, an Okinawan schoolgirl was brutally raped by several U.S. servicemen, triggering a chain of protests.

Using this event as a point of reference, Inoue explores how Okinawans began to regard themselves as a confident middle-class citizenry. He deftly connects local social concerns with larger global strategies.

MASAMICHI S. INOUE

is an assistant

professor in the Department of

These essays explore the dynamics of shared religious sites in Turkey, the Balkans, Palestine/Israel, Cyprus, and Algeria. Contributors probe the logic that underlies centuries of “sharing,” probing when and why it gets interrupted and the political consequences.

ELAZAR BARKAN

is professor of

international and public affairs at Columbia University. is professor of

Modern and Classical Languages,

KAREN BARKEY

Literatures, and Cultures at the

sociology and history at Columbia

University of Kentucky.

University. $28.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-16995-0

$24.00 / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-14747-7

$26.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-13891-8

F E B R U A R Y 184 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" /

J A N U A R Y 312 pages / 6" x 9" /

6 b&w illustrations

27 b&w illustrations

RELIGION

KO R E A N H I S TO R Y

J A PA N E S E H I S TO R Y

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16994-3

CLOTH EDITION 2009 978-0-231-14746-0

CLOTH EDITION 2007 978-0-231-13890-1

R E L I G I O N , C U LT U R E , A N D P U B L I C L I F E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

62 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

O C T O B E R 440 pages / 6" x 9" /

14 b&w illustrations

N E W I N PA P E R

Sectarian Politics in the Gulf

From the Iraq War to the Arab Uprisings FREDERIC M. WEHREY

Global Population

History, Geopolitics, and Life on Earth

ALISON BASHFORD

IRENE L. GENDZIER works of intellectual history . . .

BOOKS ON T H E M ID D L E E AST

in a long time.”

(2 014) BY FO R EIG N A FFA I R S

—Times Higher Education

BE ST F IV E BOOKS O F 2 013

Beginning with the 2003 invasion of Iraq and concluding with the aftermath of the 2011 Arab uprisings, Frederic M. Wehrey investigates the roots of the Shi’a-Sunni divide now dominating the Persian Gulf ’s political landscape. Focusing on Bahrain, Saudi Arabia, and Kuwait, Wehrey identifies the factors that have exacerbated or tempered sectarianism.

FREDERIC M. WEHREY

is a senior

Oil, Power, Palestine, and the Foundations of U.S. Policy in the Middle East

“One of the most wide-ranging

N AM ED ONE OF T H E BE ST

ON E OF FO R EIG N P O L I CY’ S

Dying to Forget

“Vital reading for those looking to understand, sixty-five years later, the origins of the continuing conflict in the Middle East.”

Global Population traces the idea of a world population problem as it evolved from the 1920s through the 1960s.

The growth and distribution of the human population over the planet’s surface came to shape the characterization of “civilizations” with different standards of living.

Global Population ultimately shows how a geopolitical problem about sovereignty over land morphed into a biopolitical solution.

ALISON BASHFORD

is the Vere

—Kirkus Reviews

Irene L. Gendzier presents incontrovertible evidence that oil politics played a significant role in the founding of Israel, the policies adopted by the United States toward Palestinians, and subsequent U.S. involvement in the region. She uncovers how the protection of American oil interests led U.S. officials to rethink Israel’s potential as a strategic ally.

IRENE L. GENDZIER

is professor

associate at the Carnegie Endowment

Harmsworth Professor of Imperial and

emerita in the Department of Political

for International Peace.

Naval History, University of Cambridge.

Science at Boston University.

$27.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-16513-6

$28.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-14767-5

S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" /

S E P T E M B E R 480 pages / 6" x 9" /

1 b&w illustration

15 b&w illustrations

$28.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-15289-1

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

H I S TO R Y

O C T O B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9"

CLOTH EDITION 2013 978-0-231-16512-9

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-14766-8

A M E R I C A N H I S TO R Y /

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N M I D D L E E A S T

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N I N T E R N AT I O N A L

POLITICS

A N D G LO B A L H I S TO RY

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15288-4

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 63

ECONOMICS

The Economics of Air Pollution in China

Efficiency, Finance, and Varieties of Industrial Policy

MA JUN

JOSEPH E. STIGLITZ, EDITORS

Suffocating smog regularly envelops Chinese metropolises from Beijing to Shanghai, clouding the sustainability of China’s growth. Air pollutants do not discriminate between the rich and the poor, the politician and the average worker.

They put everyone’s health and economic prosperity at risk, creating future costs that are difficult to calculate. Yet many people, including some in China, are concerned that addressing environmental challenges will jeopardize economic growth.

A rich set of complimentary institutions and learning, industrial and technology policies—often subsumed under the term “industrial policy”—have sustained economic growth from Britain’s industrial revolution onward. This volume examines the theoretical and historical role of industrial policy and explores what it can offer developed and developing economies.

Achieving Better and Cleaner Growth

In The Economics of Air Pollution in China, the leading Chinese economist Ma Jun makes the case that the trade-off between growth and environment is not inevitable.

In his ambitious proposal to tackle severe air pollution and reduce the level in the air of so-called PM 2.5 particles—microscopic pollutants that lodge in lungs—Ma Jun argues that in targeting pollution, China has a real opportunity to undertake significant structural reforms that would support longterm growth. Rooted in rigorous analyses and evidence-based projections, Ma Jun’s “big bang” proposal aims to mitigate pollution and facilitate a transition to a greener and more sustainable growth model.

MA JUN

is chief economist at the research bureau of the

AKBAR NOMAN AND

The book features essays from experts invested in the expansion of industrial policies, and topics discussed include the most effective use of industrial policies in learning economies, development finance, and stimulating investment in regional and global contexts. Also included are in-depth case studies of experiences with development finance, including in Japan and India, and an essay that revisits the theoretical and conceptual foundations of industrial policy from a structural-economics perspective.

The collection concludes with strategies for facilitating quality growth, realizing sustainable manufacturing development, and encouraging countries to industrialize around their natural resources.

AKBAR NOMAN

is senior fellow at the Initiative for Policy

Dialogue and adjunct professor of international and public affairs at Columbia University. is University Professor at Columbia

People’s Bank of China. He spent thirteen years at Deutsche

JOSEPH E. STIGLITZ

Bank and has worked as an economist and senior economist

University and a recipient of the Nobel Memorial Prize in

at the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank.

Economic Sciences (2001).

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17494-7 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54189-3

$70.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-18050-4 $69.99 / £52.00 e-book 978-0-231-54277-7 N O V E M B E R 448 pages / 6" x 9" / 113 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 87 b&w illustrations

ECONOMICS / FINANCE

ECONOMICS

I N I T I AT I V E F O R P O L I C Y D I A LO G U E AT CO L U M B I A :

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

C H A L L E N G E S I N D E V E LO P M E N T A N D G LO B A L I Z AT I O N

All Other Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

64 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

SCIENCE

Experiments in Democracy

Human Embryo Research and the Politics of Bioethics J. BENJAMIN HURLBUT

Human embryo research touches upon such strongly felt moral convictions that debate over its development has become a moral and political imperative. From in vitro fertilization to embryonic-stem-cell research, cloning, and gene editing, Americans have repeatedly struggled with how to define the moral status of the human embryo, whether to limit its experimental uses, and how to contend with sharply divided public moral perspectives on governing science.

Experiments in Democracy presents a history of American debates over human embryo research from the late 1960s to the present, exploring their crucial role in shaping norms, practices, and institutions of deliberation governing the ethical challenges of modern bioscience. J. Benjamin Hurlbut details how scientists, bioethicists, policy makers, and other public figures have attempted to answer a question of great consequence: how should the public think about aspects of science and technology that effect fundamental dimensions of human life? Through a study of one of U.S. history’s most significant science-policy controversies, Experiments in Democracy sheds light on American society’s evolving embrace of science’s most challenging breakthroughs and, more generally, its complex democratic interaction with science.

J. BENJAMIN HURLBUT

is assistant professor in the School

of Life Sciences at Arizona State University.

Sport

A Biological and Cultural Perspective JAY SCHULKIN “A fresh and excellent view of sport. Schulkin illuminates this fascinating topic by bringing to bear a powerful combination of historical, biological, and psychological perspectives.”

—Kent Berridge, University of Michigan

In Sport the neuroscientist Jay Schulkin argues that biology and culture blend together seamlessly in the realm of sport, propelling us toward greater physical and intellectual achievement. He surveys history, literature, and art and engages the work of philosophers and the latest psychological and sociological research. Schulkin connects sport’s basic neural requirements, including spatial and temporal awareness, inference, memory, agency, direction, competitive spirit, and endurance, to the demands of other human activities. He affirms sport’s natural role as a creative evolutionary catalyst and a fundamental part of human life.

JAY SCHULKIN

is a research professor in the Department

of Neuroscience at Georgetown University. He is also the author of Reflections on the Musical Mind: An Evolutionary Perspective (2013).

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17954-6 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54291-3

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17676-7 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54197-8

J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 65 b&w illustrations

S C I E N C E / P U B L I C H E A LT H

NEUROSCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 65

POLITICS

Frustrated Democracy in Post-Soviet Azerbaijan AUDREY L. ALTSTADT “Altstadt is the finest American scholar on Azerbaijan. She has the perspective of a historian complemented by current contacts inside and outside of Azerbaijan and a strong policy sense.”

—Richard Kauzlarich, former U.S. ambassador to Azerbaijan

Frustrated Democracy in PostSoviet Azerbaijan follows a newly independent oil-rich former Soviet republic as it adopts a Western model of democratic government and then turns toward corrupt authoritarianism. Altstadt’s work draws on instances of censorship in the Azerbaijani press, research by embedded experts and nongovernmental and international organizations, and interviews with diplomats and businesspeople. The book is an essential companion to Alstadt’s earlier works, The Azerbaijani Turks: Power and Identity Under Russian Rule and The Politics of Culture in Soviet Azerbaijan, 1920–1940.

AUDREY L. ALTSTADT

is professor

Protection Amid Chaos

The Creation of Property Rights in Palestinian Refugee Camps

Second Edition RICARDO BLAUG AND JOHN SCHWARZMANTEL, EDITORS

Protection Amid Chaos follows refugees as they develop binding claims on assets and resources in challenging political and economic spaces.

Focusing on Palestinians living in refugee camps in Lebanon and Jordan, the book shows how the first to arrive developed legitimate property-rights claims based on legal knowledge retained from their homeland. As camps increased in complexity, refugees merged their informal institutions with the formal rules of political outsiders, devising a stronger system for protecting their assets and culture from predation and state incorporation. Nadya Hajj conducted interviews with two hundred refugees and consults memoirs, legal documents, and findings in the United Nations Relief Works Agency archives.

Democracy is an essential collection of source texts on the value of democracy, key concepts and practices, theoretical perspectives, and contemporary challenges.

The volume includes affirmations of democracy

by Machiavelli, Hobbes, Madison, Mill, Lincoln, and Paine. It features Rousseau and Kant on freedom and autonomy; Locke on equality; Burke and Bakunin on representation; Wollheim and Tocqueville on majority rule; and Crick on citizenship. Conservative, Marxist, socialist, and feminist critiques are followed by new sections on the market, civil society, participation, the internet, nationalism, religion, multiculturalism, cosmopolitan democracy, and violence.

NADYA HAJJ

is an assistant

professor of political science at

Massachusetts, Amherst. She was a

Wellesley College.

fellow at the Wilson Center in 2014–15. $50.00 / £37.00 cloth 978-0-231-18062-7 $49.99 / £37.00 e-book 978-0-231-54292-0 D E C E M B E R 160 pages / 6" x 9" /

F E B R U A R Y 304 pages / 6" x 9"

5 b&w illustrations

POLITICS

POLITICS / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

C O P U B L I S H E D W I T H WO O D R OW W I L S O N

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N M I D D L E E A S T

CENTER PRESS

POLITICS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

66 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

A Reader

NADYA HAJJ

of history at the University of

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-70456-4 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-80141-6

Democracy

RICARDO BLAUG

is a reader in

democracy and political theory at the University of Westminster.

JOHN SCHWARZMANTEL

is senior

lecturer in politics, University of Leeds.

$40.00 paper 978-0-231-17413-8 $120.00 cloth 978-0-231-17412-1 $39.99 e-book 978-0-231-53950-0 S E P T E M B E R 640 pages / 6" x 9" POLITICS

English-language Rights in North America: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Edinburgh University Press

Revised Edition

RICHARD PLUNZ Foreword by Kenneth T. Jackson

A standard in the field since its publication in 1992, A History of Housing in New York City traces New York’s housing development from 1850 to the present. Richard Plunz explores the housing of all classes, with comparative discussion of types, from single-family homes to highrise apartment buildings. His analysis incorporates the broader political and cultural development of New York.

This revised edition extends the book’s scope, covering the recent housing-bubble crisis, the rebound and gentrification of the five boroughs, and the ecological issues facing the next generation of New Yorkers. More than 300 illustrations are integrated throughout the text, depicting housing plans, neighborhood changes, and city architecture over the past 130 years.

RICHARD PLUNZ

is professor of

The Politics of Being The Political Thought of Martin Heidegger Expanded Edition RICHARD WOLIN “This new edition documents, in

Friendship Reconsidered

What It Means and How It Matters to Politics P. E. DIGESER “This engaging work impressively

ways not previously possible,

brings together discussions about

the extent to which Heidegger’s

friendship in political philosophy,

political ideas and, more

ethics, and international relations

importantly, his most fundamental

to create a rich and stimulating

philosophical preoccupations were

conversation about the nature,

closely bound up with his anti-

role, and value of friendship in our

Semitism and Nazi beliefs.”

political life.”

—Anson Rabinbach,

—Catherine Lu, McGill University

Princeton University

The Politics of Being has played a seminal role in the debates over the intellectual consequences of Heidegger’s politics. This expanded edition builds on Richard Wolin’s pathbreaking interpretation of Heidegger’s political thought, adding analysis of the philosopher’s seminars and lectures, a new edition of Heidegger’s letters, and recently published eyewitness testimony. Wolin shows convincingly that philosophy and politics cannot be disentangled in Heidegger’s work.

RICHARD WOLIN

is distinguished

In Friendship Reconsidered, P. E. Digeser sets forth a series of ideals that appreciates friendship’s many forms and dynamic relationship to individuality, citizenship, political and legal institutions, and international relations. She argues that as a set of practices resembling one another, friendship calls our attention to the importance of norms of friendly action and the mutual recognition of motive. She shows how friendship can provide islands of stability in a sea of citizen-strangers and, in a delegitimized political environment, a bridge between differences.

architecture and the director of the

professor of political science, history,

Earth Institute’s Urban Design Lab at

and comparative literature at the

P. E. DIGESER

Columbia University.

Graduate Center at the City University

science at the University of California,

of New York.

Santa Barbara.

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-17835-8 $120.00 / £89.00 cloth 978-0-231-17834-1 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54310-1 S E P T E M B E R 496 pages / 8.625" x 9.25" /

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17933-1 $95.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-17932-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-

12 b&w illustrations

54302-6

N E W YO R K C I T Y H I S TO R Y /

O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

ARCHITECTURE

P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

POLITICS

A History of Housing in New York City

is professor of political

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17434-3 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54211-1 S E P T E M B E R 384 pages / 6" x 9"

CO L U M B I A H I S TO RY O F U R B A N L I F E

All Rights Except French Rights: Columbia

P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

University Press; French Rights: the Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 67

RELIGION

The Bhāgavata Purāna Selected Readings

RAVI M. GUPTA AND KENNETH R. VALPEY, EDITORS

The Quotidian Revolution

A Dharma Reader

Vernacularization, Religion, and the Premodern Public Sphere in India CHRISTIAN LEE NOVETZKE

The Bhāgavata Purāna has grown in vibrancy through centuries of performance, interpretation, worship, and debate. This annotated translation and detailed analysis shows how one text can have such enduring appeal. Key selections from the Bhāgavata Purāna are faithfully translated, while all remaining sections are concisely summarized, providing the reader with a continuous and comprehensive narrative.

Detailed endnotes explain unfamiliar concepts, and several essays elucidate the rich philosophical and religious debates found in the Sanskrit commentaries.

This book is the companion volume to Ravi M. Gupta and Kenneth R. Valpey’s Bhāgavata Purāna: Sacred Text and Living Tradition (Columbia, 2013).

RAVI M. GUPTA

is the Charles Redd

Chair of Religious Studies at Utah State University.

KENNETH R. VALPEY

is a research

In thirteenth-century Maharashtra, a new vernacular literature emerged to challenge the hegemony of Sanskrit, a language largely restricted to men of high caste. The Quotidian Revolution examines this pivotal moment in Indian literature, religion, and public life by investigating courtly donative Marathi inscriptions alongside the first extant texts of Marathi literature: the Līlācaritra (1278) and the Jñāneśvarī (1290). Drawing on political anthropology and contemporary theories of social justice, religion, and the public sphere, The Quotidian Revolution explores the circumstances of this new discourse oriented around everyday life and its widening of public debate in a way that presages key aspects of Indian modernity and democracy.

CHRISTIAN LEE NOVETZKE

is

fellow of the Oxford Centre for

professor of religious studies, South

Hindu Studies.

Asia studies, and global studies at the

Classical Indian Law

TRANSLATED AND EDITED

BY PATRICK OLIVELLE “An outstanding and innovative work, from the world’s leading authority on Indian Dharma.”

—Dominik Wujastyk, University of Alberta

A Dharma Reader traces the definition, epistemology, procedure, and process of Indian law from the third century BCE to the middle ages. Its breadth captures the centuries-long struggle

by Indian thinkers to theorize law in a multiethnic and pluralist society. The volume includes new and accessible translations of key texts, notes that explain the significance of selections, and an introduction that summarizes the development of various disciplines in intellectual-historical terms.

“A Dharma Reader provides nuance and depth that reveal the sophistication and cogency of India’s intellectual history in ways that no previous work has done.”

—Donald R. Davis, University of Texas at Austin PATRICK OLIVELLE

is professor

emeritus of Sanskrit and Indian religions, University of Texas at Austin.

University of Washington. $80.00 / £59.00 cloth 978-0-231-17956-0 $79.99 / £59.00 e-book 978-0-231-54215-9

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-16901-1 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-16900-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54234-0

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17580-7 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54241-8

O C T O B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9"

RELIGION / HINDUISM

RELIGION / HINDUISM

CLASSICAL INDIAN THOUGHT

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

68 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

O C T O B E R 384 pages / 7" x 10" RELIGION / HINDUISM H I S TO R I C A L S O U R C E B O O K S I N

A Tantric Couple in Modern Tibet HOLLY GAYLEY

Reading the Mahāvamsa

The Literary Aims of a Theravāda Buddhist History KRISTIN SCHEIBLE

Love Letters from Golok chronicles the courtship between two Buddhist tantric masters, Tāre Lhamo (1938–2002) and Namtrul Rinpoche (1944–2011), and their passion for reinvigorating Buddhism in eastern Tibet during the post-Mao era. In fifty-six letters exchanged from 1978 to 1980, Tāre Lhamo and Namtrul Rinpoche envisioned a shared destiny to “heal the damage” done to Buddhism during the years leading up to and including the Cultural Revolution. Holly Gayley retrieves the personal and prophetic dimensions of their courtship and its consummation in a twentyyear religious career that informs issues of gender and agency in Buddhism, cultural preservation among Tibetan communities, and alternative histories for minorities in China. This is the first collection of “love letters” to surface in Tibetan literature.

HOLLY GAYLEY

is assistant professor

of Buddhist studies at the University of

“This groundbreaking book successfully provides a corrective in the study of Buddhism and Sri Lanka by going beyond the received, common interpretations of the great chronicle text, the Mahāvamsa.”

—Bradley Clough, University of Montana

Reading the Mahāvamsa advocates a new, literary approach to this text by revealing its embedded reading advice (to experience sam.vega and pasāda) and affective work of metaphors (the Buddha’s dharma as light) and salient characters (nāgas). Kristin Scheible sees the narrative’s slippery characters and potent and playful metaphors as techniques for refocusing the reader’s attention on the text’s emotional aims. Her work explains the Mahāvamsa’s motivational role in contemporary Sri Lankan Buddhist and nationalist circles.

KRISTIN SCHEIBLE

is associate

Jews and the American Religious Landscape UZI REBHUN

Jews and the American Religious Landscape explores major, complementary facets of American Judaism and Jewish life through a comprehensive analysis of contemporary demographic data. Focusing on geographic location, socioeconomic stratification, family dynamics, group identification, and political orientation, the volume adds empirical value to questions concerning the strengths of Jews as a religious and cultural group in America and the strategies they have developed to integrate successfully into a Christian society. Drawing on findings made available by the Pew Research Center, Jews and the American Religious Landscape is rich in meaningful information thoughtfully construed, presenting a remarkable portrait of what it means to be an American Jew today.

UZI REBHUN

RELIGION

Love Letters from Golok

is an associate professor

of the demography of the Jewish people and holds the Shlomo Argov Chair in Israel-Diaspora Relations at the A. Harman Institute of Contempo-

professor of religion and humanities

rary Jewry, the Hebrew University

at Reed College.

of Jerusalem.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17138-0 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54260-9

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17826-6 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54149-7

Colorado Boulder. $70.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-18052-8 $69.99 / £52.00 e-book 978-0-231-54275-3 N O V E M B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9" /

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 205 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" /

28 b&w illustrations

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

11 b&w illustrations

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

S O U T H A S I A AC R O S S T H E D I S C I P L I N E S

R E L I G I O N / J U DA I S M

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 69

PHILOSOPHY

Broken Tablets

Death and Mastery

Levinas, Derrida, and the Literary Afterlife of Religion

Psychoanalytic Drive Theory and the Subject of Late Capitalism

SARAH HAMMERSCHLAG

BENJAMIN Y. FONG

“A remarkably clear, incisive, and

“The most cogent and compelling

Adorno’s Theory of Philosophical and Aesthetic Truth OWEN HULATT “Diligent, precise, honest, and rigorous—a superb piece of

important book. It will be required

case I’ve encountered in defense

philosophical scholarship which

reading for those interested in

of the death drive, showing that

brings the sophistication of

Levinas and Derrida and for all of

it should be seen as a means for

Adorno studies to a new level.”

those in the study of religion who

individuation and life.”

—Brian O’Connor,

wish to explore the relationship

—Noëlle McAfee,

University College Dublin

among ethics, politics, religion,

author of Democracy and the

and literature.”

Political Unconscious

—Amy Hollywood,

Benjamin Y. Fong reconstructs the psychoanalytic Over thirty years, Emmanuel “foundation stone” of Levinas and Jacques Derrida critical theory to think held a conversation across the possibility of psychic texts. Sharing a Jewish and social transformation. heritage and a background Drawing on the work of in phenomenology, both Hans Loewald and Jacques came to situate their Lacan, Fong complicates the work at the margins of famous antagonism between philosophy, articulating this Eros and the death drive. placement through religion He then revisits Theodor and literature. Chronicling Adorno, Max Horkheimer, these interactions, Sarah and Herbert Marcuse’s Hammerschlag argues understandings of psychic that the stakes were life under modern cultural both philosophical and and technological change. political. Hammerschlag’s “It is wonderful to see academic reexamination has significant ideas expressed so matter-oframifications for Continental factly, without the usual rhetorical philosophy, the study of acrobatics.” religion, and political —Mari Ruti, University of Toronto theology.

Harvard Divinity School

SARAH HAMMERSCHLAG

is assistant

professor of religion and literature, University of Chicago Divinity School. $30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17059-8 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17058-1 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54213-5

BENJAMIN Y. FONG

is a Harper-

Owen Hulatt seeks to deepen our understanding of Theodor W. Adorno’s theory of truth and the nonidentical and his claim that both philosophy and artworks are capable of being true. Hulatt sees Adorno’s theory of philosophical and aesthetic truth as unified. For Adorno, truth is produced when rhetorical “texture” combines with cognitive “performance,” leading to the breakdown of concepts that mediate the experience of the consciousness. Both philosophy and art manifest these features, although philosophy enacts these conceptual issues directly, while art does so obliquely.

OWEN HULATT

is a teaching fellow

in philosophy at the University of York and editor of Aesthetic and Artistic Autonomy (2013).

Schmidt Fellow at the University of Chicago.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17668-2 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54261-6 N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17724-5 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54220-3 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y / P S YC H OA N A LY S I S

P H I LO S O P H Y / R E L I G I O N

NEW DIRECTIONS IN CRITICAL THEORY

SOCIAL CRITICISM, AND THE ARTS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

70 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

CO L U M B I A T H E M E S I N P H I LO S O P H Y,

The Futures of Genealogy, Deconstruction, and Politics

The Intimate Universal

Egocentricity and The Hidden Porosity Among Mysticism Religion, Art, Philosophy, and Politics WILLIAM DESMOND

OLIVIA CUSTER, PENELOPE DEUTSCHER, AND SAMIR HADDAD, EDITORS

“A marvelously articulated work with a consummately refined language of its own for conceiving the perennial issues of philosophy

Early in their careers, in fresh and compelling terms.”

Michel Foucault and —William Franke, Jacques Derrida argued Vanderbilt University over madness, reason, and history in an exchange William Desmond sees that profoundly influenced religion, art, philosophy, continental philosophy and politics as essential and critical theory. In this and distinctive modes collection, Amy Allen, of human practice, Geoffrey Bennington, manifestations of an Lynne Huffer, Colin intimate universality that Koopman, Pierre Macherey, illuminates individual and Michael Naas, and Judith social being. They are also Revel, among others, trace surprisingly permeable this exchange in debates over phenomena, and by the possibilities of genealobserving their relations, ogy and deconstruction, Desmond captures notes immanent and transcendent of a clandestine conversation approaches to philosophy, that transforms ontology. and the practical and “Desmond combines the virtues of theoretical role of the archive.

scope, systematic rigor, and highly

OLIVIA CUSTER

is a Paris-based

scholar and the author of L’Exemple de Kant (2012).

individual manner of perception and expression.”

—Cyril O’Regan,

PENELOPE DEUTSCHER

is professor

of philosophy at Northwestern

WILLIAM DESMOND

University.

SAMIR HADDAD

University of Notre Dame

is associate professor

of philosophy at Fordham University.

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17195-3 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17194-6 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54299-9 N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y / P O L I T I C S

is professor of

An Anthropological Study ERNST TUGENDHAT Translated by Alexei Procyshyn and Mario Wenning

“A wide-ranging, interdisciplinary work. It also makes significant and original contributions to the fields of philosophical anthropology, existential phenomenology, and theology—not to mention semantics and even ethics.”

—Martin Woessner, City College of New York’s Center for Worker Education

Ernst Tugendhat sees mysticism as a response to a deep need for peace of mind. We experience this need in connection to our discursive practices that relate us to and differentiate us from one another and the world we inhabit for a short period of time. This condition, Tugendhat shows, prompts us to “step back” from our egocentric concerns.

Mysticism satisfies our need for self-transcendence born from the tensions arising from language, social interaction, and mortality. is professor

philosophy, Higher Institute of Philoso-

ERNST TUGENDHAT

phy, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven,

emeritus at Freie Universität Berlin

and David R. Cook Visiting Chair in

and honorary professor at the

Philosophy at Villanova University.

University of Tübingen.

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17876-1 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54300-2

$50.00 / £37.00 cloth 978-0-231-16912-7 $49.99 / £37.00 e-book 978-0-231-54293-7

N O V E M B E R 512 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN

NEW DIRECTIONS IN CRITICAL THEORY

R E L I G I O N , P O L I T I C S , A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

PHILOSOPHY

Foucault/Derrida Fifty Years Later

O C T O B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" P H I LO S O P H Y / A N T H R O P O LO G Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Verlag C. H. Beck C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 1

ASIAN STUDIES

The Philosophy of the Mòzi˘ The First Consequentialists CHRIS FRASER

China’s Hegemony

Four Hundred Years of East Asian Domination JI-YOUNG LEE

Mohism was an ancient Chinese philosophical movement founded in the fifth century BCE by the charismatic artisan Mòzi˘, or “Master Mo.” Its practitioners advanced a consequentialist ethics, along with fascinating political, logical, and epistemological theories, that set the terms of philosophical argumentation and reflection in China for generations to come. The Philosophy of the Mòzi˘ situates the movement’s rise and decline within Chinese history. The book also emphasizes Mohism’s relevance to modern systems of thought. Mohism anticipated Western utilitarianism by more than two thousand years. Its epistemology, logic, and psychology provide compelling alternatives to contemporary Western mentalism. More than a straightforward account of Mohist principles and practice, this volume immerses readers in the Mohist mindset and clarifies its underpinning of Chinese philosophical discourse.

CHRIS FRASER

is associate professor in the Department of

Philosophy at the University of Hong Kong.

“A jewel of a book. Utterly clear-headed, it deals with a broad swath of history by focusing on carefully selected episodes.”

—Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University

Focusing on China-Korea-Japan dynamics of East Asian international politics during the Ming and High Qing periods, Ji-Young Lee offers fascinating details of war and peace in Asian international relations, addressing questions such as why Japan fought a war against Sino-Korean coalition in the late sixteenth century; why Korea attempted to strike militarily at the Ming empire in the late fourteenth century; and how Japan created a miniature international order posing as the center of Asia in lieu of the Qing empire in the seventeenth century.

Lee finds hegemony in Asia is a domestic and international phenomenon with implications for the contemporary era.

JI-YOUNG LEE

is an assistant professor of international

relations at the School of International Service, American University, where she holds the C. W. Lim and Korea Foundation Professorship of Korean Studies.

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-14927-3 $120.00 / £89.00 cloth 978-0-231-14926-6 $39.00 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-52059-1

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17974-4 $59.00 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54217-3

S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

72 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

ASIAN STUDIES

Centrifugal Empire

Central-Local Relations in China JAE HO CHUNG

Staging Chinese Revolution

Theater, Film, and the Afterlives of Propaganda XIAOMEI CHEN

“This book is extremely comprehensive. It is well researched, contains a great deal of useful material, and should be widely read by specialists.”

—Joseph Fewsmith III, Boston University

Despite the destabilizing pull of a vast territory and a large multicultural population, the centralized government of the People’s Republic of China has held together for decades. By examining Beijing’s strategies for maintaining control even in the reformist post-Mao era, Centrifugal Empire reveals the unique thinking behind China’s approach to local governance, its historical roots, and its deflection of divergent interests. The book examines the logic, mode, and instrument of local governance established by the People’s Republic, and then compares the current system to the practices of its dynastic predecessors. It reveals how communist instruments of local governance echo imperial institutions while exposing the regime’s savvy adaptation to contemporary problems.

JAE HO CHUNG

is professor of international relations and

director of the Program on U.S.-China Relations at Seoul

Staging Chinese Revolution surveys fifty years of theatrical propaganda performances in China, revealing a dynamic, commercial capacity in works often dismissed as artifacts of censorship. Spanning the 1960s through the 2010s, Xiaomei Chen reads films, plays, operas, and television shows from an interdisciplinary and comparative perspective, demonstrating how, in a socialist state with “capitalist characteristics,” propaganda performance turns biographies, memoirs, and war stories into mainstream ideological commodities, legitimizing the state and its right to rule. Chen treats Chinese performance as an extended form of political theater confronting critical issues of commemoration, nostalgia, state rituals, and contested history. It is through these reenactments that three generations of revolutionary leaders loom in extraordinary ways over Chinese politics and culture.

XIAOMEI CHEN

is professor of Chinese literature in the

Department of East Asian Languages and Cultures at the

National University.

University of California, Davis.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17620-0 $59.00 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54068-1

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-16638-6 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54161-9

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 30 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 400 pages / 6" x 9" / 32 b&w illustrations

C H I N E S E P O L I T I C S / C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 73

ASIAN STUDIES

Record of Daily Knowledge and Collected Poems and Essays Selections

Translated and Edited by Ian Johnston

Gu Yanwu pioneered the late-Ming- and early-Qing-era practice of Han Learning, or Evidential Learning, favoring practical over theoretical approaches to knowledge.

He strongly encouraged scholars to return to the simple, ethical precepts of early Confucianism and in, Rizhi lu (Record of Daily Knowledge), he applied this paradigm to literature, government, economics, history, education, and philology. This volume includes translations of selected essays from Rizhi lu and Gu Yanwu’s Shiwen Ji (Collected Poems and Essays), along with an introduction explaining the personal and political dimensions of the scholar’s work.

(1613-1682) was born in the late years of the

Ming Dynasty. He led an itinerant and eventful life, writing on a wide range of subjects. After his death, his writings, when finally published, had a profound and enduring influence.

IAN JOHNSTON

A Philosophical Analysis and Translation EIRIK LANG HARRIS

GU YANWU

GU YANWU

The Shenzi Fragments

is an independent scholar and translator.

The Shenzi Fragments is the first complete translation in any Western language of the extent work of Shen Dao (350–275 BCE).

This volume contains a translation and analysis of the Shenzi fragments, explaining their distillation of the potent political theories circulating in China during the Warring States period, along with their seminal relationship to the Taoist and Legalist traditions and the philosophies of the Lüshi Chunqiu and the Huainanzi. These fragments outline a rudimentary theory of political order modeled on the natural world that recognizes the role of human self-interest in maintaining stable rule.

Casting the natural world as an independent, amoral system, Shen Dao situates the source of moral judgment firmly within the human sphere, prompting political philosophy to develop in realistic directions.

EIRIK LANG HARRIS

is assistant professor of philosophy

in the Department of Public Policy at the City University of Hong Kong, where he is also a member of the Center for East Asian and Comparative Philosophy.

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17048-2 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54267-8

$55.00 / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-17766-5 $54.99 / £41.00 e-book 978-0-231-54216-6

N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

C H I N E S E L I T E R AT U R E

P H I LO S O P H Y

T R A N S L AT I O N S F R O M T H E A S I A N C L A S S I C S

T R A N S L AT I O N S F R O M T H E A S I A N C L A S S I C S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

74 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Chinese History and Culture

Sixth Century BCE to Seventeenth Century

Seventeenth Century Through Twentieth Century

YING-SHIH YÜ

YING-SHIH YÜ

With Josephine Chiu-Duke and Michael S. Duke

With Josephine Chiu-Duke and Michael S. Duke

Chinese History and Culture volumes 1 and 2 bring Ying-shih Yü’s extraordinary oeuvre to English-speaking readers. Spanning two thousand years of social, intellectual, and political change, the essays in these volumes investigate two central questions through all aspects of Chinese life: as an ancient civilization, what core values sustained Chinese culture through centuries of upheaval, and in what ways did these values survive or Westernize in modern times?

Volume 2 of Chinese History and Culture addresses the rise of Qing Confucianism, the development of the Dai Zhen and Zhu Xi traditions, and the response of the historian Zhang Xuecheng to the Dai Zhen approach. It takes stock of the importance of Cao Xueqin’s eighteenth-century masterpiece Honglou meng (Dream of the Red Chamber) and the influence of Sun Yat-sen’s Three Principles of the People, as well as the radicalization of China in the twentieth century.

Volume 1

Volume 1 explores how the Dao was reformulated, expanded, defended, and preserved by Chinese intellectuals up to the seventeenth century. Essays incorporate the evolving conception of the soul and the afterlife in pre- and post-Buddhist China, the significance of eating practices and social etiquette, the move toward greater individualism, the rise of the neo-Daoist movement, the spread of Confucian ethics, and the growth of merchant culture and capitalism. They provide a true panorama of Chinese culture’s continuities and transition during its formative centuries.

YING-SHIH YÜ

received the John W. Kluge Prize for

Volume 2

ASIAN STUDIES

Chinese History and Culture

Ying-shih Yü also discusses the decline of elite culture in modern China, the relationships among democracy, human rights, and Confucianism, and changing conceptions of national history. He reflects on the Chinese approach to history and the political and cultural function of chronological biographies. He situates China’s encounter with the West in a wider historical frame and contemplates the renewed interest in the traditional Chinese values recognizing common humanity and human dignity.

YING-SHIH YÜ

is the author most recently of Lun tian ren

zhi ji (Between Heaven and the Human: An Exploration of

achievement in the Study of Humanity and the inaugural

the Origin of Ancient Chinese Thought, 2014), Zhu Xi de lishi

Tang Prize International Award in Sinology. He has published

shijie (The Historical World of Zhu Xi: A Study of the Political

more than thirty books and five hundred articles and essays

Culture of Song Intellectuals, 2003, 2011), and Shi yu Zhong-

on Chinese history, thought, politics and culture.

guo wenhua (Chinese Intellectuals and Chinese Culture, 2003, 2010, and 2013).

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17858-7 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54201-2

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17860-0 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54200-5

S E P T E M B E R 432 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

S E P T E M B E R 448 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y

C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y

MASTERS OF CHINESE STUDIES

MASTERS OF CHINESE STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 75

ASIAN STUDIES

For Nirvana

108 Zen Sijo Poems CHO OH-HYUN Translated by Heinz Insu Fenkl Introduction by Kwon Youngmin

Writing under the Buddhist name Musan, the Zen priest Cho Oh-Hyun has composed hundreds of poems in seclusion, many in the sijo form, a relatively fixed syllabic style similar to Japanese haiku and tanka.

This collection of 108 Zen sijo poems (108 representing the number of klesas, or “defilements,” one must overcome to attain enlightenment) features beautiful examples of Cho Oh-Hyun’s award-winning work and the expressive possibilities of sijo. These transfixing poems play with traditional religious and metaphysical themes and include a number of “story” sijo poems, a longer, less traditional style that is one of Cho Oh-Hyun’s major innovations.

CHO OH-HYUN

is in retreat at Baekdamsa Temple at Mt.

Seoraksan. He received the Cheong Chi-yong Literary Award for Distant Holy Man in 2007, and translations of his poetry have appeared in Asymptote, the Buddhist Poetry Review,

Negotiating Languages

Urdu, Hindi, and the Definition of Modern South Asia WALTER HAKALA

Before the nineteenth century, South Asian dictionaries, glossaries, and vocabularies reflected a hierarchical vision of nature and human society. By the turn of the twentieth century, the modern dictionary had democratized and politicized language. Compiled “scientifically” through “historical principles,” the modern dictionary became a concrete symbol of a nation’s debut. Following this phenomenon from the late seventeenth century to the present, Negotiating Languages casts lexicographers as key figures in the political realignment of South Asia under British rule and in the years after independence. Their dictionaries document how a single, mutually intelligible language evolved into two competing registers—Urdu and Hindi—and became associated with contrasting religious and nationalist goals.

WALTER HAKALA

is assistant professor of South Asian

languages and literature at the University at Buffalo, SUNY.

Asia Literary Review, AZALEA, and the Adirondack Review.

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17991-1 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17990-4 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54243-2

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-17830-3 $64.99 / £48.00 e-book 978-0-231-54212-8 S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 144 pages / 5.5" x 7"

SOUTH ASIAN STUDIES

KO R E A N P O E T R Y

S O U T H A S I A AC R O S S T H E D I S C I P L I N E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

76 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

The Politics of Justice After the Second World War SANDRA WILSON, ROBERT CRIBB, BEATRICE TREFALT, AND DEAN ASZKIELOWICZ

Homecomings

The Belated Return of Japan’s Lost Soldiers YOSHIKUNI IGARASHI “In a brilliant cultural history, Igarashi brings close and sympathetic attention to the ironies, hypocrisies, and inconsistencies that color reintegration after Japan’s disastrous empire and war.”

—Franziska Seraphim, Boston College

Soon after the end of World War II, a majority of the nearly seven million Japanese civilians and serviceman posted overseas returned home. These soldiers helped remake Japan and enjoyed popularized accounts of their service. For those who took longer to return, coming home was more difficult. Their nation resented the reminder of a traumatizing defeat. Homecomings tells the story of these late-returning Japanese soldiers and their struggle to succeed in a newly prosperous society. It exposes the subtler damage done to a country that only belatedly faced the implications of its loss.

YOSHIKUNI IGARASHI

is professor of history at Vanderbilt

ASIAN STUDIES

Japanese War Criminals

Beginning in late 1945, the United States, Britain, China, Australia, France, the Netherlands, and later the Philippines, the Soviet Union, and the People’s Republic of China prosecuted Japanese military personnel for war crimes. Rather than focus on the fairness of these trials, Japanese War Criminals examines the issues that arose outside the courtroom. What was the legal basis for identifying and detaining subjects, determining who should be prosecuted, collecting evidence, and granting clemency after conviction? Japanese War Criminals shows how a simple effort to punish the guilty evolved into a multidimensional struggle that muddied the assignment of criminal responsibility for war crimes. Over time, indignation in Japan over Allied military actions eclipsed anger over Japanese atrocities, and new Cold War imperatives took hold. This book makes a unique contribution to our understanding of the postwar international order in Asia and the difficulties of transitional justice.

SANDRA WILSON

is professor of history, School of Arts,

and a fellow of the Asia Research Centre, Murdoch University.

ROBERT CRIBB

is professor of Asian history at the

Australian National University.

University. He is the author of Bodies of Memory: Narratives

BEATRICE TREFALT

of War in Postwar Japanese Culture, 1945–1970 (2000).

at Monash University.

is senior lecturer in Japanese studies

DEAN ASZKIELOWICZ

teaches at Murdoch University.

$35.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17770-2 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54135-0 S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 illustrations J A PA N E S E H I S TO R Y S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E , CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

$70.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-17922-5 $69.99 / £52.00 e-book 978-0-231-54268-5 J A N U A R Y 432 pages / 6" x 9" / 24 b&w illustrations

All Rights Except Japanese-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

J A PA N E S E H I S TO R Y / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

Japanese-language Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 7

SOCIOLOGY

Desegregating the Past

The Public Life of Memory in the United States and South Africa ROBYN AUTRY

At the Apartheid Museum in Johannesburg, South Africa, visitors must decide whether to enter the museum through a door marked “whites” or another marked “non-whites.”

Inside, they encounter hanging nooses and other reminders of Apartheid-era atrocities.

In the United States, museum exhibitions about racial violence and segregation are mostly confined to black history museums, with national history museums sidelining such difficult material. Desegregating the Past considers why this is the case, tracking the production and display of historical representations of racial pasts at museums in both countries and what it reveals about underlying social anxieties, unsettled emotions, and aspirations surrounding contemporary social fault lines around race.

Robyn Autry consults museum archives, conducts interviews with staff, and recounts the public and private battles fought over the creation and content of history museums.

Despite differences between the development of U.S. and South African society, Autry finds a common set of ideological, political, economic, and institutional dilemmas arising out of their selective reconstruction of the past. The narratives they produce to engage with difficult, violent histories expose present anxieties concerning identity, (mis)recognition, and ongoing conflict.

ROBYN AUTRY

is an assistant professor in the Department

of Sociology at Wesleyan University.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17758-0 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54251-7

Dispossession and the Environment

Rhetoric and Inequality in Papua New Guinea PAIGE WEST “This engaging, lively, and lucid book discusses how structural inequalities are produced, lived, and reinforced in today’s globalized world.”

—Molly Doane, author of Stealing Shining Rivers: Agrarian Conflict, Market Logic, and Conservation in a Mexican Forest

When journalists, developers, surf tourists, and conservation NGOs cast Papua New Guineans as living in a prior nature and prior culture, they devalue their knowledge and practice, facilitating their dispossession.

Paige West’s searing study reveals how a range of actors produces and reinforces inequalities in today’s globalized world. She shows how racist rhetorics of representation underlie all uneven patterns of development and seeks a more robust understanding of the ideological work that capital requires for constant regeneration.

PAIGE WEST

is professor of anthropology at Barnard

College and Columbia University.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17879-2 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17878-5 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54192-3 O C T O B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations

F E B R U A R Y 240 pages / 6" x 9"

A N T H R O P O LO G Y / S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

LEONARD HASTINGS SCHOFF LECTURES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

78 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

LITERARY STUDIES

Brevity

A Flash Fiction Handbook DAVID GALEF “Brevity is a thorough introduction to the form, offering a variety of strategies for composition as well as a wide-ranging, international anthology linked to each chapter’s focus. A relentlessly generative, eclectic, instructive, entertaining, and motivational text.”

—Michael Martone, University of Alabama

Flash fiction is over in the blink of an eye yet lingers with the reader. In Brevity, David Galef guides creative writing students through this timely literary genre, detailing best techniques, key examples, and provocative prompts. Flash fiction, or the “short-short,” which encompasses vignettes, prose poems, character sketches, fables, lists, twist stories, surrealism, metafiction, and other forms, has taken off over the past decade in both print and digital publications. Galef traces the genre back to such writers as Colette, Donald Barthelme, and Borges, demonstrating the compression and concision of character, plot, and dialogue that make the perfect miniature. Galef shows how developing one’s skills in the short-short form can translate to other forms of writing. His diverse selection of stories and engaging exercises and prompts make Brevity a valuable resource for creative writing students and others who want to try their hands at this increasingly popular form.

DAVID GALEF

is a professor of English and the creative

Minor Characters Have Their Day

Genre and the Contemporary Literary Marketplace JEREMY ROSEN

How do genres develop? In what ways do they reflect changing political and cultural trends? What do they tell us about the motivations and desires of publishers and readers? Combining close readings and formal analysis with a sociology of literary institutions and markets, Minor Characters Have Their Day offers a compelling new approach to genre study and contemporary fiction based on its analysis of the booming genre of novels that transform minor characters from canonical literary texts into the protagonists of new works. Focusing on a crucial yet frequently unacknowledged genre, Jeremy Rosen makes broader claims about the state of contemporary fiction, genre, and the consolidation of the publishing industry over recent decades. In the concluding chapter, he intervenes in the theory of literary character.

JEREMY ROSEN

is an assistant professor of English at the

writing program director at Montclair State University.

University of Utah.

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17969-0 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17968-3 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54313-2

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17968-3 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54240-1 O C T O B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 79

LITERARY STUDIES

Lasting Impressions

Bachelor Japanists

The Impressionist Impulse in Contemporary Culture

Japanese Aesthetics and Western Masculinities

JESSE MATZ

CHRISTOPHER REED

Capturing the sensations left behind as modernity progressed, impressionist artists revolutionized the arts and the wider culture.

Impressionism transformed painting and literature, and later film and advertising, and introduced new ways to look at and think about objects. Its legacy can be felt in a range of examples in popular and high culture, from cubism and the works of Zadie Smith and W. G. Sebald to advertisements for Pepsi and the observations of Oliver Sacks and Malcolm Gladwell. Yet despite impressionism’s ongoing domination, the movement has also been associated with superficiality and commodified kitsch.

Challenging clichés of Japanism as a feminine taste, Bachelor Japanists argues that Japanese aesthetics were central to contests over the meanings of masculinity in the West. Christopher Reed draws attention to the queerness of Japanist communities of writers, collectors, curators, and artists in the tumultuous century between the 1860s and the 1960s. He combines extensive archival research; analysis of art, architecture, and literature; the insights of queer theory; and an appreciation of irony to explore the East-West encounter through three revealing artistic milieus: the Goncourt brothers and other japonistes of latenineteenth-century Paris; collectors and curators in turn-of-the-century Boston; and the mid-twentieth-century circles of artists associated with Seattle’s Mark Tobey. The result is a groundbreaking integration of well-known and forgotten episodes and personalities that illuminates how Japanese aesthetics were used to challenge Western gender conventions. These disruptive effects are sustained in Reed’s analysis, which undermines conventional scholarly investments in the heroism of avant-garde accomplishment and ideals of cultural authenticity.

Jesse Matz considers these two versions of impression—the timeless and the negative— to explain the genre’s significance today. He examines impressionism’s footprint in the way we define “good” and “bad” art and in our imagining of the status and aesthetics of art. As he moves through contemporary literature, painting, and popular culture, Matz explains how the perceptual role, cultural effects, and social implications of impressionism continue to generate meaning and foster new forms of creativity, understanding, and public engagement.

JESSE MATZ

is the William P. Rice Professor of English and

Literature at Kenyon College. He is the author of The Modern Novel: A Short Introduction (2003) and Literary Impressionism and Modernist Aesthetics (2001).

CHRISTOPHER REED

is professor of English and visual cul-

ture at the Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of many books, including Art and Homosexuality: A History of Ideas (2011) and Bloomsbury Rooms: Modernism, Subculture, and Domesticity (2004).

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-16406-1 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54305-7

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17575-3 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17574-6 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54276-0

J A N U A R Y 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 39 b&w illustrations and 1 color insert

N O V E M B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9" / 95 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

80 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

An Anthology from Anne Bradstreet to Octavia Butler WAI CHEE DIMOCK, EDITOR

With Jordan Brower, Edgar Garcia, Kyle Hutzler, and Nicholas Rinehart

American Literature in the World shows U.S. authors as participants in large-scale processes, energized by input from the world. American literature emerges as a charged prism, informed by broad disputes and complex crosscurrents, with local practices intensified by nonlocal concerns, demonstrating that the United States and the world are intertwined and coevolving.

American Literature in the World is structured around war; food; work, play, and travel; religions; and human and nonhuman interface. Selections include poetry from Anne Bradstreet and Jorie Graham; the fiction of Herman Melville, Mark Twain, and William Faulkner; Benjamin Franklin’s parables, Thomas Jefferson’s letters, Theodore Roosevelt’s Rough Riders; and excerpts from Octavia Butler’s Bloodchild and The Autobiography of Malcom X. The crime novels of Raymond Chandler, the comics of Art Spiegelman, the science fiction of Philip K. Dick, and recipes from Alice B. Toklas are all featured. More recent authors include Junot Diaz, Leslie Marmon Silko, Jonathan Safran Foer, Edwidge Danticat, Gary Shteyngart, and Jhumpa Lahiri. An interactive online component can be found at www.amlitintheworld.yale.edu.

WAI CHEE DIMOCK

is William Lampson Professor of

David Foster Wallace’s Balancing Books

Fictions of Value

JEFFREY SEVERS

Critics have pointed to David Foster Wallace’s exploration of morality and a return to sincerity as the central concerns of his work. As Jeffrey Severs argues in David Foster Wallace’s Balancing Books, the author was also deeply engaged with social, political, and economic issues. A rebellious economic thinker, Wallace not only satirized the deforming effects of money but also questioned the logic of the monetary system.

In his readings of all of Wallace’s fiction, from The Broom of the System and Infinite Jest to the story collections and The Pale King, Severs reveals Wallace to be a political writer whose works provide an often surreal history of financial crises and neoliberal policies.

LITERARY STUDIES

American Literature in the World

As Severs demonstrates, balance and value are crucial to the work of Wallace, who constantly asks us to consider what we value and why. Severs also details how Wallace’s writing explores the quest for balance in a world of excess and entropy. Explaining why Wallace’s work has galvanized a new phase in contemporary global literature, Severs draws connections to key forerunners Don DeLillo, Thomas Pynchon, and William Gaddis, as well as successors— including Dave Eggers, Teddy Wayne, Jonathan Lethem, and Zadie Smith— interpreting Wallace’s legacy in terms of finance, the gift, and office life.

JEFFREY SEVERS

is assistant professor of English at the

English and American Studies at Yale University.

University of British Columbia.

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-15737-7 $120.00 / £89.00 cloth 978-0-231-15736-0

$35.00* / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17944-7 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54311-8

N O V E M B E R 496 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 4 b&w illustrations

J A N U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 1

LITERARY STUDIES

Chimeras of Form

Modernist Internationalism Beyond Europe, 1914–2016 AARTHI VADDE

Incomparable Empires

Modernism and the Translation of Spanish and American Literature GAYLE ROGERS

The Spanish-American War of 1898 seems to mark a turning point. The victorious American empire ascended culturally, while the Spanish empire became a minor state in the world republic of letters. What if key modernist figures in America and Spain radically rewrote these histories—at the foundational moment of modern literary studies? Gayle Rogers revisits the role of empire in shaping a nation’s literature and culture. He reads the provocative, often counterintuitive arguments of John Dos Passos. He follows Ezra Pound’s use of Spanish poetry to structure the Cantos and the poet Juan Ramón Jiménez’s interpretations of modernismo across several languages.

He tracks the theorization of a Harlem– Havana–Madrid nexus for black writing, and Ernest Hemingway’s development of cubist Spanglish in For Whom the Bell Tolls.

GAYLE ROGERS

is associate professor of English at the

University of Pittsburgh.

In Chimeras of Form, Aarthi Vadde explains how a wide-ranging group of writers used modernist literary forms to shape ideas of international belonging in the wake of imperialism. Rabindranath Tagore, James Joyce, Claude McKay, George Lamming, Michael Ondaatje, and Zadie Smith questioned traditional expectations of aesthetic form and, in doing so, cast doubt on parallel notions of the cohesion and wholeness of political communities.

Vadde shows how these writers’ formal experiments took part in debates about transnational interdependence and social obligation. She reads Joyce’s use of asymmetrical narratives as a way to ask questions about international camaraderie and demonstrates how the “plotless” works of Claude McKay upturn ideas of citizenship and diasporic alienation. Her analysis of the contemporary writers Zadie Smith and Shailja Patel shows how present-day questions relating to migration, displacement, and economic inequality link modernism and postcolonial literature. Vadde illustrates how writers have reimagined the nation and internationalism in a period defined by globalization, revealing internationalism as an aspiration, possibly a chimeric one, and an actual political discourse.

AARTHI VADDE

is Andrew W. Mellon Assistant Professor of

English at Duke University.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17856-3 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54298-2

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-18024-5 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54256-2

O C T O B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

82 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

LITERARY STUDIES

At the Mercy of Their Clothes

Modernism, the Middlebrow, and British Garment Culture CELIA MARSHIK

In modern fiction, it is the clothes that make the character. Garments convey wealth, status, aspiration, and morality (or a lack thereof ). They suggest where characters have been and where they might be headed, as well as whether they are aware of their fate.

At the Mercy of Their Clothes explores the agency of fashion in modern literature, its reflection of new relations between people and things, and its embodiment of a rapidly changing society.

Celia Marshik’s study combines close readings of modernist and middlebrow works, a history of Britain in the early twentieth century, and the insights of thing theory. In their use of clothes, we see authors negotiate shifting gender roles, weigh the value of individuality during national conflict, work through mortality, and depict changing class structures. Marshik’s dynamic comparisons put Ulysses in conversation with Rebecca, Punch cartoons, articles in Vogue, and letters from consumers, illuminating a widespread anxiety that people were no more than what they wore. Her work highlights the persistent animation of clothing— and objectification of individuals—in earlytwentieth- century literature and society.

CELIA MARSHIK

is professor of English at Stony Brook

University. She is the author of British Modernism and Censorship (2006) and editor of The Cambridge Companion to Modernist Culture (2014).

A New Vocabulary for Global Modernism ERIC HAYOT AND

REBECCA L. WALKOWITZ, EDITORS

A New Vocabulary for Global Modernism argues for new ways of understanding the nature and development of twentiethcentury literature and culture. Leading critics and literary scholars explore what happens to the foundational concepts of modernism and the methods we bring to modernist studies when we approach the field as a global phenomenon. Their work transforms the intellectual paradigms we have long associated with modernism, such as tradition, antiquity, style, and translation.

New paradigms, such as context, slum, copy, pantomime, and puppets emerge as the archive extends beyond its European center.

The result is a richer set of concepts for the analysis of literary and cultural works.

ERIC HAYOT

is professor of comparative literature and

Asian studies at the Pennsylvania State University.

REBECCA L. WALKOWITZ

is professor of English and

affiliate faculty in the comparative literature program at Rutgers University.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17504-3 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54296-8

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-16521-1 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-16520-4 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54306-4

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 24 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 23 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 3

LITERARY STUDIES

Unmaking Love

The Contemporary Novel and the Impossibility of Union

Pier Paolo Pasolini

Performing Authorship GIAN MARIA ANNOVI

Neopoetics

The Evolution of the Literate Imagination CHRISTOPHER COLLINS

Mysteriously murdered in 1975, Pier Paolo Pasolini The contemporary novel became famous—and does more than revise our infamous—not only for his conception of love—it groundbreaking films and explodes it, queers it, and literary works but also for his makes it unrecognizable. homosexuality and critique Rather than providing union, of capitalism, colonialism, connection, and completion, and Western materialism. love in contemporary fiction In Pier Paolo Pasolini, Gian destroys the possibility of Maria Annovi revisits unity, harbors negativity, Pasolini’s multimedia oeuvre, and foregrounds difference. which includes poetry, Unmaking Love explores narrative and documentary the novelistic strategies film, theater, and painting, as that Ian McEwan, Zadie well as provocative and often Smith, Hanif Kureshi, scandalous essays on politics, Alan Hollinghurst, and art, literature, and theory.

Hari Kunzru have used to Annovi focuses on Pasolini’s fracture the ideal of romantic representation of himself as fusion. Working within the an author and the cultivation emergent field of love studies, of a radically antagonistic Unmaking Love draws on stance toward what he saw cutting-edge theories in as forms of artistic, social, psychoanalysis and gender and cultural oppression. He and sexuality studies to read interprets Pasolini’s authorial love’s role in contemporary persona as a masochistic literature and its relation performance designed to to queer negativity. It also elicit rejection and generate compares modern-day and hostility to highlight the modernist depictions of love contradictions that structure to delineate critical continua repressive society. ities and innovations.

GIAN MARIA ANNOVI is assistant ASHLEY T. SHELDEN

The quest to understand the evolution of the literary mind has become a fertile field of inquiry and speculation for scholars across literary studies and cognitive science. In Paleopoetics, Christopher Collins’s acclaimed earlier title, he described how language emerged both as a communicative tool and as a means of fashioning other communicative tools—stories, songs, and rituals. In Neopoetics, Collins turns his attention to the cognitive evolution of the writing-ready brain. Further integrating neuroscience into cognitive poetics, he adds empirical depth to our study of literary texts and verbal imagination and offers a new way to look at reading, writing, and creative expression. He examines texts from Homer and Hesiod to Plato and Aristotle and from the lyric innovations of Augustan Rome to the inner dialogues of St. Augustine.

CHRISTOPHER COLLINS

is

professor of French and Italian and

professor emeritus of English at

professor of English at Kennesaw

gender studies at the University of

New York University.

State University.

Southern California.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17822-8 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54315-6

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-18030-6 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54270-8

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17686-6 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54288-3

ASHLEY T. SHELDEN

is associate

J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9"

F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" /

N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" /

LITERARY STUDIES

41 b&w illustrations

11 b&w illustrations

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

FILM / LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

84 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

LITERARY STUDIES

Little Magazine, World Form ERIC BULSON

Little magazines made modernism. These noncommercial publications may have brought writers such as James Joyce, T. S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, Marianne Moore, Mina Loy, and Wallace Stevens to the world but, as Eric Bulson shows in Little Magazine, World Form, their reach and importance extended beyond Europe and the United States. By investigating the global and transnational itineraries of the little-magazine form, Bulson uncovers a worldwide network that influenced the development of literature and criticism in Africa, the West Indies, the Pacific Rim, and South America.

Bulson also addresses equally formative moments of disconnection and immobility.

British and American writers who fled to Europe to escape Anglo-American provincialism, refugees from fascism, wandering surrealists, and displaced communists all contributed to the proliferation of print.

Yet the little magazine was equally crucial to literary production and consumption in the postcolonial world, where it helped connect newly independent African nations.

Bulson concludes with reflections on the digitization of these defunct little magazines and what it means for our ongoing desire to understand modernism’s global dimensions in the past and its digital afterlife.

ERIC BULSON

is professor of English at Claremont Gradu-

ate University. He is the author of Novels, Maps, Modernity: The Spatial Imagination, 1850-2000 (2007) and The Cambridge Introduction to James Joyce (2006).

On Company Time

American Modernism in the Big Magazines DONAL HARRIS

On Company Time tells the story of American modernism from inside the offices and on the pages of the most successful and stylish magazines of the twentieth century.

Willa Cather, W. E. B. Du Bois, Jessie Fauset, James Agee, T. S. Eliot, and Ernest Hemingway all worked in the editorial offices of groundbreaking popular magazines while helping to invent the house styles that defined McClure’s, The Crisis, Time, Life, Esquire, and more. On Company Time challenges the narrative of decline that often accompanies modernism’s incorporation into midcentury middlebrow culture. Its integrated history of literary and journalistic form shows American modernism evolving within mass print culture. And for the writers, the “double life” of working for these magazines shaped modernism’s literary form and created new models of authorship.

DONAL HARRIS

is an assistant professor in the Department

of English at the University of Memphis.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17976-8 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54232-6

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17772-6 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54134-3

N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 55 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 11 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 5

FILM STUDIES

Exception Taken

How France Has Defied Hollywood’s New World Order

JONATHAN BUCHSBAUM

Jonathan Buchsbaum examines opposition to the homogenizing force of Hollywood in global filmmaking. While European cinema was entering a steady decline in the 1980s, France sought to strengthen support for its film industry under the new Mitterrand government. Over the following decades, the country lobbied partners in the European Economic Community to design strategies to protect the audiovisual industries and to resist cultural free-trade pressures in international trade agreements.

These struggles to preserve the autonomy of national artistic prerogatives emboldened many countries to question the benefits of accelerated globalization.

Led by the energetic minister of culture Jack Lang, France initiated a series of measures to support all sectors of the film industry.

Lang introduced laws mandating that state and private television invest in the film industry, replacing the revenue lost from a shrinking theatrical audience. As France pursued efforts to protect cultural diversity beyond its borders, it also articulated “a certain idea of cinema” that did not simply defend a narrow vision of national cinema.

France promoted both commercial and art cinema, disproving the death of the form.

JONATHAN BUCHSBAUM

is professor of media studies at

Queens College, City University of New York. He is the author of Cinema and the Sandinistas: Filmmaking in Revolutionary Nicaragua (2010).

Reform Cinema in Iran

Film and Political Change in the Islamic Republic BLAKE ATWOOD

In Reform Cinema in Iran, Blake Atwood examines the distinct cultural and political style of Iranian film between 1989 and 2007. He provides new readings of internationally recognized works such as Abbas Kiarostami’s Taste of Cherry (1997) and Mohsen Makhmalbaf ’s Time for Love (1990), as well as films by Rakhshan Bani, Masud Kiami, and other key Iranian directors. He also considers how filmmakers and the film industry were shaped by larger political and religious trends during Mohammad Khatami’s presidency (1997-2005). Atwood analyzes political speeches, religious sermons, and newspaper editorials and pays close attention to technological developments.

He concludes with the legacy of reform cinema, including films produced under Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

BLAKE ATWOOD

is an assistant professor in the

Department of Middle Eastern Studies at the University of Texas at Austin. With Peter Decherney, he edited Iranian Cinema in a Global Context: Policy, Politics, and Form (2014).

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17067-3 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17066-6 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54307-1

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17817-4 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17816-7 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54314-9

D E C E M B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9" / 80 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 20 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

86 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

FILM STUDIES

Unspeakable Histories

Film and the Experience of Catastrophe WILLIAM GUYNN

Feasting Our Eyes

Food Films and Cultural Identity in the United States LAURA LINDENFELD AND

William Guynn focuses on the sensation of encountering past events through film. Yaël Hersonski’s A Film Unfinished (2010) deconstructs scenes from Das Ghetto through the testimony of ghetto survivors. Larissa Shepitko’s The Ascent (1977) evokes the existential drama Soviet partisans faced during the Nazi occupation. Patricio Guzmán’s Nostalgia for the Light (2011) examines the vestiges of human experience, including the scattered remains of Pinochet’s victims, in the aridity of the Atacama Desert. Rithy Panh’s S-21 (2003) reawakens events of the Cambodian genocide through confrontation with some of its executioners, and Joshua Oppenheimer’s The Act of Killing (2012) films the perpetrators of the Indonesian genocide as they restage scenes of killings and torture.

Guynn argues that film restores the affective dimension of historical experience, rooted in the deepest reaches of our minds.

WILLIAM GUYNN

is professor emeritus of art (cinema) at

FABIO PARASECOLI

Big Night (1996), Ratatouille (2007), and Julie and Julia (2009) are more than films about food—they serve a political purpose. They use food to explore such themes as ideological pluralism, ethnic and racial acceptance, gender equality, and class flexibility—but not as progressively as you might think.

Feasting Our Eyes takes a second look at these and other modern American food films to emphasize their conventional approaches to nation, gender, race, sexuality, and social status. American food films shape our sense of who belongs, who has a voice, and who has opportunities in American society. They facilitate the virtual consumption of traditional notions of identity and citizenship, reinforcing ideas of power.

LAURA LINDENFELD

is director of the Alan Alda Center

for Communicating Science and professor at the School of Journalism at Stony Brook University.

Sonoma State University. He is the author of Writing History

FABIO PARASECOLI

in Film (2006).

food studies initiatives at the New School in New York City.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17797-9 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17796-2 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54196-1

is associate professor and director of

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17251-6 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17250-9 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54297-5

FILM

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 26 b&w illustrations

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

FILM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 87

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

The Cinema of Hal Hartley

Flirting with Formalism STEVEN RYBIN, EDITOR

The Essay Film

Dialogue, Politics, Utopia CAROLINE EADES AND

The Evolving Practices of Interactive Documentary

ELIZABETH PAPAZIAN,

JUDITH ASTON,

EDITORS

SANDRA GAUDENZI, AND

From his breakthrough films The Unbelievable Truth (1989), The Essay Film argues that— Trust (1990), and Simple Men as process, experience, and experiment—the essayistic (1992) to his recently completed Henry Fool trilogy, Hal in film introduces key issues Hartley has honed a rigorous, faced by the individual in relation to the collective, but deadpan, and recognizable also performs its own subverfilm style informed by sion as a form of thought European modernism and gravitating toward crisis. It playful revisions of classical discusses Dziga Vertov (Man Hollywood genres. This with a Movie Camera, 1928), collection explores Hartley’s Pier Paolo Pasolini (Notes work from a variety of aesthetic, cultural, and economic for an African Oresteia, 1969), Mohammed Soueid (Civil contexts while also looking War, 2002), and Terrence at his actor collaborations, authorial reputation, rework- Malick (The Tree of Life, 2011). ing of genres, and shifting CAROLINE EADES is associate filmmaking economics. professor of French and film studies STEVEN RYBIN

is assistant professor

of film studies at Minnesota State University, Mankato.

i-docs

at the University of Maryland, College

MANDY ROSE, EDITORS

Interactive documentaries (i-docs) belong to a new field of nonfiction storytelling.

I-Docs examines the practices, purposes, and ethics of these emergent forms of documentary. Expert contributions, case studies, and interviews with major figures in filmmaking consider the production of web docs and virtual reality, mobile media, and live performances. They propose new ways of making and engaging with interactive factual content.

JUDITH ASTON GAUDENZI

and SANDRA

are senior lecturers and

Park. ELIZABETH A. PAPAZIAN is

MANDY ROSE

associate professor of Russian and

the University of the West of England.

is associate professor at

film studies.

$25.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17617-0 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17616-3 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-85084-1

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17695-8 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-17694-1 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-85103-9

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-18123-5 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-18122-8 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-85107-7

S E P T E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" /

N O V E M B E R 216 pages / 6" x 9" /

F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" /

24 b&w illustrations

24 b&w illustrations

24 illustrations

FILM

FILM

FILM

D I R E C TO R S ’ C U T S

NONFICTIONS

NONFICTIONS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

88 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

Prison Movies

Silent Cinema

Cinema Behind Bars

Before the Pictures Got Small

KEVIN KEHRWALD

LAWRENCE NAPPER

Prison Movies follows the public fascination with incarceration from the silent era to today. The prison film precedes the gangster film and is in many ways its opposite, focusing on already-fallen characters seeking redemption. At their core, prison films are about self-preservation under oppressive circumstances. The enclosed world of the prison is a highly effective microcosm, one that forces characters and audiences to confront vexing issues of race, class, gender, and sexuality. The portrayal of men and women behind bars has thrived because it deals with such fundamental human themes as freedom, individuality, power, justice, and mercy. Films examined in this volume include The Big House (1930), I Want to Live! (1958), The Defiant Ones (1958), Cool Hand Luke (1967), Midnight Express (1978), Escape from Alcatraz (1979), The Shawshank Redemption (1994), and Starred Up (2013).

Since the spectacular success of The Artist (2011), silent cinema is hot again, particularly the lush and passionate screen dramas of the 1920s. Silent Cinema outlines the development of the form between the end of the First World War and the 1920s. It addresses the relationship between film aesthetics and the industrial and political contexts of film production through a series of case studies of “national” cinemas. It also discusses filmgoing as a popular leisure activity, considering the star system, cinema buildings, musical accompaniments, film fashions, and fan cultures. The book accounts for the international dominance of Hollywood and responses produced by Britain, Germany, and the USSR. Films discussed include The Oyster Princess (1919), It (1927), Shooting Stars (1927), and The Girl with the Hatbox (1927).

KEVIN KEHRWALD

is professor of English and coordinator

of the film studies program at Frostburg State University.

LAWRENCE NAPPER

is lecturer in film studies at King’s

College, London, and the author of British Cinema and Middlebrow Culture in the Interwar Years (2009) and The Great War in British Popular Cinema of the 1920s: Before Journey’s End (2015).

$22.00* / £16.00 paper 978-0-231-18115-0 $65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-18114-3 $21.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-85104-6

$22.00* / £16.00 paper 978-0-231-18117-4 $65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-18118-1 $21.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-54350-7

D E C E M B E R 144 pages / 6" x 8" / 16 b&w illustrations

J A N U A R Y 144 pages / 6" x 8" / 16 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

SHORT CUTS

SHORT CUTS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 89

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

The Psycho Records

Ms. 45

Deep Red

LAURENCE A. RICKELS

ALEXANDRA HELLER-

ALEXIA KANNAS

NICHOLAS

The Psycho Records traces the impact of the primal shower scene on subsequent slasher and splatter films. American soldiers returning from World War II were called “psychos” if they exhibited mental illness. Robert Bloch and Alfred Hitchcock turned the term into a catchall phrase for a range of psychotic and psychopathic dispositions. They transferred a war disorder to the American heartland. This book argues, though, that the effect is finite. It opens not with another reading of Hitchcock’s 1960 film but with an evaluation of vampirism and the rise of demonic and infernal tendencies in horror movies.

LAURENCE A. RICKELS

is professor

in art and theory at the Academy of

Despite its association with the rape-revenge category, Abel Ferrara’s Ms. 45 (1981) is considered one of the most significant feminist cult films of the 1980s. Straddling mainstream, arthouse, and exploitation film genres, Ms. 45 has at its heart two figures: Ferrara and the movie’s star, Zoe Lund. This book explores the entwining histories and contexts that led to Ms. 45’s creation and helped establish its enduring legacy, particularly in terms of feminist cult-film fandom and the film’s status as an important, influential, and powerful rape-revenge film.

ALEXANDRA HELLER-NICHOLAS

is

While Dario Argento’s Deep Red (1975) was immensely popular upon its release in Italy and inspired copycat thrillers, it was not received enthusiastically by Englishspeaking audiences. With its loosely woven narrative and hyperstylized violent set pieces, Deep Red was dismissed as clichéd and exploitative Euro-schlock in the United States and the United Kingdom.

Reconstructing the film’s censorship, reedited releases, and subsequent celebration by cult-film audiences, this book considers how these competing discourses helped turn the work into an exemplar of cult cinema.

based in Melbourne, Australia, and is

ALEXIA KANNAS

the coeditor of the film journal Senses

studies at RMIT University.

teaches cinema

of Cinema.

Fine Arts Karlsruhe. $15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-0-231-17985-0 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-0-231-85105-3

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-0-231-18121-1 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-0-231-85106-0

J A N U A R Y 128 pages / 4.37" x 6.89" /

F E B R U A R Y 128 pages / 4.37" x 6.89" /

12 b&w illustrations

12 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 216 pages / 6" x 9"

FILM

FILM

FILM

C U LTO G R A P H I E S

C U LTO G R A P H I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

$25.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-18113-6 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-0-231-18112-9 $24.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-54349-1

90 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

The Continued Evolution of Reform GUNNAR ALMGREN “An extensively detailed and well-sourced story of

Proposing Prosperity?

Marriage Education Policy and Inequality in America JENNIFER M. RANDLES “A useful, policy-relevant, and balanced treatment of

the precursors to the ACA, a ‘principled critique’ of

how government-funded marriage and relationship

the ACA as it currently stands, and a proposal for the

education really works on the ground.”

path forward. Beautifully written and a great read.”

—Shawn Fremstad, Center for American Progress

—Karla Washington, University of Missouri

In Health Care as a Right of Citizenship, Gunnar Almgren argues that the primary significance of the Obama administration’s Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) is not its expansion of health-care entitlements but how it affirms, through an act of Congress, the idea that comprehensive health care must be available to all as a right of citizenship. Drawing on the writings of the sociologist T.H. Marshall and the philosopher John Rawls, Almgren examines the theoretical foundations for health care as a social right of citizenship. He then translates these theoretical principles into core health-care policy aims. Almgren suggests how such a restructured health-care system might operate, with specific proposals for its financing and delivery systems. Health Care as a Right of Citizenship promotes a health care system that is financially sustainable and capable of making healthcare accessible, adequate, and affordable to all, irrespective of their societal position and individual health needs.

GUNNAR ALMGREN

is an associate professor at the

School of Social Work, University of Washington, and a

SOCIAL WORK

Health Care as a Right of Citizenship

The Healthy Marriage Initiative is a federal policy that has funded marriage-education programs in nearly every state. These programs, which encourage marriage by teaching relationship skills, are predicated on the hope that married couples can provide a more stable home for their children. Healthy marriage policy assumes that marriage can be a socioeconomic survival mechanism for low-income families and an engine of upward mobility.

Through interviews with couples and her own observations and participation in marriage-education courses, Jennifer M. Randles takes the reader inside healthymarriage classrooms to reveal how their curricula are reflections of broader issues of culture, gender, governance, and social inequality. She questions whether healthymarriage policy should target individual behavior or the social and economic context of that behavior. The most valuable approach, she concludes, will reflect the fundamental premise that love and commitment thrive most within the context of social and economic opportunity. is an assistant professor

faculty research associate at the University of Washington

JENNIFER M. RANDLES

Center for Studies in Demography and Ecology.

in the Department of Sociology at California State University, Fresno.

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17013-0 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17012-3 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54331-6

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-17030-7 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-54317-0

F E B R U A R Y 336 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

S O C I A L W O R K / P U B L I C H E A LT H

S O C I O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 1

SOCIAL WORK

Spirituality and Hospice Social Work

ANN M. CALLAHAN

Many hospice social workers must address spiritual issues with their clients but do not feel competent to do so effectively. This targeted volume draws upon multidisciplinary theory and research to advance a relational model of spiritually sensitive hospice care. The book will help clinicians elevate their spiritual competence and foster a relationship with their clients that will enrich the experience for all involved.

Spirituality and Hospice Social Work helps practitioners understand various forms of spiritual assessment for use with their clients.

The book teaches practitioners to recognize a client’s spiritual needs and resources, as well as signs of spiritual suffering. It also discusses religious and spiritual practices that clients may use to enhance their spiritual coping. Spirituality and Hospice Social Work stresses the need for interdisciplinary collaboration with other members of the hospice team, along with the value of maintaining professional ethical standards when addressing spiritual issues. Throughout, the importance of spiritual sensitivity and its effect upon client well-being is emphasized.

ANN M. CALLAHAN

is professor at the University of

Kentucky School of Social Work and maintains an appointment at the Center of Excellence in Rural Health.

She has a license in clinical social work with more than twenty years of social work related clinical, administrative,

Sex Trafficking in the United States

Theory, Research, Policy, and Practice ANDREA J. NICHOLS “A well-organized introduction to the landscape of sex trafficking in the United States that addresses the complexity of the issue, the competing narratives, and some of the challenges faced by survivors.”

—Natalie Jesionka, Rutgers University

This comprehensive volume examines the common risk factors for those who become victims of sex trafficking and for those who try to leave. A chapter on buyers describes their motivations, the prevalence of bought sex, and criminal-justice policies that target them. The book describes how the justice system, activists, and individuals can engage in advocating for victims of sex trafficking. It also offers recommendations for practice and policy and suggestions for cultural change.

“Nichols offers a comprehensive view of challenging perspectives, engaging the audience to take actions

and teaching experience. For the past ten years, she has

toward prevention.”

been researching the spiritual dimensions of the therapeutic

—Juliana Huard, University of Massachusetts

relationship in an effort to inform quality hospice social work.

ANDREA J. NICHOLS

is professor of sociology at Forest

Park College and anti-trafficking initiative coordinator and lecturer at Washington University in St. Louis. $35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17173-1 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17172-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54318-7 F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 7 b&w illustrations

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-0-231-17263-9 $105.00 / £78.00 cloth 978-0-231-17262-2 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54236-4

S O C I A L WO R K

S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9"

END-OF-LIFE CARE: A SERIES

S O C I A L WO R K

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

92 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

To Engage the University in a Useless Task Which Will Allow It to Expose a Working Model of Its System LES LEVINE

In the summer of 1970, the artist Les Levine arrived at the University of Toronto to install site-specific work on the quadrangle in front of the University’s Hart House. The piece—construction materials hung from high-tension rope between campus buildings—was stymied by bureaucratic impediments. What ensued became the conceit for the project. By collating the correspondence, telephone transcripts, and visual documentation of the installation process, Levine used the work to demonstrate how the university functioned. Red Tape replicates this project, which had existed only as a dossier in the artist’s archive.

LES LEVINE

lives in New York City. His work is represented

in the permanent collections of the Museum of Modern Art, New York; Whitney Museum of American Art, New York; Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia; Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C.; The National Gallery of Canada,

Columbia in Manhattanville CAITLIN BLANCHFIELD, EDITOR

Home to the famed Cotton Club, Alexander Hamilton’s grange, the Manhattan Project, and a Studebaker factory, West Harlem is an ever-transforming pocket of New York City. With the arrival of Columbia University’s Manhattanville expansion—a campus master plan designed by architect Renzo Piano—West Harlem is now a site of experimentation in the future of the twentyfirst-century university. Bringing together conversations with the architects and planners designing the Manhattanville campus, the educators who will inhabit its buildings, and essays from urban and architectural historians, this book documents the making of Manhattanville and critically engages with the university’s history of expansion.

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

Red Tape, a New Work by Les Levine, 1970

The book features contributions from Renzo Piano, Elizabeth Diller and Charles Renfro (Diller Scofidio + Renfro), and the Columbia University scholars Amale Andraos, Reinhold Martin, Tom Jessell, and Maxine Griffith, among others.

CAITLIN BLANCHFIELD

He has written for Arts, The Village Voice, Art in America,

Books on Architecture and the City.

and the Saturday Review.

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-941332-25-2

$35.00* / £26.00 paper 978-1-941332-23-8

S E P T E M B E R 128 pages / 6" x 8.25"

O C T O B E R 150 pages / color illustrations throughout / 6" x 9"

ART / CONCEPTUAL

ARCHITECTURE

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

is managing editor of Columbia

Ottawa; Centre Georges Pompidou, Paris; and many others.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 93

P E T E R S O N I N S T I T U T E F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

Banking’s Final Exam

Stress Testing and Bank-Capital Reform MORRIS GOLDSTEIN

World on the Move Consumption Patterns in a More Equal Global Economy

The Paradox of Risk Leaving the Monetary Policy Comfort Zone ÁNGEL UBIDE

PAOLO MAURO AND

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

In the wake of the global economic and financial crisis, bank supervisors in the United States and the European Union carried out “stress tests” to determine which banks could survive severely adverse economic scenarios. How effective was the exercise? In Banking’s Final Exam, one of the world’s leading experts on banking regulation concludes that these tests suffered from several fundamental weaknesses that, unless corrected, can produce a false reassurance about the safety and soundness of the banking system. The book outlines important steps for the future design of these tests, arguing for their necessity if stress testing is to become the central pillar of bank supervision worldwide.

The banking industry is likely to resist these steps, but this book explains why their arguments do not hold water.

MORRIS GOLDSTEIN,

nonresident

TOMAS HELLEBRANDT

The world is poised to reduce the income gap between the rich and the poor on a global scale while reshaping patterns of consumption. Rapid economic growth in emerging markets is projected to enable consumers to spend proportionately less on food and more on transportation, goods, and services, which will in turn strain global infrastructure and accelerate climate change. The largest gains will be made in poorer parts of the world, chiefly sub-Saharan Africa and India, followed by China and the advanced economies.

This study follows these developments and serves as a warning to policy makers to prepare for its profound effect on global economies and the planet.

PAOLO MAURO

is senior fellow at

the Peterson Institute for International

Now, after years of a sluggish economic recovery, the time has come for a new monetary-stimulus strategy to encourage risktaking by investors and spur rapid economic growth. In this book, Ángel Ubide surveys the actions taken by central banks following the 2008 global financial crisis and draws lessons from the unpredictable interaction of markets, countries, and financial institutions. He finds that the fear of triggering another crisis has caused central banks to become dangerously risk-averse and overly complacent about dampened economic growth.

Ubide urges monetary policy makers to leave their “comfort zones” and embrace risk as a necessary requirement for growth. ÁNGEL UBIDE,

senior fellow at the

Peterson Institute for International Economics, is an expert on central

Economics and worked at the Interna-

banking, European affairs, finance, and

tional Monetary Fund for twenty years.

macroeconomic policy. He has worked

was a

senior fellow at the Peterson Institute,

TOMAS HELLEBRANDT

has held several senior staff positions

research fellow at the Peterson

at the International Monetary Fund,

Institute for International Economics

including deputy director of its

from January 2013 to September 2015.

Research Department.

at the Tudor Investment Corporation and the D. E. Shaw Group. His work focuses on the dynamics of the global financial crisis, particularly on the euro area outlook and monetary policy.

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-88132-705-2

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-88132-716-8

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-88132-719-9

N O V E M B E R 250 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 200 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 170 pages / 6" x 9"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

P O L I C Y A N A LYS E S I N

P O L I C Y A N A LYS E S I N

P O L I C Y A N A LYS E S I N

I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

I N T E R N AT I O N A L E CO N O M I C S

I N T E R N AT I O N A L E CO N O M I C S

94 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Theory and Evidence on Optimal Capital Requirements WILLIAM R. CLINE

WILLIAM R. CLINE

is a senior

fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics.

Rich People Poor Countries

The Rise of EmergingMarket Tycoons and their Mega Firms

The Great Tradeoff Confronting Moral Conflicts in the Era of Globalization

STEVEN R. WEISMAN

CAROLINE FREUND Assisted by Sarah Oliver

Caroline Freund analyzes close to 700 emergingmarket billionaires whose net worth adds up to more than $2 trillion. She finds their work has propelled poor countries out of their small-scale production and agricultural past and into a world of multinational industry and service-based megafirms. This story of emerging-market billionaires and the global businesses they create dramatically illuminates the process of industrialization in the modern world economy.

CAROLINE FREUND

is senior

Did materialist excess, doctrinaire embrace of free trade and capital flows, and indifference to economic injustice contribute to the disaster of the last decade?

Was it ethical to bail out banks and governments while innocent people suffered? A blend of economics, moral philosophy, history, and politics, The Great Tradeoff argues that the concepts of liberty, justice, virtue, and loyalty help explain the passionate disagreements spawned by a globally integrated economy.

STEVEN R. WEISMAN

is vice

president for publications and communications at the Peterson Institute.

He is the former chief international

fellow at the Peterson Institute for

economics correspondent for the

International Economics.

New York Times.

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-88132-703-8

$26.00* / £19.00 paper 978-0-88132-695-6

N O V E M B E R 199 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 323 pages / 6" x 9"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

The global financial crisis led to an agreement among regulators to raise capital requirements for banks to protect against insolvency in the event of another emergency. In this book, William R. Cline employs sophisticated economic models to analyze whether these reforms, embodied in the Third Basel Accord, have gone far enough. He calculates how much higher bank capital reduces the risk of banking crises and benefits the economy. On the cost side, he estimates how much higher capital requirements raise the lending rate for firms, reducing investment in plant and equipment and thus reducing economic output. Cline arrives at estimates for the optimal level of equity capital relative to total bank assets and challenges the idea that banking sectors are too large and curb growth.

P E T E R S O N I N S T I T U T E F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

The Right Balance for Banks

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-88132-721-2 N O V E M B E R 175 pages / 6" x 9" ECONOMICS P O L I C Y A N A LYS E S I N I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 95

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Economics of Music PETER TSCHMUCK

Agenda Publishing is an independent publisher of books and journals in economics, political economy, and philosophy. Agenda’s publishing aims to facilitate access to economic ideas for a readership that has traditionally found them forbidding and inaccessible, whether in the wider social sciences or in the public square, yet who nevertheless wish to gain a greater understanding of how the economy works. As well as opening up the work of mainstream economics, Agenda’s program also represents the work of other traditions and methodologies, as well as more ethically- and historicallyinformed studies.

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

Peter Tschmuck writes a concise, rigorous presentation of the economic fundamentals of the music industry and the music economy. His book examines music publishing, sound recording, the live-music market, and secondary markets such as advertising and merchandising and their joint operation.

He pays special attention to the effect of digitization and the economic relevance of new digital formats, including download services, streaming platforms, mobile music providers, cloud music services, and music recognition and recommendation systems.

He shows how established publishers (Universal, Sony/ATV, and Warner/ Chappell), new promoters (LiveNation), and a new generation of music providers (Apple, Google, and Amazon) have created a heady mix of competing and collaborative economic models. Add the problems of piracy and fickle consumer behavior, and the music business becomes one of the world’s most dynamic buisness sectors.

PETER TSCHMUCK

is professor for cultural institutions

studies at the University of Music and Performing Arts in Vienna.

$23.00* paper 978-1-911116-08-0 $75.00 cloth 978-1-911116-07-3 F E B R U A R Y 208 pages / 5.43” x 8.5” BUSINESS / ECONOMICS

96 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Contradictions of Capital in the Twenty-First Century The Piketty Opportunity

PAT HUDSON AND KEITH TRIBE, EDITORS

PAT HUDSON

is emeritus professor of history at

Cardiff University.

KEITH TRIBE

teaches the history of economics at the

University of Birmingham.

Another Idea of the Market LUIGINO BRUNI AND STEFANO ZAMAGNI

Drawing on the Italian tradition of civic humanism, the political economists Luigino Bruni and Stefano Zamagni advocate for a more well-mannered economic market—a civil economy—that places well-being, virtue, and the common good alongside economic goals such as market share, increased productivity, and competitiveness. This book explores the origins and development of the civil economic approach, the thought of its pioneers, and its different applications, from the determination of gross domestic product to the management of common goods, from welfare to the organization of production and consumption. The civil economy offers a humane and socially accountable yet productive and competitive market system.

LUIGINO BRUNI

is professor of political economy at LUMSA

Università, Rome.

STEFANO ZAMAGNI

is professor of economics at the

University of Bologna and senior adjunct professor of international economics and vice director of Italian affairs at the School of Advanced International Studies, John Hopkins University, Bologna.

$30.00* paper 978-1-911116-11-0 $95.00 cloth 978-1-911116-10-3

$20.00* paper 978-1-911116-00-4 $65.00 cloth 978-1-911116-01-1

O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6.14” x 9.21”

O C T O B E R 160 pages / 5.43” x 8.5”

E C O N O M I C S / H I S TO R Y

ECONOMICS / POLITICS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

This collection builds on the growing interest in the global development of wealth and inequality stimulated by Thomas Piketty’s Capital in the TwentyFirst Century. An international team of economic historians and economists provide a comprehensive overview of global developments in the theory, practice, and policy of inequality and its place in the modern world order. The contributors take stock of key concepts—capital, wealth and income, inequality, economic development, financialization—and evaluate the evidence for historical trends in existing national statistical data sources. To the developed economies upon which Piketty drew are added contributions covering Latin America, Africa, India, and Japan.

Civil Economy

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 97

P R E V I O U S LY A N N O U N C E D , N O W AVA I L A B L E

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Modern Adult Education and Politics BALÁZS NÉMETH

Modern Adult Education and Politics explores the relationship between modern adult education and politics. The book follows the progressive role of adult education in the emergence and development of liberal democracies and its promotion of successful participation in labor, social affairs, and culture.

BALÁZS NÉMETH

is associate profes-

sor of lifelong learning in the Faculty of Adult Education and HRD at the University of Pécs. He is vice head of the Department of Adult Education,

Economic Competence The Service User as a and Financial Literacy Partner in Social Work of Young Adults Projects and Education

Status and Challenges

STEPHAN SCHUMANN,

Concepts and Evaluations of Courses with a Gap-Mending Approach in Europe

EDITORS

EMANUELA CHIAPPARINI,

EVELINE WUTTKE, JÜRGEN SEIFRIED, AND

EDITOR

This intense look at the economic competence of young adults in European countries, especially those who have started an apprenticeship or have taken up studies at a university, shows how young people are handling the pressure of managing their own financial affairs.

head of the Regional Lifelong Learning

EVELINE WUTTKE

Research Center of the Faculty, and

of economic education at Goethe

represents the faculty and the univer-

University Frankfurt, Germany.

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D A U S T R A L I A / NEW ZEALAND

sity in national and European research projects on adult continuing education and lifelong learning.

JÜRGEN SEIFRIED

is professor

is chair of

economic education at the University of Mannheim, Germany.

STEPHAN SCHUMANN

Service users are increasingly included in field research projects, yet they are often treated as informants and not as active coparticipants.

This anthology describes how service users and students can work together in research projects, featuring firsthand testimony about the positive and negative issues of the experience and strategies for bridging methodological differences.

EMANUELA CHIAPPARINI

is a professor

holds a

doctorate from the Institute of Child-

in the department of economics at the

hood, Youth, and Family in the School

University of Konstanz, Germany.

of Social Work at the Zurich University of Applied Sciences, Switzerland.

$20.00 paper 978-3-86649-465-7 $12.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0261-9

$90.00 paper 978-3-8474-0602-0 $62.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0283-1

S E P T E M B E R 120 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

$33.00 paper 978-3-8474-0507-8 $21.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0929-8

P E DAG O G Y

P E DAG O G Y / E C O N O M I C S

S E P T E M B E R 140 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S T U DY G U I D E S I N A D U LT E D U C AT I O N

R E S E A R C H I N VO C AT I O N A L E D U C AT I O N

S O C I A L WO R K

98 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

P R E V I O U S LY A N N O U N C E D , N O W AVA I L A B L E

Safe or Free?

Gendering European Integration Theory

Comparative Analysis of Media Discourses on Security

Engaging New Dialogues

PETRA GUASTI AND

HEATHER MACRAE,

TANJA BETZ, MICHAEL-

ZDENKA MANSFELDOVÁ,

EDITORS

SEBASTIAN HONIG, AND

EDITORS

Parenting Practices and Support from a Comparative Perspective

ILONA OSTNER, EDITORS

Policy makers are beginning to focus on the social risks of poor parenting and have outlined new forms of parenting support to better safeguard children.

Contributors to this volume scrutinize the shift toward parenting as performance and report on recent advances in parenting support.

TANJA BETZ

is professor of pedagogy

at Goethe University Frankfurt/Main, MICHAEL-SEBASTIAN HONIG

is pro-

fessor of social work at the Université du Luxembourg. ILONA OSTNER is professor of comparative social policy at the Institute of Sociology, University of Göttingen, Germany.

$76.00 paper 978-3-8474-0502-3 $52.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0924-3

PETRA GUASTI

is researcher

and senior lecturer and ZDENKA MANSFELDOVÁ

is senior scholar at

the Institute of Sociology, Academy of

GABRIELE ABELS AND

Gendering European Integration Theory initiates a dialogue between European integration theory and gender studies. Essays show how gender scholarship can make creative use of integration theory. They are designed to make gender scholarship more visible to integration-theory scholars and to stimulate general theoretical debate through the innovative addition of a gender perspective.

GABRIELE ABELS

is the Jean Monnet

Chair and professor of political science at the University of Tübingen, Germany.

HEATHER MACRAE

is associate

professor of political science at York University.

Sciences, Czech Republic.

S E P T E M B E R 370 pages / 6.7" x 9.4"

$48.00 paper 978-3-8474-0684-6 $35.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0853-6

$80.00 cloth 978-3-8474-0640-2 $57.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0256-5

S O C I A L W O R K / S O C I O LO G Y

S E P T E M B E R 250 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

J O U R N A L O F FA M I LY R E S E A R C H

S O C I O LO G Y / S E C U R I T Y S T U D I E S

POLITICS / GENDER STUDIES

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D A U S T R A L I A / NEW ZEALAND

Germany.

One of the biggest dilemmas of our time is deciding how much safety and security we need and what price to pay for it. By applying and advancing the methods of social research, this book fills a gap in the study of security and security risks by analyzing unique data (media, surveys, and macrodata) on transnational security issues in three critical areas of infrastructure: air transport, public transport, and energyprovision networks.

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Parents in the Spotlight

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 9

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Greek Tragedy, European Odyssey: The Politics and Economics of the Eurozone Crisis ROBERT GODBY AND STEPHANIE B. ANDERSON

Is the euro really the crowning achievement of European integration efforts? Quite the contrary: the euro has become a great threat to the integrity of the European Union. Strains caused by the crisis have led to greater dissension among member states and a public recoil against greater integration. This book explains how the ongoing Eurocrisis has already fractured member states and their inhabitants. It does so without assuming readers are already experts on the topics addressed, making the book an ideal introduction to the problem.

ROBERT GODBY

is associate professor of economics and

finance at the University of Wyoming.

STEPHANIE B. ANDERSON

is associate professor of politi-

cal science at the University of Wyoming.

Civil Society and Gender Relations in Authoritarian and Hybrid Regimes

New Theoretical Approaches and Empirical Case Studies

GABRIELE WILDE, ANNETTE ZIMMER, KATHARINA OBUCH, AND JASMIN SANDHAUS, EDITORS

Does the development of civil society always lead to democratic structures and progressive gender relations? While traditional approaches would answer in the affirmative, the authors highlight the ambivalences. Focusing on women’s organizations in authoritarian and hybrid regimes, this book addresses civil society’s role in overcoming power relations as well as reinforcing government structures and antifeminist ideas.

GABRIELE WILDE

and ANNETTE ZIMMER are professors

at the University of Münster.

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D A U S T R A L I A / NEW ZEALAND

KATHARINA OBUCH SANDHAU

is a research assistant and JASMIN

is a research associate at the University of

Münster, Germany.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8474-0618-1 $24.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0431-6

$48.00 paper 978-3-8474-0729-4 $35.99 e-book 978-3-8474-0874-1

S E P T E M B E R 203 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S E P T E M B E R 270 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

POLITICS / ECONOMICS

POLITICS / GENDER STUDIES

100 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH COUNCIL

Transitional Justice and Education Learning Peace

CLARA RAMÍREZ-BARAT AND ROGER DUTHIE, EDITORS

After periods of conflict and authoritarianism, educational institutions often need to be reformed or rebuilt. But in settings where education has been used to support repressive policies and human rights violations or where conflict and abuses have resulted in lost educational opportunities, legacies of injustice may pose significant challenges to effective reform.

Peace-building and development perspectives, which normally drive the reconstruction agenda, pay little attention to the violent past. Transitional Justice and Education: Learning Peace presents the findings of a research project conducted by the International Center for Transitional Justice (ICTJ) on the relationship between transitional justice and education in peace-building contexts. The book examines how transitional justice can shape the reform of education systems by ensuring programs are sensitive to the legacies of the past, how it can facilitate the reintegration of children and youth into society, and how education can engage younger generations in the work of transitional justice.

CLARA RAMÍREZ-BARAT

is the director of the Educational Policies

Program at the Auschwitz Institute for Peace and Reconciliation. For the past six years, her work has focused on the intersection between transitional justice and the public sphere (media, culture, and education), with a focus on prevention.

ROGER DUTHIE

is a senior associate in the research unit at ICTJ,

where he has managed multiyear research projects examining how transitional justice relates to education, forced displacement, and development. His publications include Transitional Justice and Development: Making Connections and Transitional Justice and Displacement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

1. Teaching About the Recent Past and Citizenship Education During Democratic Transitions 2. Education Reform Through a Transitional Justice Lens: The Ambivalent Transitions of Bosnia and Northern Ireland 3. History, Memory, and Education: Is It Possible to Consolidate a Culture of Peace in Guatemala?

4. Education for Overcoming Massive Human Rights Violations 5. Education as a Form of Reparation in Chile 6. Access to Education as Redress for Victims in South Africa 7. Outreach to Children in the Transitional Justice Process of Sierra Leone 8. Building a Legacy: The Youth Outreach Program at the ICTY 9. Outreach and Education at the Liberation War Museum in Bangladesh 10. Historical Commissions and Education Outreach: Challenges and Lessons for Transitional Justice 11. Facing the Past—Transforming Our Future: A Professional Development Program for History Teachers in South Africa

13. Grappling with Lebanon’s Enduring Violence: Badna Naaref, an Intergenerational Oral History Project

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-91140003-8 S E P T E M B E R 460 pages / 9 b&w illustrations

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

12. Addressing the Recent Past in Schools: Reflections from Côte d’Ivoire

P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / P E AC E A DVA N C I N G T R A N S I T I O N A L J U S T I C E S E R I E S

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 101

TULIKA BOOKS

Dear Readers: In the fall of 2016, Columbia University Press will become the global distributor of Tulika Books, an independent, English-language publishing house based in New Delhi, India.

Founded in 1995, Tulika Books is committed to publishing from a broad left and democratic perspective, performing a vital service for Indian scholars who hope to advance a progressive agenda within India and abroad.

Tulika’s vibrant list includes the multivolume, critically acclaimed People’s History of India.

Its books on labor history and modern Indian thinkers encapsulate a strain of Indian activism and intellectualism that is vital to understanding the country’s evolution. Tulika also publishes cutting-edge scholarship in archaeology, architecture, art, critical theory, cultural studies, development studies, economics, film studies, history, literary theory, politics, philosophy, and sociology. Scholars who wish to see India’s intellectual traditions incorporated into academia’s fast-developing disciplines and meaningfully connected to Western scholarship eagerly anticipate the publication of Tulika’s books. Their distribution by Columbia University Press will bring even wider attention to the trendsetting work of India’s best academics and intellectuals.

Sincerely, Akeel Bilgrami

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G SOUTH ASIA 102 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Sidney Morgenbesser Professor of Philosophy Professor, Committee on Global Thought Director, South Asian Institute Columbia University

TULIKA BOOKS

The Great Climate Robbery

How the Food System Drives Climate Change and What We Can Do About It GRAIN

“It’s about time that the role agriculture plays in the climate crisis—and the role it could play in the solution—got a concentrated dose of attention.

A New Statistical Domain in India

An Enquiry Into Village Panchayat Databases JUN-ICHI OKABE AND APARAJITA BAKSHI

tions around the world to defend local food systems and

A new form of local government, the contemporary village panchayat, has emerged in rural India in the wake of the Constitution (73rd Amendment) Act, 1992. This study of panchayat-level databases and their potential use in local-level administration, planning, and policy implementation examines the local-level data available in two contrasting village panchayats: Raina gram panchayat, Barddhaman district, West Bengal; and Warwat Khanderao gram panchayat, Buldhana district, Maharashtra. Conducting interviews on record keeping and the use of accumulated official data, the book seeks to understand the current and potential use of such records in decentralized development planning and the reliability of such records.

cultures from the advance of industrial agriculture for more

JUN-ICHI OKABE

than twenty-five years. Their work also involves connecting

and the Graduate School of International Social Sciences at

this analysis to larger issues affecting the planet, linking

Yokohama National University.

This fine work will provoke much new activism!”

—Bill McKibben, author of Deep Economy

The Great Climate Robbery explains how the industrial food system is a major driver of climate change and how food sovereignty is critical to any lasting and just solution. With governments abdicating their responsibility to deal with this problem, people must take action into their own hands. Changing the food system is the most effective place to start, and this book shows how. The Great Climate Robbery is a joint publication between GRAIN, Daraja Press, Tulika Books, and Spinifex Press.

GRAIN

has worked with social movements and organiza-

in other areas. Climate change is only one important example of this.

APARAJITA BAKSHI

is assistant professor in the School of

Development Studies at the Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.

$24.00* / £18.00 paper 978-93-82381-68-6

$30.00 / £22.00 cloth 978-93-82381-78-5

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 400 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

C L I M AT E S C I E N C E / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

ECONOMICS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G SOUTH ASIA

peoples’ struggles with the food system to those happening

is a professor in the faculty of economics

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 103

TULIKA BOOKS

Arc Silt Dive

The Works of Sheba Chhachhi KUMKUM SANGARI, EDITOR

Jalsa

Indian Women and Their Journeys from the Salon to the Studio VIDYA SHAH

Sheba Chhachhi’s art traverses documentary photography, installation, video, and new media. She has created large photo-based installations incorporating light, sound, and the moving image and has pursued long-term photography projects. Chhachhi’s experiments cross durational mediums, from precinematic animated lightboxes to virtual-reality interactivity. Since 1999, public art interventions have been a significant aspect of her work. Arc Silt Dive maps the methods and modes of address and inquiry in Chhachhi’s work. It extends the aspects of installation as a form that can transfer or transpose the properties and functions of image and object, spatialize and visualize text, enact a textualization of objects and materials, or become a performative loop that threads together performance, literature, architecture, painting, sculpture, film, photography, and digital composition.

KUMKUM SANGARI

Jalsa follows female performers in India from the salon to the studio, providing insight into the early interface between technology and entertainment and the irreversible impact it has had on how we listen to and enjoy music. Jalsa recognizes an important slice of Indian music history, celebrated the world over in many forms and avatars.

VIDYA SHAH

is a musician from New Delhi, India. Trained

initially in Carnatic music, she later received guidance in the north Indian genres of Khayal (from Shubha Mudgal and Mujahid Hussain Khan), and Thumri, Dadra, and Ghazal (from Shanti Hiranand). A popular performer and prolific composer, she is a recipient of the senior fellowship from the government of India and the Charles Wallace Award for her project “Women on Record,” a performance highlighting the contributions of women performers in the gramophone era.

is the William F. Vilas Research

Professor of English and the Humanities at the FOR SALE THROUGHOUT T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G SOUTH ASIA

University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee.

$90.00* / £67.00 cloth 978-93-82381-76-1

$45.00* / £33.00 cloth 978-93-82381-77-8

S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 10.5" x 13" / color illustrations throughout

S E P T E M B E R 120 pages / 9.25" x 11” / color illustrations throughout

ART

MUSIC

104 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

TULIKA BOOKS

Developmental Modernity in Kerala

Narayana Guru, SNDP Yogam and Social Reform P. CHANDRAMOHAN

This study of the Sree Narayana Dharma Paripalana Yogam (SNDP Yogam), one of the earliest social-reform movements in Kerala, investigates the relationship between social reform, religion, and caste. The Yogam drew inspiration from the ideas of Narayana Guru, which suited the aspirations of the upwardly mobile Ezhava middle class. In both religious and social matters, the Guru was a traditionalist who strove to create a modern outlook among the masses. He thought of the temple as a social space in which everyone could meet and exchange ideas. While pursuing his spiritual mission, he advocated education, industrialization, and the abolition of caste as prerequisites for social regeneration.

This work focuses on education, government employment, and industrialization; the abolition of cyclical rituals and caste; antialcoholism; and the demand for a new law of inheritance. Disjunction between principles and practice led to the decline of the SNDP movement. Ironically, since it was largely centered on the interests of the privileged Ezhava community, the movement achieved Ezhava solidarity only around caste. This study is therefore a significant example of a social-reform movement turning into a caste-solidarity movement.

P. CHANDRAMOHAN

is former museum curator at the

SABYASACHI BHATTACHARYA AND RANA P. BEHAL, EDITORS

Has there been a shift away from classical labor politics, derived from the European experience, to a vernacular discourse in surrogate voluntary organizations, including social and cultural associations, NGOs, activities nucleating around identities, and organizations that are not explicitly trade unions? In a shift from the language of class to the language of community, have organizations that serve a range of objectives, from environmental concerns to women’s equality, stripped labor unions of their agency? Is this vernacular new? These essays add to the literature on labor politics, moving away from​categories derived from European and international labor movements of the late nineteenth century and toward recent formulations of vernacularity.

SABYASACHI BHATTACHARYA,

formerly professor of

history at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, is the founding president of the Association of Indian Labour Historians. He is the author of The Colonial State: Theory and Practice (2016).

published articles in Studies in History, Indian Historical

RANA P. BEHAL

Review, State and Society, and Journal of Kerala History.

the University of Delhi.

$28.00 / £21.00 cloth 978-93-82381-79-2

$40.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-93-82381-82-2

S E P T E M B E R 276 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

S E P T E M B E R 356 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C S

H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C S

is former associate professor of history at

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G SOUTH ASIA

Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi. He has

The Vernacularization of Labour Politics

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 5

TULIKA BOOKS

The Making of Brahmanical Hegemony Studies in Caste, Gender, and Vaishnava Theology SUVIRA JAISWAL

A People’s History of India 7 Society and Culture in Post-Mauryan India c. 200 BC–AD 300

BHAIRABI PRASAD SAHU With a chapter on language and literature by Kesavan Veluthat

This book is a companion volume to A People’s History of India 6 which recounted the political and economic history of the post-Mauryan period from c. 200 BC to AD 300. The volume confronts the important aspects of the society and culture of the same period. It traces the diffusion of the caste system and describes its detailed codification. Major changes in religion, notably the emergence of Mahayana Buddhism and Bhakti in Brahmanism, are surveyed in depth. The book also includes fresh and enlightening examinations of innovations in sculpture, languages, and literature.

BHAIRABI PRASAD SAHU

is professor of history at the

History is under attack in India—not only from those who popularize a mythical version of the past with ill-concealed political objectives but also from those who, through theoretical relativism that emphasizes cultural specificity and difference, reorientalize the Orientals. Both approaches leave intact the hegemony of thought that underlies today’s social and economic inequalities.

This collection of essays focuses on the role of religion and mythology in making Brahmanical hegemony through the institutions of caste, gender, and religious ideology.

The aim is not to dismiss myths as false, distorted, or bad history but to examine the kind of reality they represent, to delve into the dynamics of their formation and their impact, and to account for elements of continuity and change. The collection features studies on caste-related social differentiation, drawing on sources from the history, society, and polity of early India, as well as on the work of R. S. Sharma, the eminent historian of the period. It also includes studies on the gendered development of Brahmanical hegemony and studies on the historical valences of the various mythological incarnations in Vaishnava theology: Rama, Narasimha, and Hayagriva.

University of Delhi. His recent publications include The Changing Gaze: Regions and the Construction of Early India (2013) and Interrogating Political Systems: Integrative

SUVIRA JAISWAL

is former professor of history at Jawaha-

rlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G SOUTH ASIA

Processes and States in Pre-Modern India (2015).

$12.00* / £9.00 cloth 978-93-82381-75-4 S E P T E M B E R 96 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

$26.00 / £19.00 cloth 978-93-82381-83-9

H I S TO R Y

S E P T E M B E R 244 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

A P E O P L E ’ S H I S TO RY O F I N D I A

H I S TO R Y

106 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB AND RICHARD ALLEN, EDITORS

The Hitchcock Annual seeks to publish the best in critical and scholarly essays in Hitchcock studies. We welcome articles from a wide variety of theoretical, critical, and historical perspectives on the life, work, and influence of Alfred Hitchcock.

All back issues of the Hitchcock Annual are available through Columbia University Press, as is The Hitchcock Annual Anthology: Selected Essays from Volumes 10–15, edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Richard Allen (2009, $26.00 paper 978-1-905673-95-4 / $80.00 cloth 978-1-905673-96-1).

N OW AVA I L A B L E

FORTHCOMING FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Hitchcock Annual

Hitchcock Annual

EDITED BY SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

EDITED BY SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

AND RICHARD ALLEN

AND RICHARD ALLEN

Hitchcock Annual, volume 20, contains essays on Hitchcock and C. A. Lejeune; Easy Virtue in context; the West coast setting of and cultural anxiety in The Birds; Hitchcockian aspects of Balachander’s The Doll; and Kent Jones’s Hitchcock/Truffaut.

Hitchcock Annual, volume 21, is scheduled to include, among other pieces, essays on The Skin Game and Rope; a new look at the Hitchcock/Truffaut conversation; and a reprint of an early interview with Hitchcock.

Volume 20

HITCHCOCK ANNUAL

Hitchcock Annual

Volume 21

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

is professor of media studies at Sacred

Heart University.

RICHARD ALLEN

is professor of film and media art and

dean of the School of Creative Media, City University of Hong Kong.

$26.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-17619-4

$26.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-18141-9

2 0 1 6 approx. 150 pages, illustrated throughout

O C T O B E R approx. 200 pages, illustrated throughout

FILM STUDIES

FILM STUDIES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 107

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Cannibal Holocaust

Macbeth

CALUM WADDELL

REBEKAH OWENS

Cannibal Holocaust (1980) is one of the most controversial horror films ever made.

The United Kingdom’s Department of Public Prosecutions deemed it obscene. As the years have passed, the film has been recast as the forefather of the “found-footage” genre.

What is missing is any contextualization of its style, affirmation and discussion of its locations, and discourse about its representation of Third World inhabitants.

Cannibal Holocaust is a key post-Vietnam film, with an explicit warning about Western involvement in civil conflict. This book adopts a more formalist position toward its analysis.

Why write about Roman Polanski’s Macbeth (1971) as a horror film? Polanski had just made Repulsion (1965) and Rosemary’s Baby (1968), and Macbeth provides clues to his horror lexicon. This book demonstrates how Polanski’s Macbeth can be read as part of the British folk tradition, linking the film to The Wicker Man (1973), Blood on Satan’s Claw (1971), and Witchfinder General (1968). It then connects the work to later American horror classics, such as Halloween (1978). It also explores the popular associations made between the film and Polanski’s own life, arguing they support the view of the film as horror.

Studying Waltz with Bashir GIULIA MILLER

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

CALUM WADDELL

is an independent

scholar and documentary filmmaker.

REBEKAH OWENS

is a graduate

Ari Folman’s animated documentary Waltz with Bashir (2008) has been heralded as a brilliant exploration of trauma and its impact on memory. Its documentary form rather than its animation has influenced critics most. As Studying Waltz with Bashir shows, this tension is what makes the film so complex, allowing for multiple themes and discourses to coexist. The book considers the cinematic representation of war, the history of Israeli Holocaust cinema, and recent trends in experimental animation, such as Waking Life (2001), The Congress (2013), and A Scanner Darkly (2006).

GIULIA MILLER

is the author of

of the Shakespeare Institute at the

Reconfiguring Surrealism in Modern

University of Birmingham.

Hebrew Literature (2013).

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-11-6 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-12-3

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-13-0 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-14-7

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-15-4 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-16-1

O C T O B E R 100 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

S E P T E M B E R 112 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

20 b&w illustrations

20 b&w illustrations

20 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

FILM

D E V I L’ S A DVO C AT E S

D E V I L’ S A DVO C AT E S

S T U DY I N G F I L M S

108 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

C O N S T E L L AT I O N S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Inception DAVID CARTER

Close Encounters of the Third Kind

Blade Runner SEAN REDMOND

JON TOWLSON

DAVID CARTER

is professor of

communicative English emeritus at Yonsei University and the author of

Close Encounters of the Third Kind (1977) shifted the science-fiction film away from spaceships, lasers, and bug-eyed monsters toward a form John Wyndham called “logical fantasy.” Like 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968), CE3K concerns mankind’s evolution toward the stars or a state of transcendence.

Yet Spielberg’s vision hinges on the development of emotional intelligence. We must recover our capacity to experience wonder. This book explores the film’s intensity of emotion along with its production history and place in the Spielberg oeuvre.

JON TOWLSON

is a journalist and film

Ridley Scott’s 1982 film Blade Runner is now recognized as an undisputed masterwork of science-fiction cinema and one of the most influential films released in the last forty years. How did a film that was removed from circulation within a month of its premiere come to mean so much to modern audiences?

Sean Redmond excavates the film’s breakthrough use of special effects as a narrative tool, revolutionary representation of the future city, treatment of racial and sexual politics, and unique status as a text whose meaning was fundamentally altered in subsequent director’s cuts.

SEAN REDMOND

is an associate

critic. His work has appeared in more

professor in media and communication

East Asian Cinema (2007) and The

than a dozen publications, and he is

at Deakin University. He is also the

Western (2007).

also the author of Subversive Horror

author of The Cinema of Takeshi

Cinema (2014).

Kitano: Flowering Blood (2013).

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-05-5 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-06-2

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-07-9 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-08-6

$15.00* / £11.00 paper 978-1-911325-09-3 $14.99 / £11.00 e-book 978-1-911325-10-9

S E P T E M B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

S E P T E M B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

S E P T E M B E R 100 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

20 b&w illustrations

20 b&w illustrations

20 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

FILM

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

Christopher Nolan’s Inception (2010) samples from a number of genres and collapses the distinctions among them. The work is both science fiction and a kind of heist film, with shades of film noir. It is a psychological thriller and shows that the personal experience of the passing of time is variable.

The film explores the nature of the mind and how dreams are related to the subconscious. David Carter covers all of these facets and considers this complex yet highly successful film within the context of Nolan’s other work.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 9

P R E V I O U S LY

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

A N N O U N C E D, N O W AVA I L A B L E

Doing Text

Frightmares

A History of British Horror Cinema F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

IAN COOPER

Frightmares is an in-depth analysis of the homegrown horror genre. The textual analysis, production history, marketing, and reception of key films anchor each chapter. The book elucidates the origins of British horror, the rise of Hammer, the influence of American International Pictures and other American and European filmmakers in 1960s Britain, the role of the “savage Seventies,” and the development of twenty-firstcentury British horror.

IAN COOPER

is a Germany-based

writer and screenwriter and the author

Media After the Subject

Michael Mann

PETE BENNETT AND

From the Prison Wall to the Firewall

JULIAN MCDOUGALL,

DERYCK SWANN

EDITORS

This collection reimagines the study of English and media to capture the ways in which people truly read, watch, and listen. It places both subjects in a reflexive, critical space for the study of our everyday social and cultural interactions. Essays present applicable learning and teaching strategies that weave together artworks, films, social practices, creativity, “viral” media, theater, television, social media, videogames, and literature.

PETE BENNETT

is senior lecturer in

post-compulsory education at the University of Wolverhampton.

JULIAN MCDOUGALL

is professor of

of Witchfinder General and Bring Me

media and education and head of the

the Head of Alfredo Garcia.

Centre for Excellence in Media Practice

Michael Mann is a formidable filmmaking personality, but the idea that today’s celebrity cult of director immediately correlates with the mysterious sect of auteur is questionable and deserves to be investigated.

This book strives to emulate the methodology of Mann by ranging not only over his films—from 1979’s The Jericho Mile to 2015’s Blackhat—but also over the scope of intellectual interests they exemplify to mine the commonalities, themes, and traits that may suggest the presence of an auteur.

DERYCK SWAN

teaches English and

media at Gracemount High School in Edinburgh. This is his first book.

at Bournemouth University.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-9930717-3-7 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-9930717-4-4 S E P T E M B E R 214 pages / 6.25" x 9.25" /

40 b&w illustrations

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-1-911325-02-4 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-1-911325-03-1 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-1-911325-04-8

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-1-911325-17-8 $90.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-1-911325-18-5 $29.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-1-911325-19-2

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6.25" x 9.25" /

N O V E M B E R 200 pages / 6.25" x 9.25" /

FILM

10 b&w illustrations

50 b&w illustrations

S T U DY I N G B R I T I S H C I N E M A

FILM

FILM

110 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

F I L M M U S E U M S Y N E M A P U B L I C AT I O N S

Schriften zu Film und Geschichte SIEGFRIED MATTL Drehli Robnik, editor

SIEGFRIED MATTL

(1954–2015) was the cofounder and

head of Vienna’s Ludwig Boltzmann Institute for History and Society.

Teaching Cinema in the Classroom and Beyond ALAIN BERGALA Translated by Madeline Whittle With a dialogue between Alain Bergala and Alejandro Bachmann

This is the first English translation of Alain Bergala’s seminal text on the potentials, possibilities, and problems of bringing film to schools and other educational contexts.

Bergala promotes an understanding of film as an autonomous art form—rather than viewing it as a supplement to other established school subjects. Film, for Bergala, is not something that has to smoothly blend into the school but can serve as a productive rupture, for both institution and pupil.

Published in collaboration with the British Film Institute, this edition will feature a new introduction on the occasion of its first appearance in English and a conversation with Bergala about the current state of international film education.

ALAIN BERGALA

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Films are modes of experience that provide a sense for the unexpected dynamics of urban life and historical reality. This understanding of cinema inspired the writings on film that form a central part of the wide-ranging work of the Austrian historian Siegfried Mattl. From the political imaginary of well-known “historical films” by Stanley Kubrick, Ridley Scott, John Woo, and Todd Haynes; to interwar comedies and postwar educational films highlighting the changing socioeconomic textures of Vienna; and on to amateur films that offer surprising views of how Austrians adapted themselves to Nazism and consumer culture, Mattl´s investigations are written with humor and a critical view of power relations. He invites us to look back at, and look out for, the ephemera of history.

The Cinema Hypothesis

AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS

Die Strahlkraft der Stadt [German-language Edition]

is the former chief editor of

Cahiers du Cinéma and is a critic, educator, and curator of exhibitions on cinema.

$29.90 / £22.00 paper 978-3-901644-66-5

$24.90 / £19.00 paper 978-3-901644-67-2

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 30 b&w illustrations / 6.69" x 7.88"

N O V E M B E R 144 pages / 6.69" x 7.88"

FILM

FILM

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 111

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Geographies of Love

American Mobilities

CHRISTIAN LENZ

JULIA LEYDA

Geographies of Love is the first study to explore the cultural life-worlds of British, Australian, and Indian chick- and ladlit characters. Offering case studies including Bridget Jones and Will Freeman (of About a Boy), the book explores how love and romance are looked for, begun, and conducted in specific spaces and places, the home and the office as well as shops, clubs, and bars. This cross-disciplinary study provides scholars, students, and keen readers with different points of access and easily relatable situations so as to apprehend the complex phenomenon of cultural geographies within the field of literary studies.

American Mobilities investigates representations of mobility—social, economic, geographic—in American film and literature during the Depression, WWII, and the early Cold War. With an emphasis on the dual meaning of “domestic,” referring to both the family home and the nation, this study traces the important trope of mobility that runs through the “American” century.

Juxtaposing canonical fiction with popular, low-budget independent films with classical Hollywood, Leyda brings the analytic tools of American cultural and literary studies to bear on an eclectic array of primary texts as she builds a case for the significance of mobility in the study of the United States.

The Cultural Spaces of Romance in Chick- and Ladlit

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

CHRISTIAN LENZ

teaches British literary and cultural

Geographies of Class, Race, and Gender in US Culture

studies at Dortmund University, Germany. His research

JULIA LEYDA

interests include cultural geographies, British horror, and

for North American Studies and a fellow in the DFG

romantic and erotic literature.

is visiting professor in the Graduate School

Research Unit “Popular Seriality: Aesthetics and Practice” at the John F. Kennedy Institute, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany. Her research interests include cuteness, the financialization of domestic space, and contemporary cli-fi.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3441-9

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3455-6

S E P T E M B E R 356 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 216 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S / C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S / C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S S E R I E S

A M E R I C A N C U LT U R E S E R I E S

112 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Interregnum

Beyond Liquid Modernity CARLO BORDONI

Art Unlimited?

Dynamics and Paradoxes of a Globalizing Art World FRANZ SCHULTHEIS, ERWIN SINGLE,

CARLO BORDONI

is a sociologist and journalist who has

taught at the Universities of Florence, Pisa, and Naples. He writes for Il Corriere della Sera and is the author of State of Crisis with Zygmunt Bauman.

RAPHAELA KÖFELER, THOMAS MAZZURANA

Until recently still a blank spot on the world map of art, China today plays a major role in the global art market and has captured attention because of the speculations and the covetousness of its protagonists. But what is really happening on the spot, beyond the ethnocentric distortions of the Western viewpoint? What social representations and uses of art can be identified? A research team from the University of St. Gallen takes up these questions in an ethnographic field research project that enables the actors in this simultaneously emerging and nonetheless already market-dominant field to have their say.

FRANZ SCHULTHEIS

is professor of sociology at the

University of St. Gallen, Switzerland.

ERWIN SINGLE

is a freelance journalist in Berlin, Germany.

RAPHAELA KÖFELER

studied international affairs at the

University of St. Gallen.

THOMAS MAZZURANA

is a research associate at the

Institute of Sociology at the University of St. Gallen.

$25.00 paper 978-3-8376-3515-7

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3296-5

S E P T E M B E R 136 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 264 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

C U LT U R E & T H E O RY S E R I E S

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S S E R I E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Challenging Zygmunt Bauman’s characterization of “liquid modernity,” where everything has become unstable, precarious, and uncertain, Carlo Bordoni causes us to reconsider our present condition. Bordoni, Bauman’s coauthor on State of Crisis, proposes to look at contemporary society as an “interregnum,” a temporary break with the past. In an era characterized by anomie, the questioning of democratic achievements, and the primacy of an unbridled economy, he offers a new perspective on our social condition. Understanding the interregnum, being aware of its instability and the social degradation that it entails, can help us to make the right choices.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 113

C U LT U R E & T H E O R Y

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

The Art of Being Many Towards a New Theory and Practice of Gathering

Expanded Senses

SCHÄFER, AND VASSILIS S. TSIANOS,

Neue Sinnlichkeit und Sinnesarbeit in der Spätmoderne. New Conceptions of the Sensual, Sensorial, and the Work of the Senses in Late Modernity

EDITORS

BERND KRACKE AND MARC RIES,

GEHEIMAGENTUR, MARTIN JÖRG

EDITORS F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

We are witnessing new ways of assembling that have revitalized the act of democracy.”

These events might not have led to radical political change, but their importance cannot be denied. This book acknowledges them as a starting point for a new art of being many: the “many” invoke new concepts of collectivity by renegotiating their modes of participation and (self-) presentation and by rewriting rhetorical, choreographical, and material scripts of assembling. This volume is informed by “real democracy” movements as well as recent explorations of the assembly form in performance art and participatory theater.

GEHEIMAGENTUR

is an open collective working in

performance art, cultural studies, and activism.

MARTIN JÖRG SCHÄFER

teaches literature and

performance studies at the University of Hamburg, Germany.

VASSILIS S. TSIANOS

teaches sociology at the

This book undertakes a thoughtful, two-part study of the “expansion of the senses” provoked by the rise of new moving media images. The book appreciates, through a detailed interrogation of cinema’s constitutive “cinaesthetic” experience, the blurring of the sensuous self and the transgression of borders already inscribed in media. It then explores the interplay among new media’s moving images and the transformation of our sensuous and mental capacities through techniques of modulation, simulation, prosthetics, networking, and digital cartography, drawing on theories and frameworks from philosophy, sociology, and neurobiology. ​B ERND KRACKE

is professor of electronic media at the

University of Art and Design Offenbach/Main, Germany, and, since 2006, its president.

MARC RIES

is professor of media theory at the

University for Applied Sciences, Kiel, Germany.

University of Art and Design Offenbach/Main, Germany.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3313-9

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3362-7

J A N U A R Y appr. 250 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / appr. 24 b&w illustrations

A U G U S T 432 pages / 6.3" x 8.7"

S O C I O LO G Y

MEDIA STUDIES

114 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

C U LT U R E & T H E O R Y

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Miranda July’s Intermedial Art

The Creative Class Between Self-Help and Individualism ANTJE CZUDAJ

Performing Authorship

Strategies of “Becoming an Author” in the Works of Paul Auster, Candice Breitz, Sophie Calle, and Jonathan Safran Foer SONJA LONGOLIUS

ANTJE CZUDAJ

earned her Ph.D. in American studies at

Humboldt-University Berlin, Germany. She lives and works in Zurich, Switzerland.

Authors do not create only artworks.

In the process of creating, they simultaneously bring to life their author persona.

Approaching this phenomenon from an interdisciplinary perspective, Sonja Longolius develops a concept of “performative authorship” by examining different strategies of “becoming an author.” She demonstrates this idea through a critical and comparative analysis of the works of Paul Auster, Candice Breitz, Sophie Calle, and Jonathan Safran Foer. Specifically, Auster/Calle and Breitz/Foer form a generational pair of opposites, enabling a discussion of postmodern and postpostmodern artistic strategies of performative authorship.

SONJA LONGOLIUS

is a literary scholar, art historian,

and curator based in Berlin, Germany.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3369-6

$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-3460-0

S E P T E M B E R 226 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

O C T O B E R appr. 340 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / appr. 39 b&w illustrations

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

LITERARY STUDIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

The first in-depth study of Miranda July’s work provides fascinating insights into the lifestyle of the contemporary white Californian middle class. Through an analysis of July’s award-winning intermedial output, Antje Czudaj lays bare July’s ability to use individualism and self-help as a way to constitute the creative class. Although a member of the creative class herself, July’s voice oscillates between irony and approval.

July thus paints a fascinating portrait of neurotic hipsterism, which triggers selfreflection in the general reader and critical thinking in the cultural analyst.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 115

C U LT U R E & S O C I A L P R A C T I C E

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Transboundary Cooperations in Rwanda

Organisation Patterns of Companies, Projects, and Foreign Aid Compared ROBIN POHL

Migration— Networks—Skills

Anthropological Perspectives on Mobility and Transformation

An Ethnography of Coastal Protection

ASTRID WONNEBERGER,

FRIEDERIKE GESING

MIJAL GANDELSMAN-TRIER, AND HAUKE DORSCH,

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

How is transnational cooperation conducted in Rwanda, and how is it organized? Can the worlds of development aid and private business be compared? In this ethnography, Robin Pohl identifies the organizational patterns used

by Rwandan, European, and Indian partners. The effects of potential divisions at the global level turn into assets or liabilities on the operative level of transboundary cooperations.

ROBIN POHL

EDITORS

The cultural and social anthropologist Waltraud Kokot is honored with essays that present recent research on such topics as diaspora and migration studies, urban anthropology, tolerance, and the anthropology of crafts.

ASTRID WONNEBERGER

social boundaries and in research on organizations and technical

is a lecturer

in cultural and social anthropology at the University of Hamburg.

MIJAL GANDELSMAN-TRIER

This rich ethnography analyzes coastal protection as a sociomaterial practice.

Along the Aotearoa New Zealand coast, a new sociotechnical imaginary is emerging: coastal management working “with nature,” not against it. Analysis of a seawall controversy and different coastal protection projects shows how “soft” protection slowly takes hold.

FRIEDERIKE GESING

is a

lecturer at the Institute of Social

is a cultural

anthropologist of science, technology, and nature and cofounder of the Bre-

and Cultural Anthropology at the

men NatureCultures Lab. She works

University of Hamburg, Germany.

at the Artec Sustainability Research

is an anthropologist

who specializes in cooperation across

Working with Nature in Aotearoa New Zealand

HAUKE DORSCH

is the director of the

African Music Archives at the Johannes

Center at the University of Bremen, Germany.

Gutenberg University, Mainz, Germany.

environments. $45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3446-4 $45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3312-2

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3364-1

S E P T E M B E R 246 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

O C T O B E R appr. 280 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

1 b&w illustrations

appr. 20 b&w illustrations

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

C U LT U R E & S O C I A L P R AC T I C E S E R I E S

116 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

O C T O B E R appr. 350 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

appr. 15 b&w illustrations

AG I N G ST U D I E S

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Serializing Age

Aging and Old Age in TV Series

Traces of Aging

MARICEL ORÓ-PIQUERAS AND

Old Age and Memory in Contemporary Narrative

ANITA WOHLMANN, EDITORS

MARTA CEREZO MORENO AND NIEVES PASCUAL SOLER, EDITORS

MARICEL ORÓ-PIQUERAS

teaches literature at the

Univerity of Lleida, Spain. She specializes in representations of aging in contemporary fiction.

ANITA WOHLMANN

This collection consists of eight essays that examine the way narratives determine our understanding of old age and condition how the experience is lived. The contributors to this volume base their analysis on the concept of “narrative identity” developed

by Paul Ricoeur, built upon the idea that fiction makes life, and on his definition of the “trace” as the mark of time. By investigating the traces of aging imprinted on a series of literary and cinematic works, essays dismantle the narrative of old age as decline and foreclosure to reassemble one of transformation and growth.

MARTA CEREZO MORENO

teaches English literature at the

Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia in Spain.

NIEVES PASCUAL SOLER

teaches American literature at

the University of Jaén, Spain.

is a postdoctoral researcher at

Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany. Her research focuses on age studies, American film and culture studies, and medical humanities.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3276-7

$38.00 paper 978-3-8376-3439-6

S E P T E M B E R 276 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 3 color illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 192 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

MEDIA STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Serialized storytelling provides intriguing opportunities for critical representations of age and aging. In contrast to the finite character of films, television narratives unfold across hundreds of episodes and multiple seasons. Contemporary viewing practices and new media technologies have resulted in complex television narratives in which experimental temporalities and revisions of narrative linearity and chronological time are key. This volume investigates how television series, such as Orange Is the New Black, The Wire, and Desperate Housewives, can be a powerful cultural medium shaping representations of age and aging and the idea of what it means to live in time.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 117

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Intersex Narratives

Shifts in the Representation of Intersex Lives in North American Literature and Popular Culture

Houses, Secrets, and the Closet

Locating Masculinities from the Gothic Novel to Henry James GERO BAUER

VIOLA AMATO

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Intersex Narratives explores representations of intersex persons and communities, along with the cultural concept and category of intersex, in contemporary North American literature and popular culture. The book focuses on the significant paradigm shift in narratives in early-1990s intersex activism as a response to the biopolitical regulation of intersex bodies. Focusing on the emergence of recent autobiographical stories and cultural productions, such as novels and television series centering on intersex, Viola Amato provides the first systematic analysis of an activism-triggered resignification.

VIOLA AMATO

Houses, Secrets, and the Closet investigates the literary production of masculinities and their relation to secrets and sexualities in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century fiction.

It closely reads Gothic and sensation novels, as well as tales by Henry James. The study approaches these texts through the lens of domestic space, gender, knowledge, and power. In this way, the book investigates the cultural roots of the closet, which reveals a more general notion of male secrecy in modern society.

GERO BAUER

is a research fellow at the Centre for Gender

and Diversity Research, University of Tübingen, Germany.

earned her Ph.D. in North American

literature and culture from Humboldt University of Berlin, Germany. Her research focuses on queer movements, social class, and higher education in neoliberalism.

$55.00 paper 978-3-8376-3419-8

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3468-6

S E P T E M B E R 316 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 234 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

QUEER STUDIES SERIES

LETTRE

118 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Toward Diversity and Emancipation

DiverCity—Global Cities as a Literary Phenomenon

Toronto, New York, and Los Angeles in a Globalizing Age

MARCEL THOENE

MELANIE U. POOCH

This book focuses on the pivotal role that space and spatiality play in the plot and narrative discourse of contemporary United States literary narratives. Marcel Thoene hypothesizes that the canon of novels selected represents a dialectic of simultaneous affirmation and subversion of the American myth of space. This brings about an integrative and emancipatory function of space that reflects a more transcultural, diverse, and conflicting postnational American society.

This work examines global cities as a literary phenomenon based on the reading of selected North American novels. Analyzing Dionne Brand’s Toronto in What We All Long For, Chang-rae Lee’s New York in Native Speaker, and Karen Tei Yamashita’s Los Angeles in Tropic of Orange, Melanie U. Pooch explores globalization and its effects, global cities as cultural nodal points, and cultural diversity in a globalizing age as a literary phenomenon.

MARCEL THOENE

studied English and American literature

MELANIE U. POOCH

earned her doctoral degree at the

University of Mannheim, Germany.

at Bielefeld University, Germany, and SUNY Albany.

$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-3508-9

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3541-6

O C T O B E R appr. 354 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

LETTRE

LETTRE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

(Re-)Narrating Space in the Contemporary American Novel

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 119

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Security in the Anthropocene

Situating Global Art

Reflections on Safety and Care

Topologies—Temporalities—Trajectories

CAMERON HARRINGTON AND

SARAH DORNHOF, BIRGIT HOPFENER,

CLIFFORD SHEARING

BARBARA LUTZ, AND NANNE BUURMAN, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

The belief that Nature exists as a blank, stable stage upon which humans act out tragic performances of international relations is no longer tenable. In a world defined by human action, we must reorient our understanding of ourselves, our environment, and our security. This book considers how decentred and reflexive approaches to security are required to cope with the Anthropocene—the Human Age. Drawing from various disciplines, this bold reinterpretation explores the possibilities for understanding and preparing a future that will look vastly different from the past.

The book asks us to dig deeper into what it means to be human and what it means to be secure in an age of ecological exception.

CAMERON HARRINGTON

is the National Research Founda-

tion Global Change and Sustainability Postdoctoral Fellow in the Global Risk Governance Programme at the University of Cape Town.

CLIFFORD SHEARING

This volume interrogates the relationship between the increasing globalization of artistic discourse and the situatedness of its practices. Focusing on multiple recent practices of art, curating, historiography, and criticism, the contributors ask how contemporary forms of critique not only take into account new hegemonies and exclusions but also address transcultural entanglements in the arts. Thus, they challenge universalizing conceptions of art in the age of globalization.

SARAH DORNHOF

is a postdoctoral fellow at Freie

Universität Berlin, Germany.

BIRGIT HOPFENER

is a postdoctoral researcher in art

history at Freie Universität Berlin, Germany.

BARBARA LUTZ

is a doctoral candidate in the Faculty of

Arts, Aesthetics, and Cultural Studies at the University of Hildesheim, Germany.

NANNE BUURMAN

is a doctoral candidate in the

International Research Training Group InterArt at Freie holds positions at the Universities of

Universität Berlin, Germany.

Cape Town, Griffith, and Montreal.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3397-9 O C T O B E R appr. 340 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

$90.00 paper 978-3-8376-3337-5

appr. 25 b&w and 25 color illustrations

N O V E M B E R 220 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

A R T H I S TO R Y

SECURITY STUDIES

I M AG E

120 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

P O STCO LO N I A L ST U D I E S

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Postcolonial Studies Meets Media Studies

A Critical Encounter

Photography in Latin America

Images and Identities Across Time and Space GISELA CÁNEPA KOCH AND

EDITORS

INGRID KUMMELS, EDITORS

This collection brings together experts from media and communication studies with postcolonial-studies scholars to illustrate how the two fields may challenge and enrich each other. It encompasses essays on topics including media convergence, transcultural subjectivity, hegemony, piracy, and media history and colonialism. Drawing on examples from film, literature, music, television, and the internet, the contributors investigate the transnational dimensions of today’s media, engage with local and global media politics, and discuss media outlets as economic agents, thus illustrating mechanisms of power in postcolonial and neocolonial mediascapes.

Historical photographs taken in Latin America have become key sites for memory politics, ethnographic imagination, and the negotiation of identity. This volume opens up questions relating to the contemporaneous agency of images as well as their appropriation via new technologies. Case studies of pictures taken in Mexico, Colombia, Peru, and Brazil analyze these processes by tracing how the images have been resignified over time and space. The contributors examine photographs that have been recently rediscovered by such diverse actors as European museums, human rights organizations, anthropologists, shamans, local historians, and communities of internet users.

KAI MERTEN

is professor of British literature at the

University of Erfurt, Germany.

LUCIA KRÄMER

is professor of British studies at the

University of Passau, Germany.

GISELA CÁNEPA KOCH

teaches anthropology in the

Department of Social Sciences at the Pontificia Universidad Católica del Perú.

INGRID KUMMELS

teaches anthropology at the Institute

for Latin American Studies at the Freie Universität Berlin, Germany.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3317-7 $35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3294-1

S E P T E M B E R 246 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 262 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 2 b&w illustrations

22 b&w and 24 color illustrations

MEDIA STUDIES

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

KAI MERTEN AND LUCIA KRÄMER,

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 1

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Digital Culture & Society

Performing the Digital

Vol. 2, Issue 1/2016—Quantified Selves and Statistical Bodies

Performance Studies and Performances in Digital Cultures

PABLO ABEND, MATHIAS FUCHS,

TIMON BEYES, MARTINA LEEKER, AND

RAMÓN REICHERT, ANNIKA RICHTERICH,

IMANUEL SCHIPPER, EDITORS

AND KARIN WENZ, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Digital Culture & Society offers a forum for critical analysis and inquiry into digital media theory. The journal publishes interdisciplinary research, developments in contemporary theory, and methodological innovation in digital media studies. This second issue reflects on technologically generated knowledge about the body and the sociocultural practices that are subsumed, discussed, and criticized, using the key concept of “quantified selves.”

PABLO ABEND

is a postdoctoral reseacher at the Institute

for Media Studies and Theater, University of Cologne, Germany.

How is performativity shaped by digital media, and how do performance practices reflect and alter techno-social configurations? Performing the Digital inquires into the technological terms and conditions of performance and performance studies and maps and theorizes the registers of performance at work in digital cultures.

Contributions range from the performativity of algorithms and digital devices to the modulation of affect, atmospheres, and the body; from performing cities, protest, organization, and the economy to the scholarly performances of research.

TIMON BEYES

MATHIAS FUCHS

is a senior fellow at Leuphana University,

is professor of aesthetics, design, and

innovation at the Department of Management, Politics and Philosophy, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark.

Germany.

RAMÓN REICHERT

is the head of the postgraduate

MARTINA LEEKER

is professor and senior researcher at

master’s course in data studies at the Danube University

the Digital Cultures Research Lab, Leuphana University,

Krems, Austria.

Germany.

ANNIKA RICHTERICH

is an assistant professor in digital

culture at Maastricht University, Netherlands.

KARIN WENZ

IMANUEL SCHIPPER

is a dramaturge and curator as well as

a researcher and lecturer in performance studies.

is assistant professor of media culture at

Maastricht University. $45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3210-1

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3355-9

S E P T E M B E R 196 pages / 6.1” x 9.4"

J A N U A R Y appr. 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

MEDIA STUDIES

MEDIA STUDIES

D I G I TA L C U LT U R E & S O C I E T Y S E R I E S

D I G I TA L S O C I E T Y S E R I E S

122 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

On Folding

Urban Nomads Building Shanghai

Towards a New Field of Interdisciplinary Research

Migrant Workers and the Construction Process

ULRIKE BRONNER AND CLARISSA REIKERSDORFER, EDITORS

It is only recently that the fold as a concept has begun to be thought of in a broader way across a range of disciplines. Folding as a material and structural process offers a new methodology for thinking about the relationship among matter, form, and code. It undoes old dichotomies, such as the organic and the inorganic or nature and technology, and blurs the boundaries among experimental, conceptual, and historical approaches. This anthology explores this new, interdisciplinary field and its disciplinary impact, with topics that range from materials science, biology, architecture, and mathematics to literature and philosophy.

This book looks at international business migrants and rural migrant workers in Shanghai. Harsh living and working conditions affecting rural migrant workers in the construction industry has led to the development of “Fair Building,” a socially conscious architecture that ensures stakeholders involved in the construction process contribute to a sustainable urbanization.

MICHAEL FRIEDMAN

ULRIKE BRONNER

offers strategic consulting for construc-

tion projects.

CLARISSA REIKERSDORFER

is a research fellow at the

Chair for Sustainable Spatial Development at the University of Liechtenstein.

is an associate researcher at the

Cluster of Excellence “Image Knowledge Gestaltung: An Interdisciplinary Laboratory” in Berlin, Germany.

WOLFGANG SCHÄFFNER

is professor of the history of

knowledge and culture at the Humboldt-Universität Berlin, Germany.

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3404-4

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3344-3

S E P T E M B E R appr. 180 pages / 6.1” x 9.4" /

O C T O B E R appr. 142 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

appr. 31 b&w and 21 color illustrations

appr. 2 b&w and 23 color illustrations

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

URBAN STUDIES

SCIENCE STUDIES SERIES

URBAN STUDIES SERIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

MICHAEL FRIEDMAN AND WOLFGANG SCHÄFFNER, EDITORS

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 3

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Visiting the Visitor

An Enquiry Into the Visitor Business in Museums ANN DAVIS AND KERSTIN SMEDS, EDITOR

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

The study of the museum visitor has undergone a radical transformation.

This collection brings together imaginative research that encourages new conclusions.

Some questions involve the visitor’s identity, what she brings to her museum experience.

Others probe the very nature of museumgoing and exhibition making, demanding that we reexamine the traditional exhibition to centralize the visitor and her meaning making.

ANN DAVIS

is a retired museum director and university

professor in Calgary, Canada.

KERSTIN SMEDS

Zeitschrift für interkulturelle Germanistik ( Journal of Intercultural German Studies)

Vol. 6, 2015, Issue 1

DIETER HEIMBÖCKEL, ERNEST W. B. HESS-LÜTTICH, GEORG MEIN, AND HEINZ SIEBURG, EDITORS

The Journal of Intercultural German Studies (ZiG) takes on current issues in the field of Germanic literature, culture, and linguistics and brings together different tendencies and trends of interculturality research to deepen their theoretical assumptions.

ZiG is published twice a year.

DIETER HEIMBÖCKEL, GEORG MEIN , and HEINZ SIEBURG

teach at the University of Luxembourg. ERNEST

W. B. HESS-LÜTTICH

teaches at the University of Bern,

Switzerland.

is a historian and professor of museology

at Umeå University, Sweden.

$15.00 paper 978-3-8376-3044-2 $45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3289-7 O C T O B E R appr. 250 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"/ appr. 30 b&w illustrations ART / MUSEUM MUSEUM STUDIES SERIES

1 24 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

O C T O B E R 232 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S Z E I T S C H R I F T F Ü R I N T E R K U LT U R E L L E G E R M A N I S T I K ( J O U R N A L O F I N T E R C U LT U R A L G E R M A N S T U D I E S )

H A R R I N G T O N PA R K P R E S S

Fundamentals of LGBT Substance Use Disorders Multiple Identities, Multiple Challenges MICHAEL SHELTON Foreword by Dana G. Finnegan and Emily B. McNally

“An excellent and thorough update. It cogently

“Finnegan and McNally set the standard with Counseling Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Substance Abusers. Now with this successor edition from Harrington Park Press, the standard is being raised for all current and future addiction professionals. As a clinician, Michael Shelton is deeply aware of the need to use current research, evidence-informed practices,

addresses minority stress and trauma, which are key

and culturally fluid approaches.

to understanding and effectively treating problematic

Combining this knowledge with

substance use in sexual minorities.”

his skills as a writer, he expertly

—Barbara Warren, ​director for LGBT Programs and Policies​,

disseminates this material to

Office for Diversity and Inclusion, Mount Sinai Health System MICHAEL SHELTON

has served as a board member for NALGAP

(National Association of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender Addiction Professionals and Their Allies). Among his previous books are Gay Men and Substance Abuse: A Basic Guide for Addicts and Those Who Care for Them, which was awarded Best LGBT Book of the Year by the Independent Book Publishers Association, and Family Pride: What LGBT

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

A successor to the classic Counseling Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Substance Abusers, by Dana G. Finnegan and Emily B. McNally, Fundamentals of LGBT Substance Use Disorders reviews the empirical literature and synthesizes what we know about the prevalence of LGBT substance use, abuse, and treatment availability, emphasizing the need for affirmative therapeutic practices. The principles of trauma-informed and culturally competent treatment/intervention are explained and assessed, as well as the challenges of minority stress and microaggressions experienced by the LGBT population. Separate sections focus on subpopulations of lesbians, gay men, bisexuals, and transgender individuals. Chapters center on LGBT youth, the elderly, family constellations and concerns, criminal justice issues, and rural LGBT substance abuse. This volume provides an introduction to the field that will be useful both as a primary textbook and as a handbook/reference for LGBT-focused and general substance-use-disorder clinics and their administrators, clinicians, trainees, allies, and volunteers.

the reader.”

—​Philip T. McCabe, president of the Association of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender Addiction Professionals and Their Allies, Rutgers Center for Alcohol Studies

Families Should Know About Navigating Home, School, and Safety in Their Neighborhoods.

$45.00 / £33.00 paper 978-1-939594-11-2 $85.00 / £63.00 cloth 978-1-939594-12-9 $41.99 / £31.00 e-book 978-1-939594-13-6 N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 b&w illustrations P S YC H O LO G Y / A D D I C T I O N / LG B TQ I A S T U D I E S

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 5

IBIDEM PRESS

Romania and the Holocaust

Events—Contexts—Aftermath SIMON GEISSBÜHLER, EDITOR

“We desperately need to know more about the Holocaust in Romania and the territories occupied and administered by Romanians during World War II. For too long this subject has not gotten the prominence it deserves. This volume gathers together many of the best scholars on the subject and promises to yield important new knowledge and insights.”

—Jeffrey Kopstein, University of California, Irvine F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

More than 300,000 Jews of Romanian and Soviet or Ukrainian origin were murdered in Romanian-controlled territories during the Second World War. In this volume, a number of renowned experts shed light on the events, contexts, and aftermath of this under-researched and lesser-known dimension of the Holocaust. The book gives much-needed impetus to research on the Holocaust in Romania and Romaniancontrolled territories.

SIMON GEISSBÜHLER

is a Swiss historian, political scientist,

Who Will Govern the New World—the Present and Future of the G20

CHONGYANG INSTITUTE FOR FINANCIAL STUDIES, RENMIN UNIVERSITY OF CHINA, EDITOR

“An important survey of the contemporary world and an important evaluation of the international order.”

—Wang Wen, executive dean of the Renmin University of China Chongyang, Institute for Financial Studies

How can the Group of Twenty fulfill their role most efficiently in the postcrisis era, and what role do emerging economies play in the new economic order? This timely volume provides an overview of the most important challenges ahead for the G20, especially in relation to China.

THE CHONGYANG INSTITUTE FOR FINANCIAL STUDIES AT RENMIN UNIVERSITY OF CHINA , founded in 2013, is a

think tank jointly established by Renmin University of China, Beijing, and Chongyang Investment Ltd., a private equity fund based in Shanghai. Chen Yulu, president of Renmin University of China and member of the monetary committee of the People’s Bank of China, is its dean.

and diplomat.

$44.00 / £33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0954-8 $88.00 / £65.00 cloth 978-3-8382-0984-5 $30.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6924-5

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0955-5 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6925-2

O C T O B E R 340 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 23 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

1 26 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

C R O P I N T E R N AT I O N A L P O V E R T Y S T U D I E S

IBIDEM PRESS

Child Poverty, Youth (Un)Employment, and Social Inclusion

Tackling Child Poverty in Latin America

DELAMONICA, CHRISTOS

ALBERTO MINUJIN, MÓNICA GONZÁLEZ

MARIA PETMESIDOU, ENRIQUE PAPATHEODOROU, AND

Rights and Social Protection in Unequal Societies

CONTRÓ, AND RAUL MERCER, EDITORS

ALDRIE HENRY-LEE, EDITORS

MARIA PETMESIDOU

is professor of social policy at

Democritus University of Thrace. ENRIQUE DELAMONICA is chief of social policy and gender equality for UNICEF Nigeria. CHRISTOS PAPATHEODOROU is professor of social policy at Democritus University of Thrace.

ALDRIE HENRY-LEE

is senior research fellow and acting

Highlighting current debates about concepts, methods, and policies related to poverty in Latin America, this book promotes fresh thinking about these issues regionally and globally. The authors develop new conceptual and practical avenues to address poverty, marginalization, exclusion, and old and new inequalities in post-neoliberal times. The volume is a unique opportunity for practitioners, policy makers, researchers, and students to access the most up-to-date perspectives on child poverty and inequality from a conceptual and practical point of view.

ALBERTO MINUJIN

is a professor at the Studley Graduate

Program in International Affairs at the New School, New York.

MONICA GONZÁLEZ CONTRÓ

is a professor in the faculty

of law and the Institute of Law Research at the National Autonomous University of Mexico.

RAUL MERCER

is coordinator of the program of social

director of the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Eco-

sciences and health at FLACSO (Latin American School of

nomic Studies at the University of the West Indies, Jamaica.

Social Sciences).

$33.00 / £25.00 paper 978-3-8382-1002-5 $26.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6912-2

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0947-0 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6917-7

O C T O B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

Progress in lifting children out of poverty has been slow in the developing world, and the recent global economic crisis has exacerbated child poverty, youth unemployment, and social exclusion in many developed countries. This book examines the long-term consequences of growing up poor, the close linkages between deprivation and human rights violations in childhood and adolescence, and their effects on labor-market entry and future careers. It makes a forceful case for the eradication of child poverty as a Sustainable Development Goal.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 127

IBIDEM PRESS

Dealing with the Yugoslav Past

Exhibition Reflections in the Successor States ALINA ZUBKOVYCH

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

Dealing with the Yugoslav Past analyzes the representations of socialism in the nationalhistory museums of the former Yugoslavia.

Through her travels to Croatia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro, Kosovo, and Macedonia, Alina Zubkovych elucidates the process of constructing the national narratives that maintain and legitimize a particular vision of the common past. Crossnational comparison allows for analysis of the democratic development of each state in relation to the politics of memory in the region and the role of political actors in its construction.

ALINA ZUBKOVYCH

is a nonresident associate fellow

of the Institute for Euro-Atlantic Cooperation in Kyiv. Her research focuses on collective memory in Eastern and Central Europe and the Balkans.

Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society

2016/2: Violence in the Post-Soviet Space JULIE FEDOR, SAMUEL GREENE,

ANDRE HÄRTEL, ANDREY MAKARYCHEV, ANDREAS UMLAND, MARCIN KACZMARSKI, AND NATASHA KUHRT, EDITORS

This special issue deals with the phenomenon of violence in the post-Soviet space. It examines both political and legal discourses and practices of internal and external violence, broadly conceived, aspiring to situate them in the broader literature on political violence and ethnic and separatist conflict, and to examine them from political, legal, and security studies perspectives. The contributors focus on structural sources of violence, such as the relevance of the self-determination principle, the role of democratization, and the relationship between violent behavior inside and outside the state. They also analyze the role of the Russian Federation in generating, perpetuating, and mitigating political violence.

GUEST EDITORS: MARCIN KACZMARSKI

is assistant pro-

fessor at the Institute of International Relations, University of Warsaw. NATASHA KUHRT is a lecturer in the department of war studies at King’s College London.

$33.00 / £25.00 paper 978-3-8382-0953-1 $22.99 / £17.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6943-6

$39.00 / £29.00 paper 978-3-8382-0948-7 $26.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6948-1

F E B R U A R Y 208 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 35 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 170 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

ART / POLITICS

POLITICS

128 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

S O V I E T A N D P O S T- S O V I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

IBIDEM PRESS

Towards a New Russian Work Culture

Can Western Companies and Expatriates Change Russian Society?

VLADIMIR V. KARACHAROVSKIY, OVSEY I. SHKARATAN, AND GORDEY A. YASTREBOV, EDITORS Foreword by Elena N. Danilova

VLADIMIR V. KARACHAROVSKIY

is associate professor, OVSEY I. SHKARATAN

is professor, and

GORDEY A. YASTREBOV

is senior re-

EDMUND GRIFFITHS

Aleksandr Prokhanov is a prize-winning novelist and, as editor of the weekly newspaper Zavtra, a leading figure in Russian imperial patriotism. He has been an influential voice in Russian political culture, grappling with the question of whether to endorse Vladimir Putin as a savior or expose him as a fraud. His novels and articles confront conspiracies, space exploration, the resurrection of the dead, and Stalin as a supernatural redeemer. This book strives to understand Prokhanov as the leading representative of post-Soviet esotericism.

EDMUND GRIFFITHS

is the author of

Transnational Ukraine?

Networks and Ties that Influence(d) Contemporary Ukraine TIMM BEICHELT AND SUSANN WORSCHECH, EDITORS

In this volume, distinguished scholars provide empirical analysis and theoretical reflections on Ukraine’s transnational embeddedness.

Essays address the role of international media and diaspora communities in Euromaidan’s aftermath, the transnational roots of memory and the search for collective identity, and transnational linkages between elites within Ukrainian political and economic regimes.

TIMM BEICHELT

is professor of

European studies and SUSANN is a postdoctoral

search fellow at the National Research

Towards a Science of Belief Systems

WORSCHECH

University Higher School of Economics,

(2014).

research associate at the European University Viadrina in Frankfurt.

Moscow. $33.00 / £25.00 paper 978-3-8382-0962-3 $22.99 / £17.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6902-3 O C T O B E R 214 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0963-0 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6903-0

$33.00 / £25.00 paper 978-3-8382-0964-7 $22.99 / £17.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6944-3

22 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

D E C E M B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

S O C I O LO G Y

LITERARY STUDIES

S O C I O LO G Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This innovative book offers a fresh perspective on the national work culture of Russia and the role of foreign institutions and cultures in shaping it. It also acknowledges a certain core of Russian work culture that remains resistant to any external impact.

Aleksandr Prokhanov and Post-Soviet Esotericism

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 9

B E YO N D T H E S O C I A L S C I E N C E S

IBIDEM PRESS

Contributions to Alternative Concepts of Knowledge

MICHAEL KUHN AND HEBE VESSURI, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

In the past, the European social sciences discredited knowledge that did not conform to their definition of scientific knowledge as an alternative, “indigenous” kind of knowledge. Perception has changed with time: not only has indigenous knowledge become a ticket to the world of European social science, but the indigenization of European theories is seen by some as the effort by peripheral social sciences to join the theories of the centers. This book contributes to the conversation on alternative concepts of knowledge, inviting the reader to decide if they are truly alternative, indigenous, or European types of knowledge.

MICHAEL KUHN

is the president of the World Social

Sciences and Humanities Network.

HEBE VESSURI

is a social anthropologist at the

Academic Culture: An Analytical Framework for Understanding Academic Work

A Case Study about the Social Science Academe in Japan KAZUMI OKAMOTO

Kazumi Okamoto develops analytical tools in this volume to study academic culture, analyze how social sciences create and distribute knowledge, and make sense of the influence the academic environment has on knowledge production. She uses the Japanese academy as a case study of how social scientists interpret academic practices and how they are affected by their academic environment. Studying Japanese academic culture reveals that academic practices and the academic environment are less diverse than cultural theories suggest.

KAZUMI OKAMOTO

is secretary general of the World Social

Sciences and Humanities Network and director of Knowwhy Global Research. Her research interests include culture in

Center of Science Studies of the Venezuelan Institute

academic practices in the context of international collabora-

of Scientific Research.

tive knowledge generation and the internationalization of higher education.

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0974-6 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6894-1

$44.00 / £33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0957-9 $30.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6937-5

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 3 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 302 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 7 b&w illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

130 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

B E YO N D T H E S O C I A L S C I E N C E S

IBIDEM PRESS

How the Social Sciences Think about the World’s Social Outline of a Critique MICHAEL KUHN

The Global Social Sciences— Under and Beyond European Universalism

MICHAEL KUHN AND HEBE VESSURI, EDITORS

MICHAEL KUHN

is the president of the World Social Sci-

“Western” and “Southern” approaches to the social sciences now argue about which social thought from which part of the world should prevail. If the critique becomes part of what it opposes, one might conclude that the European social sciences are adaptable and capable of learning. One might also wonder whether there is anything wrong with the criticism of the European social sciences or, for that matter, whether there is anything wrong with the European social sciences themselves. The essays in this volume revisit the mainstream critique of the European social sciences and suggest new arguments criticizing social science theories found in both the Western and Southern discourses.

MICHAEL KUHN

is the president of the World Social Sci-

ences and Humanities Network.

HEBE VESSURI

is a social anthropologist at the Venezuelan

ences and Humanities Network.

Institute of Scientific Research.

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0972-2 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6892-7

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0973-9 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6893-4

S E P T E M B E R 260 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 280 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 13 b&w illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

At the beginning of the twenty-first century, the social sciences took an epochal turn that revolutionized its theory building. As a response to what theorists called the globalization of the social, they realized the need to globalize their theorizing as well.

It is curious that only after two centuries of colonialism and imperialism, after two world wars and several economic world crises, did they discover a world beyond the national socials. It is even stranger that the social sciences globalize their theorizing by comparing theories about nationally confined socials and by creating “local” theories, as if a national social was a secluded social biotope. Michael Kuhn argues that the oddities of the globalizing social sciences are not accidents but a consequence of the nature of how the social sciences theorize about the social.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 131

IBIDEM PRESS

Staging the Ottoman Turk

British Drama, 1656–1792 ESIN AKALIN

Medical Philosophy

A Philosophical Analysis of Patient SelfPerception in Diagnostics and Therapy DAVID LÅG TOMASI

“A major scholarly contribution to the discussion and analysis of the European perceptions and stereotyping of the Turkish image and the Turkish Orient.”

—Himmet Umunç, Başkent University

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

The Ottomans’ failure in the second siege of Vienna in 1683 led to a reversal in the representation of Turks on the British stage.

What then dazzled the aesthetic imagination was the sultan’s decadent seraglio. In this book, Esin Akalın draws on a range of seventeenth and eighteenth century plays to reach an understanding, from both a Western and non-European perspective, of how one culture represents another through discourse, historiography, and drama. Akalın elucidates how history serves literature and to what extent literature creates history.

ESIN AKALIN

teaches in the department of English

language and literature at Istanbul Kültür University. She has written and directed several bilingual plays in Canada.

Foreword by Friedrich Luft

This innovative book distinguishes between philosophy of medicine and medical philosophy. The idea of patient and provider self-discovery becomes the method and strategy for therapeutic treatment. The book develops the concept of “central medicine,” aimed at overcoming the dichotomies of Western–Eastern medicine and traditional– integrative approaches. The author’s research incorporates neuroscience, psychology, philosophy, and medicine in a clear, readable, and detailed way, satisfying the needs of professionals, students, and anyone who enjoys the exploration of the complexity of the human mind, brain, and heart.

DAVID LÅG TOMASI

works in the Inpatient Psychiatry Unit

at the University of Vermont Medical Center, where he also serves on the Integrative Clinical Care, Research, and Education Committees for the UVM Program in Integrative Health.

Her research interests include early modern drama, modern drama, and gender studies.

$44.00 / £33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0949-4 $30.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6919-1

$66.00 / £49.00 paper 978-3-8382-0975-3 $45.99 / £34.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6935-1 O C T O B E R 510 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 32 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 352 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

MEDICINE

LITERARY STUDIES

S T U D I E S I N M E D I C A L P H I LO S O P H Y

1 32 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

IBIDEM PRESS

The Pursuit of Pleasure

Sociality and Justice

Overcoming a Civilizational Challenge

Toward Social Phenomenology

ARSEN DALLAN AND

MARIA DIMITROVA

KARLEN DALLAKYAN “Sociality and Justice successfully combines wide “This important and timely book will be priceless in

erudition with refreshing originality. It provides a

overcoming the human dependence on pleasure and

thorough scrutiny of the legacy of the greatest

in rethinking the concept of pleasure itself.”

moral philosophers of the twentieth century with

—Mikhail Votinov, RWTH Aachen University

ARSEN DALLAN

is an expert in behavioral marketing and

former vice president of the MSK insurance group. He is the author of several books, with articles published in leading business magazines, and a frequent guest on television.

KARLEN DALLAKYAN

is the head of the department of

philosophy at the State University of Law in Ufa.

readjustment of the results of that scrutiny to the conditions of the twenty-first century.”

—Zygmunt Bauman

Arguing for the importance of sociality as responsibility for the other, the approach embodied in this volume is based on intersubjectivity and introduces a new social dimension in phenomenology. It also allows for a different interpretation of the notion of justice. In the area inhabited by more or less distant others, moral responsibility is implemented through the establishment and maintenance of just institutions.

MARIA DIMITROVA

is professor of social philosophy at

Sofia University. She is the editor of In Levinas Trace (2011).

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0960-9 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6950-4

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0965-4 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6945-0

N O V E M B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

P S YC H O LO G Y

P H I LO S O P H Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

The Pursuit of Pleasure unveils how the pleasure principle has taken humanity hostage to the powers of branding and consumerism, steering our most basic desires.

Radically reevaluating the notion of pleasure and arguing for a deep societal change, the book points the way toward a new humanist culture.

an intriguing and inspiring reinterpretation and

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 133

IBIDEM PRESS

The Social Work of Narrative Human Rights and the Cultural Imaginary

GARETH GRIFFITHS AND PHILIP MEAD, EDITORS Preface by Philip Mead

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This book addresses the ways in which a range of representational forms have influenced and helped implement the project of human rights across the world. It seeks to show how public discourses on law and politics grow out of and are influenced by the imaginative representations of human rights. The work uses historical, literary, anthropological, visual-arts, and media-studies methods and readings and covers a wide range of geographic areas.

Commissioned essays by leading scholars and emerging academics show how a multidisciplinary approach can illuminate this central concern.

GARETH GRIFFITHS

is emeritus professor of English and

The Holocaust in the Central European Literatures and Cultures Problems of Poetization and Aestheticization

REINHARD IBLER, EDITOR

From the very beginning of Holocaust literature and culture, there were tendencies toward literarization, poetization, and ornamentalization. Today, aesthetic approaches are seen as important for evoking the attention required to keep the cataclysm alive in popular memory. The essays in this volume use examples from Polish, Czech, and German Holocaust literature and culture to draw attention to the poetry of concentration camp detainees, lyrical poetry about the Holocaust, poetic tendencies in narrative literature and drama, “ornamental prose”about the Holocaust, and the devices and functions of aestheticization in Holocaust literature and culture.

cultural studies at the University of Western Australia and a

REINHARD IBLER

professorial fellow at the University of Wollongong.

the University of Giessen. His main interests are Czech, Rus-

PHILIP MEAD

is chair of Australian literature at the

University of Western Australia and visiting professor of

is professor of Slavonic literary studies at

sian, and Polish literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, literary theory, and Holocaust literature.

Australian studies at Harvard University.

$50.00 / £37.00 paper 978-3-8382-0958-6 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6858-3 O C T O B E R 370 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" LITERARY STUDIES S T U D I E S I N WO R L D L I T E R AT U R E

134 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-3-8382-0982-1 $25.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6952-8 O C T O B E R 300 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" LITERARY STUDIES L I T E R AT U R E A N D C U LT U R E I N C E N T R A L A N D EASTERN EUROPE

IBIDEM PRESS

The Foreigner’s Guide to German Universities

Origin, Meaning, and Use of Terms and Expressions in Everyday University Life ALBRECHT BEHMEL AND KELLY NEUDORFER Translated by Kelly Neudorfer

Forum für osteuropäische Ideenund Zeitgeschichte

Die Kirchen im Sozialismus am Beispiel Russlands und Polens Second Edition

LEONID LUKS, GUNTER DEHNERT, JOHN ANDREAS FUCHS, NIKOLAUS LOBKOWICZ, ALEXEI RYBAKOW, AND

ALBRECHT BEHMEL

is the author of several books and a

writer for film and television. He has worked as an academic mentor for international students in Heidelberg and Berlin.

KELLY NEUDORFER

is a university translator for the

University of Hohenheim in Stuttgart.

ANDREAS UMLAND, EDITORS

Forum offers insights into the history of ideas and reviews books on Central and Eastern European history. Through the translation of texts and contributions from Russian, Polish, and Czech researchers, it offers the Western reader access to the scholarly discourse of Eastern Europe.

This issue examines the fate of organized religion under state socialism. While totalitarianism means a rupture in the traditional idea of man, the church stands for continuity.

That is why totalitarian rulers seek to expel the church from public perception and try to usurp the church from within. This volume investigates how this process took place in the countries of the former Soviet bloc.

$27.00 / £20.00 paper 978-3-8382-0992-0 $18.99 / £14.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6832-3

$48.00 / £36.00 paper 978-3-8382-0946-3 $30.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-3-8382-6946-7

O C T O B E R 210 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

H I S TO R Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

Deciphering the many terms confronting international students at German-language universities can be difficult. Even if the degree program is in English, most administrative work must be done in German, and bureaucratic university jargon is a language unto itself. This guide helps international students and researchers understand the structures and organization of German universities by providing in-depth descriptions of terms and their origins, allowing for easier integration into the host university and its culture.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 135

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

The Perfect Dictatorship China in the 21st Century STEIN RINGEN

The Chinese system is like no other known, now or in history. This book explains how the system works and where it may be moving.

Drawing on Chinese and international sources, on extensive collaboration with Chinese scholars, and on the political science of state analysis, Stein Ringen concludes that under the new leadership of Xi Jinping, the system of government has been transformed into a new regime radically harder and more ideological than the legacy of Deng Xiaoping.

China is less strong economically and more dictatorial politically than the world has wanted to believe.

“A new interpretation of the Chinese party-state—shows the advantage that derives from a comparative theorist looking at the Chinese system.”

—Tony Saich, Harvard University

“This is an excellent book that asks F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

important questions about China’s future. In a lively and persuasive manner, Stein Ringen vividly analyzes key data in a comparative and theoretical manner. Far and away the

By analyzing the leadership of Xi Jinping, the meaning of “socialist market economy,” corruption, the party-state apparatus, the reach of the party, the mechanisms of repression, taxation and public services, and state-society relations, The Perfect Dictatorship broadens the field of China studies, as well as the fields of political economy, comparative politics, development, and welfare-state studies.

“There is no lack of scholars and pundits abroad who tell us that dictatorship in China is for the greater good. In a timely and engagingly written book, Stein

Ringen systematically demolishes all the components of this claim.”

—Frank Dikötter, University of Hong Kong

best introduction to how the CCP dictatorship works.”

—Edward Friedman, University of Wisconsin–Madison

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-988-8208-94-4 $70.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-988-8208-93-7 S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 6" x 9" POLITICAL SCIENCE

136 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

STEIN RINGEN

is emeritus professor at the University of Oxford.

He brings to this study extensive experience of state analysis in America, Britain, Scandinavia, Europe, and Korea. He is the author, most recently, of Nation of Devils: Democratic Leadership and the Problem of Obedience.

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Foreigners Under Mao

Western Lives in China, 1949–1976 BEVERLEY HOOPER

Foreigners under Mao is a pioneering study of the Western community during the turbulent Mao era. Based largely on personal interviews, memoirs, private letters, and archives, this book “gives a voice” to the Westerners who lived under Mao. It shows that China was not as closed to Western residents as has often been portrayed.

The book examines the lives of six different groups of Westerners: “foreign comrades” who made their home in Mao’s China, twenty-two former Korean War POWs who controversially chose China ahead of repatriation, diplomats of Western countries that recognized the People’s Republic, the few foreign correspondents permitted to work in China, “foreign experts,” and language students.

Each of these groups led distinct lives under Mao while sharing the experience of a highly politicized society and of official measures to isolate them from everyday China.

BEVERLEY HOOPER

is emeritus professor of Chinese studies at the

University of Sheffield in the UK. She is the author of Inside Peking, 1948–1950.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-988-8208-74-6 N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 40 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

Youth in China, and China Stands Up: Ending the Western Presence,

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 137

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Merchants of Canton and Macao

Success and Failure in EighteenthCentury Chinese Trade

Tracing China

A Forty-Year Ethnographic Journey HELEN F. SIU

PAUL A. VAN DYKE “Offers a detailed and vivid reconstruction of business practices based on a remarkable collection of archival sources in Chinese and diverse European languages.”

—R. Bin Wong, University of California, Los Angeles

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

Merchants were central to the huge growth in China’s foreign trade and contributed to the development of world markets and networks. Merchants of Canton and Macao: Success and Failure in Eighteenth-Century Chinese Trade brings together much new research about the inner workings of the merchants of Canton and Macao. The book studies in detail the leading Chinese merchants and merchant families, as well as the porcelain and silk trades. By examining the successes and failures of dozens of Chinese merchants involved in foreign trade, the book provides fresh insights into China’s unique form of capitalism and its role in the rise of global commerce.

PAUL A. VAN DYKE

is professor of history at Sun Yat-sen

University in Guangzhou.

Tracing China chronicles forty years of fieldwork. The journey begins by exploring rural revolution and reconstitutions of community in South China; it spans decades of persistent rural-urban divide and eventually uncovers China’s global reach and Hong Kong’s cross-border dynamics.

Siu traverses both physical and cultural landscapes, examines how political tumults transform into everyday lives, and fathoms the depths of human drama amid China’s frenetic momentum toward modernity.

She highlights complicity, portraying how villagers, urbanites, cadres, entrepreneurs, and intellectuals—laden with historical baggage—venture forward. The question is: Have they become victims of the circumstances created by their own actions?

The essays are woven together by key themes in historical anthropology—culture, history, power, place making, and identity formation, informed by critical social theories and characterized by a careful scrutiny of fieldwork encounters and archival texts.

HELEN F. SIU

is professor of anthropology at

Yale University.

$80.00 / £59.00 cloth 978-988-8139-32-3

$75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-988-8083-73-2

S E P T E M B E R 532 pages / 6" x 9" / 109 color illustrations

N O V E M B E R 560 pages / 6" x 9" / 34 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

138 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

SHELLY BRYANT

“This admirable and beautifully balanced book conjures up wider landscapes from within a small compass.”

—Lynn Pan, author of When True Love Came to China

SHELLY BRYANT

is a poet, translator, teacher, researcher,

and writer.

Canton, Foreigners, and Architecture from the Late Eighteenth to the Early Twentieth Centuries JOHNATHAN ANDREW FARRIS

Enclave to Urbanity is the first book in English that examines how the architecture and the urban landscape of Guangzhou framed the relations between the Western mercantile and missionary communities and the city’s predominantly Chinese population.

The book takes readers through the Thirteen Factories era from the eighteenth century to the 1850s; the Shamian enclave up to the early twentieth century; and the adoption of Western building techniques throughout the city as its architecture modernized in the early republic. The discussion of architecture embraces the history of shared and disputed spaces, using a broadly chronological approach that combines social history with architectural and spatial analysis. With more than a hundred carefully chosen images, this book illustrates how the foreign architectural footprints of the past form modern Guangzhou.

JOHNATHAN ANDREW FARRIS

teaches the history of art

and architecture at SCAD Hong Kong.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-988-8208-81-4 S E P T E M B E R 156 pages / 5" x 7" / 9 color and 7 b&w illustrations

$55.00 / £41.00 cloth 978-988-8208-87-6

H I S TO R Y / A R C H I T E C T U R E

O C T O B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9" / 29 color and 67 b&w illustrations

RAS CHINA IN SHANGHAI

ARCHITECTURE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

In this book, Shelly Bryant looks at five of Shanghai’s remaining classical gardens through their origins, changing fortunes, restorations, and links to a wider Chinese aesthetic. Shanghai’s classical gardens are as much text as space; they exist in art, poetry, and literature as much as in stone, rock, and earth. But these gardens have not remained static entities. Rather, they have been remodeled constantly since their inception. This book reflects this process within the constancy of traditional Chinese horticulture and reveals Shanghai’s remaining classical gardens as places representing wealth and social status, social and dynastic shifts, through falling family fortunes and political revolutions to search for a recovery of China’s ancient culture in the modern day.

Enclave to Urbanity

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

The Classical Gardens of Shanghai

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 139

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Messy Urbanism

Understanding the “Other” Cities of Asia

First Queer Voices from Thailand

EDITED BY MANISH CHALANA AND

Uncle Go’s Advice Columns for Gays, Lesbians, and Kathoeys

JEFFREY HOU

PETER A. JACKSON

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

Seemingly messy and chaotic, the landscapes and urban life of cities in Asia possess an order and hierarchy that often challenge understanding and appreciation. With a cross-disciplinary group of authors, Messy Urbanism examines a range of cases in Asia to explore the social and institutional politics of urban formality and the contexts in which this “messiness” emerges or is constructed.

The book brings a distinct perspective to the broader patterns of informal urban orders and processes as well as their interplay with formalized systems and mechanisms. It also raises questions about the production of cities, cityscapes, and citizenship.

Messy Urbanism will appeal to professionals, students, and scholars in the fields of urban studies, architecture, landscape architecture, planning and policy, and Asian studies.

MANISH CHALANA

is associate professor of urban

design and planning at the University of Washington.

JEFFERY HOU

is professor and chair of landscape

architecture at the University of Washington.

“How wonderful to see this classic volume printed in a new expanded edition for the twenty-first century!”

—Gilbert Herdt, San Francisco State University

This is a fully revised and substantially expanded edition of Peter A. Jackson’s highly regarded pioneering study of an Asian gay culture, Male Homosexuality in Thailand (1989). The hero of Jackson’s fascinating narrative is Uncle Go, a popular magazine editor who, despite being avowedly heterosexual, was tolerant of all sexual practices and whose “agony uncle” columns in the 1970s provided unique spaces in the national press for Thailand’s gays, lesbians, and transgenders (kathoeys) to speak for themselves in the public domain. By allowing the voices of alternative sexualities to be heard, Uncle Go emerged as Thailand’s first champion of gender equality and sexual rights. Jackson translates and analyzes selected correspondence published in Uncle Go’s advice columns.

PETER A. JACKSON

is emeritus professor of Thai history at

the Australian National University.

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-988-8083-26-8 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-988-8208-33-3

S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 20 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 92 b&w illustrations

GENDER STUDIES

URBAN STUDIES

QUEER ASIA

140 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

From Imperial Pillars of State to Global Real Men EDITED BY KAM LOUIE

In twelve chapters spanning the late imperial period to the present day, this volume brings a much needed historical dimension to the discussion.

Changing Chinese Masculinities inaugurates the Hong Kong University Press book series Transnational Asian Masculinities.

KAM LOUIE

is an honorary professor at the University

of Hong Kong and UNSW, Australia. He is the author of Theorising Chinese Masculinity.

TAN SEE KAM

“A rich and original study of one of the visionary director’s most acclaimed films. Tan See Kam’s knowledge of Peking opera traditions and the ‘three women’ tradition in Chinese cinema provides indispensable contexts for understanding Tsui Hark’s Peking Opera Blues.”

—Karen Fang, author of John Woo’s A Better Tomorrow

Part historical drama, part thriller, and part comedy, Tsui Hark’s Peking Opera Blues (1986) invites examinations from multiple perspectives. Tan See Kam rises to the challenge in this study by first situating Tsui in a Sinophone context. The diasporic director explores different dimensions of “Chineseness” in the film by depicting competing versions of Chinese nationalism and presenting characters speaking two Chinese languages, Cantonese and Mandarin. He compels viewers to recognize the multiplicities of the Chinese identity and rethink what constitutes cultural Chineseness. More than a quarter of a century after its release, Tan shows, Peking Opera Blues still reverberates in the present time.

TAN SEE KAM

is associate professor of film studies at the

University of Macau.

$65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-988-8208-56-2

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-988-8208-86-9 $60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-988-8208-85-2

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 16 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 64 b&w illustrations

GENDER STUDIES

FILM

T R A N S N AT I O N A L A S I A N M A S C U L I N I T I E S

T H E N E W H O N G KO N G C I N E M A

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

It is now almost a cliché to claim that China and the Chinese people have changed. Yet inside the new clothing that is worn by the Chinese man today, Kam Louie contends, we still see much of the historical Chinese man. With contributions from a team of outstanding scholars, Changing Chinese Masculinities studies a range of Chinese men in diverse and, most important Chinese contexts. It explores the fundamental meaning of manhood in the Chinese setting and the very notion of an indigenous Chinese masculinity.

Tsui Hark’s Peking Opera Blues

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Changing Chinese Masculinities

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 141

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Land Administration and Practice in Hong Kong

Fourth Edition

Introduction to the Hong Kong Basic Law

Second Edition

A Comparative Analysis

DANNY GITTINGS

NEIL ANDREWS AND FAN YANG

ROGER NISSIM

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

This book explains both the historical development and current practice of land administration. Hong Kong has a socialist leasehold landtenure system. The government is landlord to virtually all land, so it plays a pivotal role in the administration of this valuable resource.

This fourth edition has some substantial and significant updates and changes that will be useful to students and practitioners of surveying, architecture, planning, and law and the wider business and financial community.

ROGER NISSIM

is an adjunct

Contract Law in Hong Kong

Introduction to the Hong Kong Basic Law provides a starting point to the important issues shaping Hong Kong’s future.

This book traces the origins of the Hong Kong Basic Law and analyzes its content in relation to Hong Kong’s political system, the judiciary, and human rights.

The second edition has been updated to discuss important new developments, including the implications of the mass street protests known as the Umbrella Movement, and adds a new concluding chapter on the future of “one country, two systems.”

DANNY GITTINGS

is associate

professor in the Department of

professor and senior programme

Real Estate and Construction at the

director at the College of Humanities

University of Hong Kong.

and Law, University of Hong Kong’s School of Professional and Continuing

This book navigates a vast number of Hong Kong and English contract-law cases.

Each chapter opens with a summary of the main propositions in the relevant area, followed by detailed analysis and case-law discussion. It also explores Hong Kong’s developments of contract law and incorporation of English contract law, as well as its deviations from other common-law jurisdictions.

The text includes supporting references and suggestions for further reading.

NEIL ANDREWS

is professor of

civil justice and private law at the University of Cambridge.

FAN YANG

is assistant professor in

the School of Law, City University of Hong Kong.

Education.

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-988-8208-84-5 S E P T E M B E R 232 pages / 6" x 9" /

$35.00 / £26.00 paper 978-988-8208-37-1 $75.00 / £56.00 cloth 978-988-8208-36-4

$45.00 / £33.00 paper 978-988-8208-89-0 $95.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-988-8208-88-3

6 b&w illustrations and 4 color maps

N O V E M B E R 496 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 348 pages / 6" x 9"

L AW

L AW

L AW

142 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Landscapes Lost and Found

Bishop Ronald O. Hall of Hong Kong and His Legacies

Appreciating Hong Kong’s Heritage Cultural Landscapes

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

KEN NICOLSON

“The impact of Bishop Ronald O. Hall’s ministry

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

The Practical Prophet

“Cultural landscape is an important concept that has

was more than his contemporaries could ever have

been recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage

realized or foreseen.”

category, and the author contextualizes the concept

—Rowan Williams, former archbishop of Canterbury

with local examples, making it relevant to Hong Kong and other Asian cities.”

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

is professor emeritus of

—Lee Ho Yin, University of Hong Kong

Hong Kong’s approach to heritage conservation has focused mainly on saving an old building here and there with little or no regard to its surroundings. Recent public debates challenging proposals to demolish the former Central Government Offices have highlighted this problem and acknowledged that the heritage value of the buildings is enhanced by their contribution to the broader “cultural landscape” of Government Hill. This book illustrates the concept of cultural landscape using wonderful local examples and champions this new approach to more effectively interpreting and conserving Hong Kong’s heritage sites.

KEN NICOLSON

is associate professor of the Architectural

medicine at the University of British Columbia and honorary

Conservation Programmes in the Faculty of Architecture, the

professor of medicine at the University of Hong Kong.

University of Hong Kong.

$55.00 / £41.00 cloth 978-988-8208-77-7 S E P T E M B E R 268 pages / 6" x 9" / 26 b&w illustrations RELIGION / BIOGRAPHY S H E N G K U N G H U I : H I S TO R I C A L S T U D I E S O F A N G L I C A N CHRISTIANITY IN CHINA

$29.00 / £22.00 paper 978-962-209-339-3 S E P T E M B E R 124 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 105 color illustrations ARCHITECTURE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

As the longest serving and the most influential bishop of Hong Kong, Bishop R. O. Hall played a crucial role in the reconstruction of the Anglican Church and Hong Kong after the Second World War. Born in England, the bishop committed his life to building bridges: between China and England; between Hong Kong workers and company management; between the government and the Hong Kong people; and between man and the divine. Based on primary archival and private materials, this book shows that Bishop Hall, wholehearted in pursuit of his goals through “love-in-action,” was also multifaceted, with longings, questions, and inner contradictions we all share.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 143

U N I V E R S I T Y M U S E U M A N D A R T G A L L E R Y, H K U

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Ch'ing Cash

Erich Lessing

Volume 1–Ch'ing Cash Volume 2–Ch'ing Cash Year Tables

The Pulse of Time—Capturing Social Change in Post-War Europe

WERNER BURGER

JOHANNES RAMBARTER AND FLORIAN KNOTHE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

Ch'ing Cash is a monumental two-volume set detailing the history of Ch'ing cash coins. The first volume lists the development of Ch'ing cash, its manufacture, and the stages from ivory trial pieces to final product. Werner Burger has developed a novel way for numismatics to present the coins, arranging each coin by individual mint and year produced, which has led to several unexpected discoveries. The second volume contains the rubbings of more than 6,000 coins in 53 large foldout charts. Each coin includes a rarity index and number. In addition, Burger has compiled a list of all coins cast by every mint from 1736 until 1911.

WERNER BURGER

is a specialist in Chinese monetary

history, with a particular interest in numismatics. His seminal book Ch'ing Cash until 1735 has been the core text in the

The University Museum and Art Gallery collaborates with the Austrian Consulate for Hong Kong and Macau as well as the Erich Lessing Archive to present the photography of celebrated Magnum photographer Erich Lessing. This catalogue accompanies the exhibition Erich Lessing: The Pulse of Time and includes documentary images from the pinnacle of Lessing’s career in the 1950s and 1960s, which illustrate the journalist’s ability to be in the right place at the right time. Lessing reported on many of the most significant political events in postwar Europe, and his photographs record social and economic change in both Eastern and Western Europe.

field for the past forty years.

$800.00 / £592.00 cloth 978-988-19023-3-7 S E P T E M B E R Two-Volume Set: Volume 1: Ch'ing Cash, 258 pages;

Volume 2: Ch'ing Cash Year Tables, 13 pages and 53 foldout year tables of Ch'ing cash coin rubbings ART

144 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-988-19023-2-0 S E P T E M B E R 136 pages / 11.63" x 8.25" / b&w illustrations throughout P H OTO G R A P H Y

C O M PA R AT I V E E D U C AT I O N

G A L L E R Y, H K U

RESEARCH CENTRE, HKU

Illustrious Illuminations

Christian Manuscripts from the High Gothic to the High Renaissance (1250–1540) FLORIAN KNOTHE

Researching Private Supplementary Tutoring

Methodological Lessons from Diverse Cultures

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

UNIVERSITY MUSEUM AND ART

EDITED BY MARK BRAY, ORA KWO, AND BORIS JOKIĆ

Illustrious Illuminations presents a selection of illuminated Christian manuscripts from the McCarthy Collection. Ranging in date from the High Gothic to the High Renaissance (1250–1540), the miniature paintings give evidence of the talent and culture connected to the art of book illustration.

Many of the vibrant hand-copied volumes contain some of the finest illustrations ever produced in Europe. These illustrations were chosen from Bibles, books of hours, and psalters to exemplify a shift from Gothic to Renaissance lines. The often harder, more contrasting lines of the Gothic give way to the Renaissance’s altogether natural contours, as well as to softer and increasingly personal facial features.

Private supplementary tutoring, known as shadow education, has expanded worldwide.

Presenting methodological lessons from diverse cultures, this book contains chapters from high-income and low-income settings in Asia, the Caribbean, Europe, and the Middle East. The book will assist consumers and producers of research. Consumers will become better judges of the strengths, weaknesses and orientations of literature on the theme, and producers will gain insights for the design of instruments, collection of data, and interpretation of findings.

MARK BRAY

is UNESCO Chair Professor in Comparative

Education at the University of Hong Kong. ORA KWO is associate professor in the Comparative Education Research Centre at the University of Hong Kong. BORIS JOKIĆ is scientific associate in the Centre for Educational Research and Development at the Institute for Social Research in Zagreb, Croatia.

$30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-988-19023-4-4

$38.00 / £28.00 paper 978-988-14241-3-6

S E P T E M B E R 104 pages / 11.63" x 8.25" / color illustrations throughout

S E P T E M B E R 308 pages / 6.5" x 9.5"

ART

E D U C AT I O N

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, THE UNITED K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

AND ROBERT MCCARTHY

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 145

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Senses of the City

Brush, Seal and Abacus Lam Woo

Perceptions of Hangzhou and Southern Song China, 1127–1279

Troubled Vitality in Late Ming China’s Economic Heartland, 1500–1644

Master Builder, Revolutionary, and Philanthropist

JOSEPH S. C. LAM, SHUEN-

JIE ZHAO

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

FU LIN, CHRISTIAN DE PEE,

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

AND MARTIN POWERS,

This book takes three social EDITORS groups—literati, scholarofficials, and merchants—as The city of Hangzhou was the framework for discussing a symbol of the declining the political, socioeconomic, Song Empire (960–1279). and cultural forces that Paramount and feeble, coalesced and reinforced one awe-inspiring and threatened, another to influence and it was the most admired city facilitate change in Ming and a disgrace to its dynastic China’s lower Yangzi delta. It founders. Rather than debate follows the region’s political the merit of these polemical ties with the state and comjudgments, the contributors mercial links with external to this volume treat them as markets. The book evokes the expressions of their historical richly textured life of Ming moment, reflecting ideologi- China’s heartland in an age cal and aesthetic preferences. of commercial and cultural strength that then descended JOSEPH S. C. LAM is professor of into distress and despair. musicology, SHUEN-FU LIN is

Lam Woo was a highly successful Chinese building contractor based in Hong Kong at the beginning of the twentieth century. He exemplifies the marginal group of people who joined the Chinese diaspora because of poverty and political turmoil and then were driven back because of discrimination and other difficulties. Lam Woo’s life and family belong to the educated, Westernized, mainly Christian Chinese culture that supported the overthrow of the Qing dynasty.

professor emeritus of Chinese

professor emeritus of medicine at the

literature, CHRISTIAN DE PEE is associate professor of history, and MARTIN POWERS

is Sally Michelson

Davidson Professor of Chinese Arts at the University of Michigan.

JIE ZHAO

is associate professor of

history at the University of Southern

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

is

University of British Columbia and

Maine. Her work on Ming thought and

honorary professor of medicine at the

society has appeared in T’oung Pao

University of Hong Kong.

and Ming Studies.

$60.00 cloth 978-962-996-786-4

$52.00 cloth 978-962-996-776-5

$49.00 cloth 978-962-996-784-0

F E B R U A R Y 328 pages / 2 color and 13 b&w

F E B R U A R Y 230 pages / 2 color and 6 b&w

D E C E M B E R 216 pages / 18 color and 36

illustrations / 6" x 9"

illustrations / 6" x 9"

b&w illustrations / 6" x 9"

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y / B I O G R A P H Y

146 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Poverty in a Rich Society

Philosophy, Aesthetics, Gender, and Politics

The Case of Hong Kong

EVA MAN

MAGGIE LAU, EDITOR

Bodies in China uses Chinese philosophy to reframe Western scholarship on gender, body, and aesthetics. Does Confucianism rule out the capacity of women as moral subjects and therefore as aesthetic subjects? Do forms of Chinese philosophy contribute or correspond to patriarchal Confucian culture?

Can Chinese philosophy provide alternative perspectives for Western feminist scholars?

EVA MAN

“An important perspective on Hong Kong society and the social problems that have not been eradicated by decades of free markets and economic growth.

The authors show how policy deficiencies in social security, taxation, health, housing, and education have prevented the fruits of economic growth from being widely shared and have contributed to high and entrenched levels of poverty. These essays make a compelling case for why reform is urgently needed.”

—Peter Saunders, Social Policy Research Centre, University of New South Wales

Hong Kong’s income inequality is greater than that in any other developed economy.

This timely book grabs hold of an important opportunity to advance the theory and practice of measuring poverty and social exclusion and to conduct policy-relevant analyses in Hong Kong.

MAGGIE LAU

is an assistant professor in the department of

public policy at the City University of Hong Kong.

is professor of humanities and creative writing

at Hong Kong Baptist University. She publishes widely on comparative aesthetics, feminist philosophy, cultural studies, art, and cultural criticism.

$52.00 cloth 978-962-996-785-7

$52.00 cloth 978-962-996-788-8

N O V E M B E R 236 pages / 16 color illustrations / 6" x 9"

F E B R U A R Y 210 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

POLITICS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

The first section considers theoretical and philosophical discussions of Western traditions and how the ideas offered by Confucians and Daoists can provide alternative body ontologies for critical feminist practices. The second section reviews female aesthetic representations ranging from The Book of Songs to the work of the controversial body artist He Chengyao. The third section traces changing perceptions of femininity from imperial to contemporary China.

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Bodies in China

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 147

MARIA CURIE–SKŁODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

Dedication Acknowledgements

Joseph Conrad’s Polish Soul

Realms of Memory and Self G. W. STEPHEN BRODSKY

Abbreviations

Introduction by George Zbigniew Gasyna

1. A Familiar Preface to Joseph Conrad’s Polish Soul 2. Under Western Eyes: Conrad’s Two Pasts— Thirty Years of Critical Misrule and a Renaissance 3. Dispossession Encoded: Conrad as Exile 4. Conrad’s Brody Secret Sharers: Józef Korzeniowski, Joseph Roth, and other Children of the Borderland 5. A Janus Gate: Conrad’s Kraków in Marseille 6. Dogs and Duels: Englishman Conrad’s Franco-Polish Honor, Fraudulent and Genuine 7. Darkness Visible in Conrad’s Polish Orient: Anglo-Polish Orientalism and the Exotic in the Malay Tales 8. An Ironist’s Harlequinade: Conrad’s Unified Polish Comic Spirit 9. Saint Roman: Patriotism, Sanctity, and Mytho-History in “Prince Roman” Epilogue

End Notes

Bibliography

Born into a Polish szlachta (noble) family, the extraordinary modern novelist Joseph Conrad maintained, even in exile, strong ties to his Polish heritage and culture. Yet the author earned renown by writing in English, often about nautical adventures in remote parts of the world. In Joseph Conrad’s Polish Soul, G. W. Stephen Brodsky seeks to reclaim the essentially Polish sensibility of Conrad’s groundbreaking oeuvre.

He finds in Conrad’s work a distinct Polonism that plays intriguingly with selfhood, freedom, and irony.

For Brodsky, Conrad’s outlook and writing betray numerous contradictions. Despite the novelist’s practical realism, Conrad was drawn to romance, orientalism, and the exotic. Frequently sick, he nevertheless pursued a life at sea. He despised adventurers yet desired risk. Instinctive skepticism, conservatism, and nationalism complicated his liberalism and respect for humanity, and though he resigned himself to Poland’s tragic destiny, Conrad refused to despair over the terribleness of his times. In this incomparable study, Brodsky shows how these inherent aspects of Conrad’s personality inform and guide his Polonism along with the best attributes of his fiction.

G. W. STEPHEN BRODSKY

is a former career soldier and military

academic and was a special lecturer in English literature at Royal Roads Military College. He is the author of Gentlemen of the Blade: A Social and FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Literary History of the British Army Since 1660. He specializes in Conrad studies, and his articles and reviews on Conrad have appeared in books and journals internationally.

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-83-7784-786-2 N O V E M B E R 416 pages LITERARY STUDIES CONRAD: EASTERN AND WESTERN PERSPECTIVES

148 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

U N I V E R S I T Y O F TO KYO P R E S S

Jikifu

A Japanese Aesthetics of Taste SHINICHIRO OGATA Introduction by Yoshiaki Nishino

Washoku, or Japanese cuisine, was accepted into the UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritages Program in 2013. Its transient beauty, with natural ingredients, refined techniques, and spatial sense, has been the object of Shinichiro Ogata’s design and culinary work throughout his career. In this beautiful book, he demonstrates the modern, innovative, yet truly traditional aesthetic of washoku, as curated for the University Museum of the University of Tokyo.

This collection of photographs with ingredients and tableware selected by Shinichiro Ogata, a prominent designer dedicated to the total realization of Japanese washoku, conveys the aesthetic principles of what is the pinnacle of Japanese culinary achievement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

• Foreword (Shinichiro Ogata) • Introduction (Yoshiaki Nishino, director, University Museum, University of Tokyo) • Dishes of the Seasons, Ingredients, Tableware • Tiger Globefish, Boar, Royal Fern, Wild Duck, Red Tilefish, Bamboo Shoot Young Ayu, Horsehair Crab, Manganji Pepper, Kamo Eggplant, Corn, Lotus Root, Conger Pipe, Matsutake Mushroom, Chub Mackerel, Dried Japanese Persimmon, Spiny Lobster, Mushrooms, Sweet Bean Paste, Snow Crab, Shellfish, Dry Seaweed, Soft-Shelled Turtle • Commentary Essay, “From Eating to Devouring: A Dialogue with Shiniichiro Ogata” (Yoshiaki Nishino)

SHINICHIRO OGATA

is a designer and affiliate associate professor

in the Intermediatheque Department at the University Museum, University of Tokyo. The founder of the design studio Simplicity, he practices his culinary works in his restaurants and confectionaries and has been frequently ​recognized and awarded for his design.

YOSHIAKI NISHINO

is professor and director of the University Museum

at the University of Tokyo.

$89.00 / £66.00 cloth 978-4-13-080219-2

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, E XC L U D I N G J A PA N

• List of Tableware

S E P T E M B E R 160 pages / 100 illustrations / 7.8" x 11.6" F O O D / J A PA N E S E

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 149

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Archaeology on Medieval Knights’ Manor Houses in Poland ANNA MARCINIAK-KAJZER “This publication will gain much value. The results of recent studies

Macedonian Discourses

Text Linguistics and Pragmatics MACIEJ KAWKA “Here are fresh scientific and theoretical views on a range of

on medieval manors in Poland are

issues in Macedonian discourse

hardly ever made available for

and the Macedonian language.”

foreign specialists.”

—Maksim Karanfilovski, Ss. Cyril and

—Stanisław Kołodziejski

Mathodious University, Skopje

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

This book depicts the architecture and daily life of a medieval knight’s manor based on the findings of archeological excavations, supplemented by written sources. It describes buildings, household items, and the tools used by past people, developing a clearer understanding of the lives of medieval knights and their families.

ANNA MARCINIAK-KAJZER

is head

Macedonian Discourses tackles critical problems in current Macedonistics, emphasizing text linguistics and linguistics of discourse. It focuses on the language of modern Macedonian discourses, including scientific, political, parliamentary, and media, and on the Macedonian literary text and public communication.

MACIEJ KAWKA

is a linguist, Mace-

donist, and Slavist and a professor at

of the department of historical arche-

the Jagiellonian University. He is the

ology and weaponry at the Institute of

author of more than 150 publications

Archeology, University of Lodz.

on Macedonistics.

Central Asia and Iran

Greeks, Parthians, Kushans and Sasanians EDWARD DĄBROWA, EDITOR

These twelve studies on the political, social, economic, and religious aspects of the history of Central Asia and Iran span the period from the fourth century BCE to the fifth century CE They are written by leading specialists in the field and reconstruct the region’s past based on various forms of evidence, including literary, archeological, linguistic, and numismatic. Some essays present the findings of recent archeological excavations in Old Nisa and Uzbekistan for the first time.

EDWARD DĄBROWA

is professor of

history at the Jagiellonian University.

$45.00 / £33.00 paper 978-83-233-3967-0 $45.00 / £33.00 paper 978-83-233-3921-2

S E P T E M B E R 258 pages / 6.69" x 9.45" /

N O V E M B E R 200 pages / 5.97" x 9.25" /

$45.00 / £33.00 cloth 978-83-233-4031-7

26 color illustrations

5 color and 17 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6.3" x 9.44"

A N C I E N T H I S TO R Y

A R C H A E O LO G Y

LINGUISTICS

ELECTRUM

1 50 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Management Respecting and Promoting Values

Words and Dictionaries

ANDRZEJ HERMAN, TADEUSZ OLEKSYN,

A Festschrift for Professor Stanisław Stachowski on the Occasion of His 85th Birthday

AND IZABELA STAŃCZYK, EDITORS

ELŻBIETA MAŃCZAK-WOHLFELD AND

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Management by Values (MBV)

BARBARA PODOLAK, EDITORS “Original way to connect elements of the theories of economics, management, and finance. . . . Insightful empirical research and analysis.”

—Krzysztof Marecki, Warsaw School of Economics

This book demonstrates the significance of values in organizational management. It depicts differences between various types of organization, including joint stock companies, other trading companies, and noncommercial enterprises. The book emphasizes the role of values in the formation of organizational culture and personnel policy, studying the process of recruiting and selecting staff, professional development, the dynamics of motivating and rewarding employees, and evaluation and promotions.

ELŻBIETA MAŃCZAK-WOHLFELD

specializes in English

linguistics, including lexicology, and lexicography.

BARBARA PODOLAK

is a senior lecturer in Turkish

linguistics.

is the director of the Institute of Value

Management at the Warsaw School of Economics.

TADEUSZ OLEKSYN

is a professor at the Warsaw School of

Economics and the Institute of Value Management.

IZABELA STAŃCZYK

is an assistant professor in the

faculty of management and social communication at the Jagiellonian University.

$50.00 / £37.00 paper 978-83-233-4011-9

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-83-233-4027-0

S E P T E M B E R 330 pages / 5.97" x 9.25" / 147 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 410 pages / 6.3" x 9.44"

M A N AG E M E N T

LINGUISTICS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

ANDRZEJ HERMAN

Words and Dictionaries is a collection of articles written in honor of Stanisław Stachowski, a distinguished linguist from the Jagiellonian University in Kraków.

Stachowski is known both in Polish academic circles and to a wider world of scholars as an expert in Turkish, Balkan, and Slavonic linguistics. The essays included in the volume reflect the varied scholarly pursuits of the authors yet all relate to Stanisław Stachowski’s research interests.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 151

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Airport Competitiveness

Basic Documents in Federal Campaign Finance Law

Models and Assessment Methods

PAWEŁ LAIDLER AND MACIEJ TUREK, EDITORS

MAŁGORZATA BEDNARCZYK AND EWA GRABIŃSKA, EDITORS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

The Polish civil-aviation sector is fast developing. This book compares regional airports in Poland with competitive European ports.

It uses econometric analysis to model regional-airport competitiveness. It also analyzes possible directions in the growth of Polish airports, taking into account the current economic and political situation as well as forecasts for passenger-transport-sector development.

MAŁGORZATA BEDNARCZYK

is

PAWEŁ LAIDLER

is professor at the

professor in the Department of Management in Tourism at Jagiellonian

ish Diaspora at Jagiellonian University.

EWA GRABIŃSKA

MACIEJ TUREK

works at the

Department of Management in

MONIKA FLORCZAKWĄTOR

Basic Documents in Federal Campaign Finance Law presents the evolution of the relationship of money and politics in American governance, with a special focus on the regulations and norms that have shaped the current understanding of campaign finance in the United States. It emphasizes the main reasons for federal legislation on campaign finance, its outcomes, and the ways in which issues have been challenged in the courts.

Institute of American Studies and Pol-

University.

Applying the Constitution of the Republic of Poland in Horizontal Relations

is an assistant profes-

This book tackles the issue of individual rights within the Polish constitutional system. It begins by asking why the horizontal effect of individual rights was not contemplated in Polish jurisprudence until the 1980s and why it is not expressly addressed in the Polish Constitution despite the proposal of a relevant clause during the drafting process.

This book makes available to English-speaking readers the inner workings of Polish jurisprudence and their effect on individual rights legislation.

MONIKA FLORCZAK-WĄTOR

is

sor, Institute of American Studies and

professor in constitutional law at the

Polish Diaspora, Jagiellonian University.

Jagiellonian University.

Tourism at Jagiellonian University.

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-83-233-4044-7 $45.00 / £33.00 paper 978-83-233-4069-0

S E P T E M B E R 142 pages / 6.69" x 9.44"

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-83-233-4017-1

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.97" x 9.25"

POLITICS

S E P T E M B E R 154 pages / 5.97" x 9.25"

M A N AG E M E N T

BASIC AMERICAN DOCUMENTS

L AW

1 52 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

ELECTRONIC RESOURCES

CO LUM B I A E L EC TR O NI C R ESOURCES C O L U M B I A I N T E R N AT I O N A L A F FA I R S O N L I N E [ C I A O ] W W W. C I A O N E T. O R G

W H AT T H E T H I N K TA N K S A R E T H I N K I N G

Completely revised and updated! Our brand-new CIAO site includes: • New design and user-friendly interface • Improved functionality • Faceted search with greater data organization • Added video content • Full-text books • Current course packs • Links to active social-media pages • Daily Twitter posts “Among the most comprehensive resources available for international affairs research. . . . One-stop shopping for researchers.” —Library Journal

Named one of the top 300 websites by the International Political Science Association, Columbia International Affairs Online (CIAO) is a full-text database hosting working papers, policy briefs, interviews, journal articles, and e-books in international relations. CIAO is a widely recognized resource for teaching materials and features original case studies by leading experts in their fields, as well as course packs of background readings for history and political science classes and special features such as interviews with the world’s leading international relations experts.

CO LU M B I A G R A N G E R ’ S WO R L D O F P O E T RY O N L I N E W W W. C O L U M B I A G R A N G E R S . O R G

Updated daily and includes an introductory video on using the resource.

This authoritative reference features more than 500,000 poetry citations, 300,000 full-text poems, and 5,000 commentaries on the best-known poems. It also includes biographies of popular poets and 600 glossary terms with examples. The “My Granger’s” tool helps fashion anthologies, and our split-screen feature enables side-by-side comparisons. An advanced search engine can tailor research according to gender, language, nationality, form, movements, and era.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 153

AWA R D - W I N N I N G T I T L E S

Spells, Images, and Mandalas

Tracing the Evolution of Esoteric Buddhist Rituals

Head Cases

Julia Kristeva on Philosophy and Art in Depressed Times

This Place, These People

Life and Shadow on the Great Plains D AV I D S TA R K

E L A I N E P. M I L L E R

P H O T O G R A P H S B Y N A N C Y WA R N E R

Winner—L’Académie des Inscriptions et BellesLettres in France Prix Stanislas Julien Prize

Winner—American Board and Academy of Psychoanalysis Book Prize

Winner—Nebraska Book Award Nonfiction, in the Category of Nebraska as Place

$55.00 / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-16614-0 $54.99 / £41.00 e-book 978-0-231-53739-1

$45.00 / £33.00 cloth 978-0-231-16682-9 $44.99 / £33.00 e-book 978-0-231-53711-7

$39.95t / £29.95 cloth 978-0-231-16522-8 $38.99 / £29.00 e-book 978-0-231-53790-2

KO I C H I S H I N O H A R A

2014 R E L I G I O N / B U D D H I S M

Ecosickness in Contemporary U.S. Fiction

2014 P H I LO S O P H Y

2013 P H OTO G R A P H Y

The Columbia Anthology of Japanese Essays

Uncertainty, Expectations, and Financial Instability

H E AT H E R H O U S E R

Zuihitsu from the Tenth to the Twenty-First Century

Reviving Allais’s Lost Theory of Psychological Time

Winner—Association for the Study of the Arts of the Present A.S.A.P. Book Prize

E D I T E D A N D T R A N S L AT E D B Y

E R I C B A R T H A LO N

ST E V E N D. C A R T E R

Finalist—Maurice Allais Prize in Economic Science

Environment and Affect

Shortlisted—British Society for Literature and Science Book Prize $30.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-16515-0 $55.00 / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-16514-3 $54.99 / £41.00 e-book 978-0-231-53736-0 2014 L I T E R A R Y

CRITICISM

Co-winner—Donald Keene Center of Japanese Culture at Columbia University Japan-United States Friendship Commission Prize for the Translation of Japanese Literature

$60.00 / £44.00 cloth 978-0-231-16628-7 $59.99 / £44.00 e-book 978-0-231-53830-5 2014 E C O N O M I C S

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-16771-0 $120.00 / £89.00 cloth 978-0-231-16770-3 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-53755-1 2014 L I T E R AT U R E / J A PA N E S E

The Greening of Asia

The Other Blacklist

MARK L. CLIFFORD

M A R Y H E L E N WA S H I N G T O N

Co-winner—Columbia University School of Journalism Chris Welles Prize

Honorable Mention—Modern Language Association William Sanders Scarborough Prize

The Business Case for Solving Asia’s Environmental Emergency

$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-16608-9 $28.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-53920-3 2015 B U S I N E S S / E N V I R O N M E N T

STUDIES

The African American Literary and Cultural Left of the 1950s

$25.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15271-6 $35.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-15270-9 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-52647-0 2014 C R I T I C I S M / A F R I C A N

1 54 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

AMERICAN STUDIES

Eqbal Ahmad

Critical Outsider in a Turbulent Age STUART SCHAAR

Longlisted—PEN Jacqueline Bograd Weld Biography Award $35.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17156-4 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-53992-0 2015 M I D D L E

EAST STUDIES / BIOGRAPHY

Baker, Houston A. ................ 59

Brodsky, G. W. Stephen ...... 146

Academic Culture: An Analytical Framework for Understanding Academic Work ..................128

Balibar, Étienne .................... 57

Bronner, Ulrike .................... 121

Abend, Pablo ...................... 120

Adorno’s Theory of Philosophical and Aesthetic Truth .............68 Airport Competitiveness ........150 Akalın, Esin ........................ 130

Aleksandr Prokhanov and Post-Soviet Esotericism ......127 Alienation .............................. 58

Allen, Richard .................... 105 Almgren, Gunnar .................89

Al-Qaeda’s Revenge ................47 Althusser, Louis .................... 25 Altstadt, Audrey L. ...............64

Amato, Viola .......................116 American Literature in the World ........................79

American Mobilities ..............110 Anderson, Stephanie B. ........98

Andrews, Neil ..................... 140 Annovi, Gian Maria .............82 Antiegalitarian Mutation, The .....................................30

Applying the Constitution of the Republic of Poland in Horizontal Relations .....150

Archaeology on Medieval Knights’ Manor Houses in Poland ......................... 148

Bakshi, Aparajita .................101 Banking’s Final Exam ............92 Bargu, Banu .......................... 58

Barkan, Elazar ..................... 60 Barkey, Karen ....................... 60

Barthalon, Eric ....................152

Bashford, Alison ................... 61 Basic Documents in Federal Campaign Finance Law ....150

Bauer, Gero ..........................116 Bednarczyk, Małgorzata ......150

Broken Tablets ........................68 Bruni, Luigino ......................95

Brush, Seal and Abacus ......... 144 Bryant, Shelly ......................137 Buchsbaum, Jonathan ...........84

Bulson, Eric .......................... 83

Burger, Werner ................... 142

Buurman, Nanne ................. 118 Callahan, Ann M. ................ 90

Cannibal Holocaust .............. 106

Behal, Rana P. ..................... 103

Capital and the Common Good .................... 12

Beichelt, Timm ....................127

Carlen, Joe ............................ 16

Behmel, Albrecht .................133

Being Human in a Buddhist World .................................56

Bell, Emily ............................ 21 Bennett, Pete ...................... 108

Bergala, Alain ..................... 109 Best American Magazine Writing 2016, The ............... 18 Better Presentations ................ 19 Between Dog and Wolf .............7

Betz, Tanja ............................97 Beyes, Timon ...................... 120

Capitalism and Desire ............ 33 Carter, David ...................... 107 Carter, Steven D. .................152 Cassin, Barbara ...................... 4

Central Asia and Iran .......... 148

Centrifugal Empire ................ 71 Chakravorty, Mrinalini ......... 54

Chalana, Manish .................138 Chandramohan, P. .............. 103

Changing Chinese Masculinities .....................139

Beyond Bolaño ....................... 54

Chan-Yeung, Moira M. W. ............. 141, 144

Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi .... 103

Chiapparini, Emanuela ........ 96

Bhāgavata Purāna, The ......... 66 Bilgrami, Akeel ..................... 52

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Abels, Gabriele .....................97

Chen, Xiaomei ...................... 71

Art of Being Many, The .......... 112

Blade Runner ....................... 107

Child Poverty, Youth (Un) Employment, and Social Inclusion ...........................125

Aston, Judith ........................86

Blaug, Ricardo ......................64

China’s Hegemony ..................70

Aszkielowicz, Dean .............. 75

Book of Value ...........................15

Ch'ing Cash ......................... 142

At the Mercy of Their Clothes .. 81

Bozo, Frédéric .......................47

Autry, Robyn ........................76

Brevity .................................. 77

Badiou, Alain ......................... 4

Brief History of Entrepreneurship, A ............ 16

Arc Silt Dive ........................ 102

Birnbaum, Phyllis ................. 52

Art Unlimited? ..................... 111

Blanchfield, Caitlin ............... 91

Chimeras of Form .................. 80

As Wide as the World Is Wise ...44

Bodies in China .....................145

Chinese History and Culture ... 73

Atheists in America .................56

Bordoni, Carlo ..................... 111

Chongyang Institute for Financial Studies ............ 124

Atwood, Blake ......................84

Bray, Mark ...........................143

Bachelor Japanists ...................78

Brewster, Melanie E. ............56

Cho Oh-Hyun ..................... 74

Choreographies of Shared Sacred Sites .................................. 60

Chow Chop Suey ....................39 Christo-Fiction ...................... 57

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 155

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Chung, Jae Ho ...................... 71 Cinema Hypothesis, The ........ 109 Cinema of Hal Hartley, The ....86 Civil Economy .......................95

Davis, Ann ...........................122 Dealing with the Yugoslav Past ................... 126 Death and Mastery ................68

Ecosickness in Contemporary U.S. Fiction .......................152

Efficiency, Finance, and Varities of Industrial Policy .............62 Egocentricity and Mysticism .. 69

Civil Society and Gender Relations in Authoritarian and Hybrid Regimes ...........98

Deciding What’s True .............20 Decoding Al-Qaeda’s Strategy ............................. 59

Eldredge, Niles ..................... 55

Classical Gardens of Shanghai, The ....................137

Deep Red ...............................88

Enns, Diane .......................... 45

Class Clowns .......................... 13

Clifford, Mark L. .................152 Cline, William R. .................93

Close Encounters of the Third Kind ................................ 107 Cole, Jonathan R. ................. 52

Collins, Christopher .............82 Columbia Anthology of Japanese Essays, The ...........152

Columbia in Manhattanville .. 91 Columbia University College of Dental Medicine, 1916–2016, The .................... 51 Comins, Neil F. ......................8

Contract Law in Hong Kong ....................... 140 Contradictions of Capital in the Twenty-First Century, The .......................95

Contributions to Alternative Concepts of Knowledge .......128

DeConick, April D. ..............46 Dehnert, Gunter ..................133 Delamonica, Enrique ...........125 Democracy ..............................64 Denny, Mark ......................... 35

de Pee, Christian ................. 144

Enclave to Urbanity ..............137

Endangered Economies ........... 17 Eqbal Ahmad ........................152

Erich Lessing ....................... 142 Essay Film, The ......................86 Eternal Ephemera .................. 55

Desegregating the Past ............76

Evolution of the Global Terrorist Threat, The ........... 53

Deutscher, Penelope ............ 69

Exiled in America ..................26

Desmond, William .............. 69

Exception Taken .....................84

Developmental Modernity in Kerala .......................... 103

Expanded Senses ................... 112

Die Strahlkraft der Stadt ...... 109 Digeser, P. E. ........................65

Fall of Language in the Age of English, The ............. 59

Dimitrijević, Marko .............. 14

Feasting Our Eyes .................. 85

Dimock, Wai Chee ...............79

Finding Ourselves at the Movies ......................... 58

Dharma Reader, A ................ 66

Experiments in Democracy ......63 Extreme Domesticity ..............48

Digital Culture & Society ..... 120

Farris, Johnathan Andrew ....137

Dimitrova, Maria ................. 131

Fedor, Julie .......................... 126

Dispossession and the Environment .....................76

First Modern Japanese, The ..... 38

Contró, Mónica González ...125

DiverCity—Global Cities as a Literary Phenomenon ........ 117

First Queer Voices from Thailand ...................138

Cooper, Ian ......................... 108

Dornhof, Sarah .................... 118

Florczak-Wątor, Monika .....150

Crude Volatility ......................29

Dum, Christopher P. ............26

Czudaj, Antje ....................... 113

Dying to Forget ...................... 61

Foreigners Under Mao ........... 135

Dallakyan, Karlen ................ 131

Eades, Caroline .....................86

For Nirvana .......................... 74

Conversational Firm, The .......28

Doing Text .......................... 108

Flight Ways ............................ 55

Cribb, Robert ........................ 75

Dorsch, Hauke ....................114

Fong, Benjamin Y. ................68

Custer, Olivia ....................... 69

Duthie, Roger ...................... 99

Foreigner’s Guide to German Universities, The ................133

Dąbrowa, Edward ............... 148

Dyke, Paul A. Van ...............136

Formicola, Allan ................... 51

Dallan, Arsen ....................... 131

Economic Competence and Financial Literacy of Young Adults ..................... 96

Forum für osteuropäische Ideen- und Zeitgeschichte ...133

Damodaran, Aswath ..............11 Data Love .............................24

David Foster Wallace’s Balancing Books .................79

1 56 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Economics of Air Pollution in China, The ..........................62 Economics of Music, The ..........94

Foucault/Derrida Fifty Years Later ................................. 69 Fouque, Antoinette ............... 57

Fourteen Little Red Huts ......... 6

Greek Tragedy ........................98

Homecomings ......................... 75

Freund, Caroline ...................93

Greening of Asia, The .............152

Hood, Clifton ....................... 37

Fraser, Chris .........................70 Friedman, Michael .............. 121 Friendship Reconsidered .........65 Frightmares ......................... 108

Frontier Investor .................... 14 Frustrated Democracy in Post-Soviet Azerbaijan .......64

Fuchs, John Andreas ............133 Fuchs, Mathias ................... 120 Fundamentals of LGBT Substance Use Disorders .....123 Galef, David ......................... 77

Gandelsman-Trier, Mijal .....114 Gans, Herbert J. ...................50

Gaudenzi, Sandra .................86

Gayley, Holly ........................67

Geheimagentur .................... 112 Geissbühler, Simon ............. 124 Gendering European Integration Theory ..............97

Gendzier, Irene L. ................ 61

Geographies of Love ...............110 Gesing, Friederike ...............114 Getting Risk Right .................34 Gilmore, Leigh .....................42

Gittings, Danny .................. 140

Global Population .................. 61 Global Social Sciences— Under and Beyond European Universalism, The ............. 129 Gnostic New Age, The .............46 Godby, Robert ......................98

Gold, Jonathan C. ................56 Goldstein, Morris .................92 Gottlieb, Sidney .................. 105

Governance in the New Global Disorder ............................. 31 Grabińska, Ewa ...................150

Grain ...................................101 Graves, Lucas .......................20

Great Climate Robbery, The ...101 Great Tradeoff, The .................93

Greene, Samuel .................. 126 Griffiths, Edmund ...............127 Griffiths, Gareth ..................132

Guasti, Petra .........................97

Gupta, Ravi M. ................... 66 Gu Yanwu ............................. 72 Guynn, William ................... 85

Honig, Michael-Sebastian ....97

Hooper, Beverley ................. 135

Hopfener, Birgit .................. 118 Hou, Jeffrey .........................138 Houser, Heather ..................152

Houses, Secrets, and the Closet ...........................116

Haddad, Samir .................... 69

How the Social Sciences Think about the World’s Social ..... 129

Hakala, Walter ...................... 74

Hudson, Pat ..........................95

Harrington, Cameron .......... 118

Hurlbut, J. Benjamin ............63

Harris, Eirik Lang ................ 72

i-docs .....................................86

Gyatso, Janet .........................56

Hajj, Nadya ...........................64

Hoyos, Héctor ...................... 54

Hammerschlag, Sarah ...........68

Hulatt, Owen .......................68

Harris, Donal ........................ 83

Ibler, Reinhard .....................132

Härtel, Andre ..................... 126

If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat! .....................10

Hartog, François ................... 54

Hayot, Eric ........................... 81

Head Cases ...........................152

Heal, Geoffrey ...................... 17 Health Care as a Right of Citizenship ........................89

Igarashi, Yoshikuni ............... 75

Illustrious Illuminations ........143 Inception .............................. 107 Incomparable Empires ........... 80

Innerarity, Daniel .................. 31

Heidegger ................................ 4

Inoue, Masamichi S. ............ 60

Hellebrandt, Tomas ..............92

In Stereotype .......................... 54

Henrichsen, Jenn .................. 21

Intersex Narratives ................116

Herman, Andrzej ................ 149

Introduction to the Hong Kong Basic Law ...... 140

Heimböckel, Dieter .............122

In Pursuit of Privilege ............ 37

Heller-Nicholas, Alexandra ..88

Interregnum .......................... 111

Henry-Lee, Aldrie ...............125

Intimate Universal, The ......... 69

Hess-Lüttich, Ernest W. B. .122 History of Brooklyn Bridge Park, A ..............................36

Jackson, Michael ..............23, 44 Jackson, Peter A. ..................138

History of Housing in New York City, A ...............65

Jaeggi, Rahel ......................... 58

Hitchcock Annual ................. 105

Japanese War Criminals .......... 75

Holocaust in the Central European Literatures and Cultures, The ...............132

Jikifu ....................................147

Jaiswal, Suvira ..................... 104

History of the Iraq Crisis, A ....47

Jalsa .................................... 102

Hoffman, Bruce .................... 53

Jews and the American Religious Landscape ..........................67

Holt, Sid ............................... 18

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Fraiman, Susan .....................48

Jokić, Boris ...........................143 Joseph Conrad’s Polish Soul ... 146

Journalism After Snowden ...... 21 C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 157

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Journal of Soviet and PostSoviet Politics and Society . 126

Lindenfeld, Laura ................. 85

Mein, Georg ........................122

Kaczmarski, Marcin ............ 126

Little Magazine, World Form ........................ 83

Mercer, Raul ........................125

Kandel, Eric R. ....................... 1

Longolius, Sonja .................. 113

Kabat, Geoffrey C. ................34 Kahn, Paul W. ...................... 58

Kannas, Alexia ......................88

Lin, Shuen-fu ..................... 144

Mendelson, Anne .................39

Lobkowicz, Nikolaus ...........133

Merchants of Canton and Macao ........................136

Long Road Home .................. 60

Messy Urbanism ....................138

Merten, Kai .........................119

Karacharovskiy, Vladimir V. .127

Louie, Kam ..........................139

Kawka, Maciej .................... 148

Love Letters from Golok .........67

Migration—Networks— Skills .................................114

Lutz, Barbara ....................... 118

Miller, Giulia ...................... 106

Kara, Siddharth ....................49 Keene, Donald ...................... 38 Kehrwald, Kevin ................... 87

Keohane, Georgia Levenson .12 Khorana, Smitha ................... 21 Kim Suk-Young .................. 60

Kim Yong ............................ 60 Knee, Jonathan A. ................ 13

Knothe, Florian ............ 142, 143 Koch, Gisela Cánepa ...........119

Köfeler, Raphaela ................. 111 Kracke, Bernd ...................... 112

Krämer, Lucia ......................119 Kristeva, Julia ..........................5

Kuhn, Michael .............. 128, 129 Kuhrt, Natasha ................... 126

Kummels, Ingrid ..................119 Kwo, Ora .............................143 Laidler, Paweł ......................150

Lam, Joseph S. C. ............... 144 Lam Woo ............................. 144 Land Administration and Practice in Hong Kong ...... 140

Landscapes Lost and Found ...141 Laruelle, François ................. 57

Lasting Impressions ................78

Lau, Maggie ........................145 Learning to Labor ..................50

Lee, Ji-Young ........................70

Leeker, Martina .................. 120 Left-Wing Melancholia .......... 32

Lenz, Christian ....................110 Levine, Les ........................... 91 Levittowners, The ...................50

Leyda, Julia ..........................110 1 58 | F A L L 2 0 1 6

Love in the Dark .................... 45

Michael Mann ..................... 108

Luks, Leonid .......................133

Miller, Elaine P. ...................152

Macbeth ............................... 106 Macedonian Discourses ......... 148

Minor Characters Have Their Day ........................... 77

Madhouse Effect, The ............... 9

Miracle Myth, The .................. 22

MacRae, Heather .................97

Minujin, Alberto .................125

Ma Jun .................................62

Miranda July’s Intermedial Art ................. 113

Makarychev, Andrey ........... 126 Making of Brahmanical Hegemony, The .................. 104 Making Sense of Weather and Climate ....................... 35

Management by Values (MBV) ............................ 149 Manchu Princess, Japanese Spy ....................... 52

Mańczak-Wohlfeld, Elżbieta ........................... 149 Man, Eva .............................145

Mann, Michael E. ................. 9 Mansfeldová, Zdenka ...........97 Marciniak-Kajzer, Anna ..... 148 Marriage as a Fine Art .............5

Marshik, Celia ...................... 81

Mattl, Siegfried .................. 109

Mizumura, Minae ................. 59

Modern Adult Education and Politics ........................ 96

Moreno, Marta Cerezo ........ 115 Mouritsen, Ole G. ..................2 Mouthfeel ................................2 Ms. 45 ....................................88

Napper, Lawrence ................. 87

Narrative and Numbers ...........11 Negotiating Languages ........... 74

Németh, Balázs .................... 96

Neopoetics ..............................82

Neudorfer, Kelly ..................133 Neuroenology ............................3

New Statistical Domain in India, A ........................101

Matz, Jesse ............................78

New Vocabulary for Global Modernism, A ..................... 81

Mazzurana, Thomas ............. 111

Nicolson, Ken ......................141

McDougall, Julian .............. 108

Noman, Akbar ......................62

McNally, Robert ...................29

Novetzke, Christian Lee ...... 66

Medical Philosophy ............... 130

Ogata, Shinichiro ................147

Mauro, Paolo ........................92

Nichols, Andrea J. ................ 90

McCarthy, Robert ................143

Nissim, Roger ..................... 140

McGowan, Todd .................. 33

Note-by-Note Cooking ............ 53

Mead, Philip ........................132

Obuch, Katharina .................98

Okabe, Jun-Ichi ...................101

Prison Movies ........................ 87

Rybakow, Alexei ..................133

Oleksyn, Tadeusz ................ 149

Protection Amid Chaos ...........64

Safe or Free? ..........................97

Olivelle, Patrick ................... 66

Psychoanalysis and the Human Sciences .................. 25

On Folding ........................... 121

Pursuit of Pleasure,The .......... 131

Okinawa and the U.S. Military .................... 60

On Company Time ................. 83 On the Parole Board ............... 27

Oró-Piqueras, Maricel ......... 115 Ostner, Ilona .........................97 Other Blacklist, The ................152

Owens, Rebekah ................. 106

Proposing Prosperity? .............89

Psycho Records, The .................88

Quotidian Revolution, The ..... 66

Rambarter, Johannes ........... 142 Ramírez-Barat, Clara ........... 99 Randles, Jennifer M. .............89

Reading the Mahāvamsa ........67

Owen, Taylor ........................ 21

Reagan Era, The ..................... 52

Papazian, Elizabeth ..............86

Rebhun, Uzi .........................67

Papatheodorou, Christos .....125 Paradox of Risk, The ...............92 Parasecoli, Fabio ................... 85

Parents in the Spotlight ..........97

Patnaik, Prabhat ................... 41 Patnaik, Utsa ......................... 41 Paving the Great Way ............56 People’s History of India 7 Society and Culture in Post-Mauryan India, A .... 104

Reamer, Frederic G. .............. 27 Record of Daily Knowledge and Collected Poems and Essays ......................... 72

Redmond, Sean .................. 107 Red Tape, a New Work by Les Levine, 1970 ................. 91 Reductionism in Art and Brain Science ........................ 1 Reed, Christopher ................78

People’s Money, The ................ 40

Reform Cinema in Iran ..........84

Performing Authorship .......... 113

Reichert, Ramón ................. 120

Petmesidou, Maria ...............125

Reinares, Fernando .......... 47, 53

Perfect Dictatorship, The ........134

Regimes of Historicity ............. 54

Performing the Digital ......... 120

Reikersdorfer, Clarissa ......... 121

Philosophy of the Mòzi˘, The .....70

Renmin University of China .......................... 124

Photography in Latin America ...................119 Pier Paolo Pasolini .................82 Platonov, Andrei .................... 6 Plunz, Richard ......................65

Podolak, Barbara ................. 149

Pohl, Robin ..........................114 Politics of Being, The ...............65

Pooch, Melanie U. ............... 117 Postcolonial Studies Meets Media Studies ...................119

Researching Private Supplementary Tutoring ....143 Rich People Poor Countries .....93

Richterich, Annika ............. 120 Rickels, Laurence a. ..............88

Ries, Marc ........................... 112 Right Balance for Banks, The ...93

Ringen, Stein .......................134 Rogers, Gayle ...................... 80

Romania and the Holocaust .. 124

Poverty in a Rich Society .......145

Rose, Mandy .........................86

Practical Prophet, The ............141

Rossinow, Doug .................... 52

Powers, Martin ................... 144

Rosen, Jeremy ....................... 77 Ryan, Michael W. S. ............. 59

Rybin, Steven ........................86

Sahu, Bhairabi Prasad ......... 104 Sandhaus, Jasmin ..................98

Sangari, Kumkum ............... 102 Schaar, Stuart .......................152

Schäfe, Martin Jörg ............. 112 Schäffner, Wolfgang ............ 121

Scheible, Kristin ...................67 Schipper, Imanuel ............... 120

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Okamoto, Kazumi ...............128

Schulkin, Jay .........................63

Schultheis, Franz ................. 111 Schumann, Stephan ............. 96

Schwabish, Jonathan ............. 19 Schwarzmantel, John ............64

Sectarian Politics in the Gulf ... 61

Security in the Anthropocene .. 118 Seifried, Jürgen .................... 96

Senses of the City .................. 144 Serializing Age ..................... 115 Service User as a Partner in Social Work Projects and Education, The ............ 96

Severs, Jeffrey ........................79 Sex Trafficking .......................49 Sex Trafficking in the United States ..................... 90

Shah, Vidya ........................ 102 Shapiro, Larry ....................... 22

Sharma, Anurag .....................15

Shearing, Clifford ................ 118 Shelden, Ashley T. ................82

Shelton, Michael .................123 Shenzi Fragments, The ............ 72 Shepherd, Gordon M. ............3 Sherman, Leonard ................10

Shinohara, Koichi ................152

Shirley, David .......................36

Shkaratan, Ovsey I. .............127 Sieburg, Heinz .....................122 Silent Cinema ........................ 87 Simanowski, Roberto ............24 Simmons, K. Merinda .......... 59

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 159

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Single, Erwin ....................... 111

Towlson, Jon ....................... 107

Weisman, Steven R. .............93

Situating Global Art ............. 118

Tracing China ......................136

West, Paige ...........................76

Sinyavsky, Andrei ...................7

Siu, Helen F. ........................136

Traces of Aging ...................... 115

Wenz, Karin ....................... 120

Smeds, Kerstin .....................122

Transboundary Cooperations in Rwanda ........................114

Social Work of Narrative, The ...................132

Transnational Ukraine? ........127

Who Will Govern the New World—the Present and Future of the G20 ............. 124

Soler, Nieves Pascual ............ 115

Traverso, Enzo ...................... 32

Williams, Terry .....................43

Spells, Images, and Mandalas ...................152

Tribe, Keith ..........................95

Wilson, Sandra ..................... 75

Sociality and Justice ............... 131

Sokolo, Sasha ..........................7 Sollers, Philippe ......................5

Spirituality and Hospice Social Work ........................ 90 Sport ......................................63

Staging Chinese Revolution .... 71

Transitional Justice and Education ......................... 99

Who’s Afraid of Academic Freedom? ........................... 52

Traveler’s Guide to Space, The ....8

Wilde, Gabriele ....................98

Trefalt, Beatrice .................... 75

Willis, Paul ...........................50

Trouble with Post-Blackness, The ..................................... 59

Wohlmann, Anita ................ 115

Tsianos, Vassilis S. ............... 112

Words and Dictionaries ......... 149

Tschmuck, Peter ...................94

Staging the Ottoman Turk .... 130

Tsui Hark’s Peking Opera Blues .....................139

Stark, David .........................152

Turco, Catherine J. ................28

Stiglitz, Joseph E. .................62

Ubide, Ángel ........................92

Studying Waltz with Bashir ..................... 106

Uncertainty, Expectations, and Financial Instability ..........152

Subacchi, Paola .................... 40

Unspeakable Histories ............. 85

Tackling Child Poverty in Latin America ...................125

Urbinati, Nadia .....................30

Stańczyk, Izabela ................ 149

Tugendhat, Ernst ................. 69

Starve and Immolate .............. 58

Turek, Maciej .......................150

Strolls with Pushkin .................7

Umland, Andreas .......... 126, 133

Styrbæk, Klavs ........................2

Unmaking Love .....................82

Swann, Deryck ................... 108

Urban Nomads Building Shanghai ........................... 121

Wolin, Richard .....................65

Wonneberger, Astrid ...........114 Working with Nature in Aotearoa New Zealand ......114 Work of Art, The ..................... 23

World on the Move .................92

Worschech, Susann ..............127 Wuttke, Eveline ................... 96 Yang, Fan ............................ 140

Yastrebov, Gordey A. ...........127 Yü, Ying-shih ....................... 73 Zamagni, Stefano .................95 Zampaglione, Arturo ............30

Tainted Witness .....................42

Vadde, Aarthi ...................... 80

Zeitschrift für interkulturelle Germanistik ( Journal of Intercultural German Studies) ................122

Teenage Suicide Notes .............43

van Dooren, Thom ................ 55

Zimmer, Annette ..................98

Tan See Kam ......................139

Valpey, Kenneth R. .............. 66

Zhao, Jie ............................. 144

Theory of Imperialism, A ......... 41

Zubkovych, Alina ............... 126

There Are Two Sexes ............... 57

Vernacularization of Labour Politics, The ...................... 103

This Place, These People ..........152

Violence and Civility .............. 57

Toles, Tom ............................. 9

Waddell, Calum .................. 106

Toward Diversity and Emancipation .................... 117

Warner, Nancy .....................152

This, Hervé ........................... 53

Vessuri, Hebe ................ 128, 129

Thoene, Marcel .................... 117

Visiting the Visitor ................122

Tomasi, David Låg ............. 130

Towards a New Russian Work Culture .....................127 160 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

Walkowitz, Rebecca L. ......... 81 Washington, Mary Helen ....152

Webster, Nancy .....................36 Wehrey, Frederic M. ............. 61

P L E A S E C O N T A C T E A C H P R E S S D I R E C T LY R E G A R D I N G EDITORIAL INQUIRIES AND RIGHTS.

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G LIMITED The Core, Science Central Beth Lane Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 5TF, United Kingdom Tel: (44) 191-495-7330 www.agendapub.com AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF BUDDHIST STUDIES 80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303 New York, NY 10027 www.aibs.columbia.edu AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS The Austrian Film Museum Augustinerstrasse 1 A-1010 Vienna, Austria Tel: (43) 1-533-70-54-11 www.filmmuseum.at AUTEUR PUBLISHING 24 Hartwell Crescent Leighton Buzzard LU7 1NP, United Kingdom office@auteur.co.uk www.auteur.co.uk BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS Stauffenbergstrasse 7 D-51379 Leverkusen, Germany Tel: (49) 021-71-34-4594 Fax: (49) 021-71-34-4693 info@budrich-academic.com CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS The Chinese University of Hong Kong Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 3943-9800 Fax: (852) 2603-7355 cup-bus@cuhk.edu.hk www.chineseupress.com COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY Columbia University Graduate School of Architecture, Planning and Preservation 400 Avery Hall, 1172 Amsterdam Avenue New York, NY 10027 Tel: (212) 851-5895 jdg2153@columbia.edu www.books.gsapp.org

EAST EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS Nancy Tyson 1487 Lodge Court Boulder, CO 80303 Tel: (303) 568-9573 nancytyson@ymail.com

PETERSON INSTITUTE F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L ECONOMICS 1750 Massachusetts Ave. NW Washington, DC, 20036 Tel: (202) 328-9000 www.piie.com

HARRINGTON PA R K P R E S S 511 Avenue of the Americas, #350 New York, NY 10011-8436 www.harringtonparkpress.com

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH COUNCIL One Pierrepont Plaza, 15th Floor 300 Cadman Plaza West Brooklyn, NY 11201 Tel: (212) 377-2700 Fax: (212) 377-2727 www.ssrc.org

United Kingdom Clifford House, Suite 341, 7-9 Clifford Street, York YO1 9RA, United Kingdom HITCHCOCK ANNUAL Sydney Gottlieb Sacred Heart University gottliebs@sacredheart.edu H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y PRESS The University of Hong Kong Pokfulam Road, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 3917-7815 Fax: (852) 2858-1655 upweb@hku.hk. www.hkupress.org IBIDEM PRESS Melchiorstrasse 15 70439 Stuttgart, Germany Tel: (07) 11-980-7954 Fax: (07) 11-800-1889 ibidem@ibidem-verlag.de www.ibidemverlag.de JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS ul. Michałowskiego 9/2 31-126 Kraków, Poland Tel: (48) 12-663-23-80 Fax: (48) 12-663-23-83 www.wuj.pl MARIA CURIESKLODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS M. Curie-Sklodowskiej 5 30-031 Lublin, Poland gzuk@hektor.umcs.lublin.pl

CLIENT PRESS INDEX

CLIENT PRESSES

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG Hermannstrasse 26 D-33602 Bielefeld, Germany Tel: (49) 521-39-37-9742 Fax: (49) 521-39-37-9734 vertrieb@transcript-verlag.de www.transcript-verlag.de TULIKA BOOKS Indira Chandrasekhar 35 A/1 Shahpur Jat New Delhi 110049, India Tel.: (91) 11-26-49-7999, 11-26-49-1448, 11-26-49-1625 Email: tulikadelhi@gmail.com UNIVERSITY OF TO KYO P R E S S 4-5-29 Komaba, Meguro-ku Tokyo 153-0041, Japan Fax: (81) 3-6407-1582 Tel: (81) 3-6407-1921 info@utp.or.jp www.utp.or.jp WOODROW WILSON CENTER PRESS Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars 1 Woodrow Wilson Plaza, NW 1300 Pennsylvania, NW Washington, D.C. 20004-3027 Tel: (202) 691-4029 www.wilsoncenter.org/ woodrow-wilson-center-pres

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 161

SUBAGENTS FOR COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

ARABIC

FRENCH

Amélie Cherlin Dar Cherlin 4343 Finley Ave., Apt. 3 Los Angeles, CA 90027 amelie@darcherlin.com

Corinne Marotte L’Autre Agence 45 rue Marx-Dormoy F-75018 Paris France Tel: (33) 1-84-16-6100 cmarotte@lautreagence.eu contact@lautreagence.eu

CHINESE

Ivan Zhang (Simplified Chinese rights) Bardon-Chinese Media Agency (Beijing Office) Room 2-702, Building 2 RongHuaShiJia, No. 29, XiaoYingBeiLu, ChaoYang District Beijing 100101 China Tel: (010) 822-35383 ivan@bardonchinese.com Luisa Yeh (Complex Chinese rights) Bardon-Chinese Media Agency 3F, No. 150, Section 2, Roosevelt Road Taipei Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995, ext. 23 luisa@bardonchinese.com Whitney Hsu Andrew Nurnberg Associates International 10F, No. 170, Sec. 4 Nan-King East Rd. Tapei 105, Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995 Fax: (886) 2-236-41967 Jackie Huang Andrew Nurnberg Associates International Room 1705, Culture Square No. 59 Jia Zhongguancun Street Haidian District Beijing, 100872, P. R. China Tel: (86) 10-888-10959 Fax: (86) 10-888-19160 jhuang@nurnberg.com.cn whsu@nurnberg.com.tw DUTCH

Uli Rushby-Smith 72 Plimsoll Road, Islington N4 2EE London United Kingdom Tel/Fax: (44) 207-354-2718 uli.rushby-smith@btconnect.com

162 | FA L L 2 0 1 6

GERMAN

Christian Dittus Paul & Peter Fritz A.G. Literatur Agentur Postfach 1773 8032 Zurich, Switzerland Tel: (41) 1-388-4140 cdittus@fritzagency.com I TA L I A N

Roberto Gilodi Reiser Literary Agency Viale XXV Aprile 65 10133 Torino, Italy Tel. (39) 011-5215357 roberto.gilodi@reiseragency.it J A PA N E S E

Tsutomu Yawata The English Agency Sakuragi Bldg. 4F 6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku 107-0062 Tokyo Japan Tel: (81) 3-3406-5385 tsutomu_yawata@eaj.co.jp Fumika Ogihara Tuttle-Mori Agency, Inc. Kanda Jimbocho Bldg. 4F 2-17 Kanda Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 101-0051 Japan Tel: (81) 3-3230-4083 fumika-ogihara@tuttlemori.com KO R E A N

Danny Hong Danny Hong Agency 3F, 16-12 Yanghwaro 12 gil, Mapo-gu Seoul 121-840 Korea Tel: (82) 2-6402-8890 danny@dannyhong.co.kr Jackie Yang EYA (Eric Yang Agency) 3F, e B/D, 20 Seochojungang-ro 33-gil, Seocho-gu 137-803 Seoul

Korea Tel: (82) 2-592-3356 jackieyang@eyagency.com Yumi Chun Bestun Korea #312 Seoktop Officetel 1588-7 Seocho-dong, Seocho-gu 131-073 Seoul South Korea yumichun@unitel.co.kr POLISH

Łukasz Wróbel GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency ul. Radna 12/15 00-341 Warsaw, Poland Tel: (48) 22-828-1284 lukasz@graal.com.pl PORTUGUESE

Suely Pedro dos Santos Literary Agent Caixa Postal 19051 04505-970 Sao Paolo, Brazil Tel: (55) 11-5041-9177 Fax: (55) 11-5041-9077 suely@agschindler.com.br S PA N I S H

Raquel de la Concha Agencia Literaria RDC c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha 28004 Madrid, Spain Tel: (34) 91-308-5585 rdc@rdclitera.com TURKISH

Attila Akcali Akcali Copyright Trade Bahariye Cad. 8/6, Kadikoy 81300 Istanbul, Turkey Tel: (90) 216-338-8771 Fax: (90) 216-349-0778 attila@akcalicopyright.com

To order by phone, call Tel. (800) 343-4499 Fax (800) 351-5073 Mail: Perseus Distribution 210 American Drive Jackson, TN 38301

orderentry@perseusbooks.com E-mail: cup_book@columbia.edu Secure online ordering is available on the CUP website at www.cup.columbia.edu

IN AFRICA, EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, SOUTH AFRICA, SOUTH ASIA, AND THE UNITED KINGDOM

To order by phone, call (1243) 843-291 or fax to (1243) 843-296 or mail to Columbia University Press c/o Wiley European Distribution Centre New Era Estate, Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis, West Sussex PO22 9NQ (Delivery via Wiley Distribution Services Ltd., or you may collect your order by prior arrangement) E-mail: customer@wiley.com DOMESTIC SALES AND PUBLICITY REPRESENTATIVES DIRECTOR OF SALES AND MARKETING

Brad Hebel 61 West 62nd Street New York, NY 10023 Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7130 Fax (212) 459-3678 bh2106@columbia.edu COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY SALES CONSORTIUM MANAGER AND SOUTH

Catherine Hobbs Tel. (804) 690-8529 Fax (434) 589-3411 catherinehobbs@earthlink.net NORTHEAST

Conor Broughan Tel. (917) 826-7676 cb2476@columbia.edu MIDWEST

Kevin Kurtz Tel. (773) 316-1116 Fax (773) 489-2941 kkurtz5@earthlink.net WEST

William Gawronski Tel. (310) 488-9059 Fax (310) 832-4717 wgawronski@earthlink.net

DIRECTOR OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND SUBSIDIARY RIGHTS

Justine Evans je2217@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7147 Fax (212) 459-3677 PUBLICITY MANAGER

Meredith Howard mh2306@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7126 Fax (212) 459-3677 REVIEW COPY REQUESTS

cup_publicity@columbia.edu SALES REPRESENTATIVES OUTSIDE THE U.S. AFRICA

Kelvin van Hasselt 15 Hillside, Cromer Norfolk NR27 0HY, UK Tel. (44) 1263–513-073 kelvin@kvhbooks.co.uk CANADA

Mical Moser Tel. (718) 781-2770 Fax (514) 221-3412 micalmoser@me.com UNITED KINGDOM, EUROPE, AND SOUTH AFRICA

The University Press Group Ltd.

Lois Edwards LEC 1 - New Era Estate Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis PO22 9NQ Tel. 44 (1243) 842-165 Fax 44 (1243) 842-167 lois@upguk.com Andrew Brewer, Managing Director 57 Cobnar Road Sheffield S8 8QA England Tel. (44) 114-274-0129 Cell (44) 796-703-1856 andrew.brewer@virgin.net U.K. SALES MANAGER

Ben Mitchell 62 Fairford House, Kennington Ln. London SE11 4HR England Tel. (44) 776-691-3593 ben.mitchell.upg@gmail.com BELGIUM, DENMARK, FINLAND, FRANCE, ITALY, NORWAY, POLAND, SWEDEN, AND SWITZERLAND

Peter Jacques 278 Manchester Road Isle of Dogs, London E14 3HW Tel. (44) 207-515-1011 peter@jjacques.demon.co.uk AUSTRIA, CROATIA, CZECH REPUBLIC, EAST EUROPE, GERMANY, GREECE, HOLLAND, PORTUGAL, RUSSIA, SLOVENIA, AND SPAIN

Dominique Bartshukoff 2 Place d’Anvers, 75009 Paris, France Tel. (33) 1-44-63-02-41 dsbartshukoff@gmail.com

ALGERIA, CYPRUS, ISRAEL, JORDAN, MALTA, MOROCCO, PALESTINE, TUNISIA, AND TURKEY

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Claire de Gruchy Tel. (44) 7771-887-843 claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk BAHRAIN, EGYPT, IRAN, IRAQ, KUWAIT, LEBANON, LIBYA, OMAN, QATAR, SAUDI ARABIA, SYRIA, AND THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Bill Kennedy PO Box 501, Witney OX28 9JL Tel. (44) 780-224-4457 AvicennaBK@gmail.com PAKISTAN

Saleem A. Malik World Press 27-a Al Firdous Avenue Faiz Road, Muslim Town Lahore 54600, Punjab, Pakistan Tel. 042-3588-1617 Cell 0300-4012652 worldpress@gmail.com INDIA

S. Janakiraman Book Marketing Services 2-A, Ramaniyam Building 216-217, Peters Road Chennai. 600 014. India Tel. (91) 44-2848-0220 Fax (91) 44-2848-0222 bkmktg@dataone.in bkmktg@gmail.com www.bookmarketing.org KOREA

ICK (Information and Culture Korea) Se-Yung Jun 49 Donggyo-ro, 13-Gil, Mapo-ku Seoul, South Korea 03997 Tel. (82-2) 3141-4791 Fax (82-2) 3141- 7733 cs.ick@ick.co.kr JAPAN

Rockbook Gilles Fauveau & Akiko Iwamoto 2-3-25, 9Fl Kudanminami, Chiyoda-Ku, 102-0074, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 3-3264-0144 gfauveau@rockbook.net Stockist MHM Limited Mark Gresham 1-1-13-4F, Kanda-Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku, 101-0051, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 3-3518-9181 Fax (81) 3-3518-9523

purchasing@mhmlimited.co.jp

PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

Wei Zhao Everest Intl.

Publishing Services

1-1-2002 Wang Jing SOHO No. 1 East Futong Avenue Chaoyang District Beijing 100102, China Tel. (86-10) 5707-6180 Tel/Fax (86-10) 5707-6128 Cell 13683018054 wzbooks@aol.com everest_intl@126.com HONG KONG

Nick Woon and Jane Lam Aromix Books Company Ltd. Unit 7, 8/F, Block B, Hoi Luen Industrial Centre 55, Hoi Yuen Road Kwun Tong, Kowloon Tel. 852-2749-1288 Fax 852-2749-0068 enquiry@aromix.ath.cx TAIWAN AND SINGAPORE

B. K. Norton Chiafeng Peng 5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec.4, Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel. 886-2-66320088 Fax 886-2-66329772 Chiafeng@bookman.com.tw MALAYSIA AND BRUNEI

Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd 12 Jalan Pemberita U1/49 Temasya Industrial Park Glenmarie Seksyen U1 40150 Shah Alam Selangor, Malaysia Tel. (603) 5569-1696 Fax (603) 5569-1884 Simon Tay

simon@apexknowledge.com.my

PHILIPPINES

MegaTEXTS Phil., Inc Room 503, One Corporate Plaza Condominium 845 Amaiz Road, San Lorenzo Village 1200 Makati City, Philippines Tel. (63) 2-813-5814 Fax (63) 2-840-2760 Jean Lim megatexts.cbu@igroupnet.com

THAILAND

Booknet Co., Ltd. 8 Krungthep Kreetha 8 Yaek 8 Road Huamark, Bangkapi Bangkok, 10240, Thailand Tel. (66) 2769-3888 Fax (66) 2379-5183 Suphaluck Sattabuz sup@book.co.th AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

Footprint Books 4/8 Jubilee Avenue, Warriewood NSW 2102 Australia Tel. (61) 02-9997-3973 Fax (61) 02-9997-3185 info@footprint.com.au www.footprint.com.au

SALES AND ORDERING

IN ASIA, NORTH AMERICA, AND SOUTH AMERICA

COLUM BI A UN I V ER SI T Y P R E SS 61 West 62nd Street New York, New York 10023 T / 800.343.4499 F / 800.351.5073 cup.columbia.edu

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS books are available from PERSEUS DISTRIBUTION. Please contact orderentry@perseusbooks.com or your Columbia sales rep to place your order.

You can also learn about Columbia University Press’s new titles by visiting our online catalogue hosted by EDELWEISS at cup.columbia.edu/catalogue Or visit cup.columbia.edu to view a complete listing of the books we publish and distribute.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

PERSEUS Distribution